Sunday, October 7, 2007

 

UNDER THE ANDES

UNDER THE ANDES
by Rex Stout
Chapter I.
THE SWEETHEART OF A KING.
The scene was not exactly new to me. Moved by the spirit of
adventure, or by an access of ennui which overtakes me at times,
I
had several times visited the gaudy establishment of Mercer, on
the
fashionable side of Fifth Avenue in the Fifties. In either case
I
had found disappointment; where the stake is a matter of
indifference
there can be no excitement; and besides, I had been always in
luck.
But on this occasion I had a real purpose before me, though not
an important one, and I surrendered my hat and coat to the
servant
at the door with a feeling of satisfaction.
At the entrance to the main room I met Bob Garforth, leaving.
There was a scowl on his face and his hand trembled as he held it
forth to take mine.
"Harry is inside. What a rotten hole," said he, and passed on.
I smiled at his remark--it was being whispered about that
Garforth
had lost a quarter of a million at Mercer's within the month--
and passed inside.
Gaudy, I have said it was, and it needs no other word. Not in
its elements, but in their arrangement.
The rugs and pictures and hangings testified to the taste of
the man who had selected them; but they were abominably disposed,
and there were too many of them.
The room, which was unusually large, held two or three leather
divans, an English buffet, and many easy chairs. A
smoking-table,
covered, stood in one corner.
Groups of men were gathered about each of the three roulette
wheels ranged along the farther side. Through a door to the left
could be seen the poker tables, surrounded by grave or jocular
faces. Above the low buzz of conversation there sounded the
continual droning voices of the croupiers as they called the
winning numbers, and an occasional exclamation from a "customer."
I made my way to the center wheel and stood at the rear of the
crowd surrounding it.
The ball rolled; there was a straining of necks amid an
intense silence; then, as the little pellet wavered and finally
came to a rest in the hole number twenty-four a fervent oath of
disappointment came from some one in front of me.
The next moment, rising on tiptoe to look over the intervening
shoulders, I found myself looking into the white face of my
younger
brother Harry.
"Paul!" he exclaimed, turning quickly away.
I pushed my way through and stood at his side. There was no
sound from the group of onlookers; it is not to be wondered at if
they hesitated to offend Paul Lamar.
"My dear boy," said I, "I missed you at dinner. And though
this may occupy your mind, it can scarcely fill your stomach.
Haven't you had enough?"
Harry looked at me. His face was horribly pale and his eyes
bloodshot; they could not meet mine.
"For Heaven's sake, Paul, let me alone," he said, hardly above
a whisper. "I have lost ninety thousand."
In spite of myself I started. No wonder he was pale! And
yet--
"That's nothing," I whispered back. "But you are making a
show of yourself. Just now you were swearing like a sailor. See
how your hand trembles! You were not made for this, Harry; it
makes you forget that you're a gentleman. They are laughing at
you. Come."
"But I say I have lost ninety thousand dollars," said the boy,
and there was wildness in his eye. "Let me alone, Paul."
"I will repay you."
"No. Let me alone!"
"Harry!"
"I say no!"
His mouth was drawn tight and his eyes glared sullenly as
those of a stubborn child. Clearly it was impossible to get him
away without making a scene, which was unthinkable. For a moment
I was at a complete loss; then the croupier's voice sounded
suddenly in my ear:
"You are interrupting us, sir."
I silenced him with a glance and turned to my brother, having
decided in an instant on the only possible course.
"Here, let me have your chair. I will get it back for you.
Come!"
He looked at me for a moment in hesitation, then rose without
a word and I took his place.
The thing was tiresome enough, but how could I have avoided
it? The blood that rushes to the head of the gambler is
certainly
not food for the intellect; and, besides, I was forced by
circumstances into an heroic attitude--and nothing is more
distasteful to a man of sense. But I had a task before me; if a
man lays bricks he should lay them well; and I do not deny that
there was a stirring of my pulse as I sat down.
Is it possible for a mind to directly influence the movements
of a little ivory ball? I do not say yes, but will you say no?
I
watched the ball with the eye of an eagle, but without straining;
I played with the precision of a man with an unerring system,
though my selections were really made quite at random; and I
handled my bets with the sureness and swift dexterity with which
a
chess-master places his pawn or piece in position to demoralize
his
opponent.
This told on the nerves of the croupier. Twice I corrected a
miscalculation of his, and before I had played an hour his hand
was
trembling with agitation.
And I won.
The details would be tiresome, but I won; and when, after six
hours of play without an instant's rest, I rose exhausted from my
chair and handed my brother the amount he had lost--I pocketed a
few thousands for myself in addition. There were some who tried
to
detain me with congratulations and expressions of admiration, but
I shook them off and led Harry outside to my car.
The chauffeur, poor devil, was completely stiff from the long
wait, and I ordered him into the tonneau and took the wheel
myself.
Partly was this due to pity for the driver, partly to a desire
to leave Harry to his own thoughts, which I knew must be somewhat
turbulent. He was silent during the drive, which was not long,
and
I smiled to myself in the darkness of the early morning as I
heard,
now and then, an uncontrollable sigh break through his dry lips.
Of thankfulness, perhaps.
I preceded him up the stoop and into the hall of the old house
on lower Fifth Avenue, near Tenth Street, that had been the home
of
our grandfather and our father before us. There, in the dim
light,
I halted and turned, while Evans approached from the inner rooms,
rubbing eyes heavy with sleep.
Good old Evans! Yet the faithfulness of such a servant has
its disadvantages.
"Well?" said Harry in a thin, high voice.
The boy's nerves were stretched tightly; two words from me
would have produced an explosion. So I clapped him on the
shoulder
and sent him off to bed. He went sulkily, without looking round,
and his shoulders drooped like those of an old man; but I
reflected
that that would all be changed after a few hours of sleep.
"After all, he is a Lamar," I said to myself as I ordered
Evans to bring wine and sandwiches to the library.
It was the middle of the following afternoon before Harry
appeared down-stairs. He had slept eleven hours. I was seated
in
the library when I heard his voice in the hall:
"Breakfast! Breakfast for five at once!"
I smiled. That was Harry's style of wit.
After he had eaten his "breakfast for five" he came in to see
me with the air of a man who was determined to have it out.
I myself was in no mood for talk; indeed, I scarcely ever am
in such a mood, unless it be with a pretty woman or a great
sinner.
You may regard that sentence as tautological if you like; I
sha'n't
quarrel about it.
What I mean to say is that it was with a real effort I set
myself to the distasteful task before me, rendered necessary by
the
responsibility of my position as elder brother and head of the
family.
Harry began by observing with assumed indifference: "Well, and
now there's the deuce to pay, I suppose."
"As his representative I am not a hard creditor," I smiled.
"I know, I know--" he began impetuously and stopped.
I continued:
"My boy, there is always the deuce to pay. If not for one
thing, then for another. So your observation would serve for any
other time as well as now. The point is this: you are ten years
younger than I, and you are under my care; and much as I dislike
to
talk, we must reach an understanding."
"Well?" said Harry, lighting a cigarette and seating himself
on the arm of a chair.
"You have often thought," I continued, "that I have been
trying to interfere with your freedom. But you are mistaken; I
have merely been trying to preserve it--and I have succeeded."
"When our father and mother died you were fifteen years of
age. You are now twenty-two; and I take some credit for the fact
that those seven years have left no stain, however slight, on the
name of Lamar."
"Do I deserve that?" cried Harry. "What have I done?"
"Nothing irremediable, but you must admit that now and then I
have been at no small pains to--er--assist you. But there, I
don't
intend to speak of the past; and to tell the truth, I suspect
that
we are of one mind. You regard me as more or less of an
encumbrance; you think your movements are hampered; you consider
yourself to be treated as a child unjustly.
"Well, for my part, I find my duty--for such I consider
it--grows more irksome every day. If I am in your way, you are
no
less in mine. To make it short, you are now twenty-two years
old,
you chafe at restraint, you think yourself abundantly able to
manage your own affairs. Well--I have no objection."
Harry stared at me.
"You mean--" he began.
"Exactly."
"But, Paul--"
"There is no need to discuss it. For me, it is mostly
selfishness."
But he wanted to talk, and I humored him. For two hours we
sat, running the scale from business to sentiment, and I must
confess that I was more than once surprised by a flash from
Harry.
Clearly he was developing, and for the first time I indulged a
hope
that he might prove himself fit for self-government.
At least I had given him the rope; it remained for time to
discover whether or not he would avoid getting tangled up in it.
When we had finished we understood each other better, I think,
than
we ever had before; and we parted with the best of feeling.
Three days later I sailed for Europe, leaving Harry in New
York. It was my first trip across in eighteen months, and I
aimed
at pleasure. I spent a week in London and Munich, then,
disgusted
with the actions of some of my fellow countrymen with whom I had
the misfortune to be acquainted, I turned my face south for
Madrid.
There I had a friend.
A woman not beautiful, but eminently satisfying; not loose,
but liberal, with a character and a heart. In more ways than one
she was remarkable; she had an affection for me; indeed, some
years
previously I had been in a way to play Albert Savaron to her
Francesca Colonna, an arrangement prevented only by my
constitutional dislike for any prolonged or sustained effort in a
world the slave of vanity and folly.
It was from the lips of this friend that I first heard the
name of Desiree Le Mire.
It was late in the afternoon on the fashionable drive. Long,
broad, and shady, though scarcely cool, it was here that we took
our daily carriage exercise; anything more strenuous is regarded
with horror by the ladies of Spain.
There was a shout, and a sudden hush; all carriages were
halted and their occupants uncovered, for royalty was passing.
The
coach, a magnificent though cumbersome affair, passed slowly and
gravely by. On the rear seat were the princess and her little
English cousin, while opposite them sat the great duke himself
By his side was a young man of five and twenty with a white
face and weak chin, and glassy, meaningless eyes. I turned to my
companion and asked in a low tone who he was. Her whispered
answer
caused me to start with surprise, and I turned to her with a
question.
"But why is he in Madrid?"
"Oh, as to that," said my friend, smiling, "you must ask
Desiree."
"And who is Desiree?"
"What! You do not know Desiree! Impossible!" she exclaimed.
"My dear," said I, "you must remember that for the past year
and a half I have been buried in the land of pork and gold. The
gossip there is neither of the poet nor the court. I am ignorant
of everything."
"You would not have been so much longer," said my friend, "for
Desiree is soon going to America. Who is she? No one knows.
What
is she? Well, she is all things to some men, and some things to
all men. She is a courtesan among queens and a queen among
courtesans.
"She dances and loves, and, I presume, eats and sleeps. For
the past two years she has bewitched him"--she pointed down the
drive to where the royal coach was disappearing in the distance
--"and he has given her everything.
"It was for her that the Duke of Bellarmine built the
magnificent chalet of which I was telling you on Lake Lucerne.
You
remember that Prince Dolansky shot himself 'for political
reasons'
in his Parisian palace? But for Desiree he would be alive
to-day.
She is a witch and a she-devil, and the most completely
fascinating
woman in the world."
I smiled.
"What a reputation! And you say she is going to America?"
"Yes. It is to be supposed that she has heard that every
American is a king, and it is no wonder if she is tired of only
one
royal lover at a time. And listen, Paul--"
"Well?"
"You--you must not meet her. Oh, but you do not know her
power!"
I laughed and pressed her hand, assuring her that I had no
intention of allowing myself to be bewitched by a she-devil; but
as
our carriage turned and started back down the long drive toward
the
hotel I found myself haunted by the white face and staring eyes
of
the young man in the royal coach.
I stayed two weeks longer in Madrid. At the end of that time,
finding myself completely bored (for no woman can possibly be
amusing for more than a month at a time), I bade my friend au
revoir and departed for the East. But I found myself just too
late for an archeological expedition into the heart of Egypt, and
after a tiresome week or so in Cairo and Constantinople I again
turned my face toward the west.
At Rome I met an old friend, one Pierre Janvour, in the French
diplomatic service, and since I had nothing better to do I
accepted
his urgent invitation to join him on a vacation trip to Paris.
But the joys of Paris are absurd to a man of thirty-two who
has seen the world and tasted it and judged it. Still I found
some
amusement; Janvour had a pretty wife and a daughter eight years
old, daintily beautiful, and I allowed myself to become soaked in
domestic sentiment.
I really found myself on the point of envying him; Mme.
Janvour was a most excellent housekeeper and manager. Little
Eugenie and I would often walk together in the public gardens,
and
now and then her mother would join us; and, as I say, I found
myself on the point of envying my friend Janvour.
This diversion would have ended soon in any event; but it was
brought to an abrupt termination by a cablegram from my New York
lawyers, asking me to return to America at once. Some rascality
it
was, on the part of the agent of my estate, which had alarmed
them;
the cablegram was bare of detail. At any rate, I could not
afford
to disregard it, and arranged passage on a liner sailing from
Cherbourg the following day.
My hostess gave me a farewell dinner, which heightened my
regret at being forced to leave, and little Eugenie seemed really
grieved at my departure. It is pleasant to leave a welcome
behind
you; that is really the only necessary axiom of the traveler.
Janvour took me to the railroad station, and even offered to
accompany me to Cherbourg; but I refused to tear him away from
his
little paradise.
We stood on the platform arguing the matter, when I suddenly
became aware of that indistinct flutter and bustle seen in public
places at some unusual happening or the unexpected arrival of a
great personage.
I turned and saw that which was worthy of the interest it had
excited.
In the first place, the daintiest little electric brougham in
the world, fragile and delicate as a toy--a fairy's chariot.
Then
the fairy herself descended. She cannot be described in detail.
I caught a glimpse of glorious golden hair, softly massive;
gray-blue eyes shot with lightning, restless, devouring,
implacable, indescribably beautiful; a skin wondrously fine, with
the purity of marble and the warmth of velvet; nose and mouth
rather too large, but perfectly formed and breathing the fire and
power of love. Really it was rather later that I saw all this;
at
the time there was but a confused impression of elegance and
beauty
and terrible power.
She passed from the brougham to her railway carriage supremely
unconscious of the hundreds of eyes turned on her, and a general
sigh of satisfaction and appreciation came from the throng as she
disappeared within her compartment. I turned to Janvour.
"Who is she?"
"What?" he exclaimed in surprise. "But my dear Lamar, not to
know her argues one a barbarian."
"Nevertheless, I do not know her."
"Well, you will have an opportunity. She is going to America,
and, since she is on this train, she will, of course, take the
same
boat as yourself. But, my friend, beware!"
"But who is she?"
"Desiree Le Mire."
Chapter II.
BEGINNING THE DANCE.
It developed, luckily for me, that my lawyers had allowed
themselves to become unduly excited over a trifle. A discrepancy
had been discovered in my agent's accounts; it was clearly
established that he had been speculating; but the fellow's
excessive modesty and moderation had saved me from any serious
inconvenience or loss.
Some twenty thousand or so was the amount, and I did not even
put myself to the trouble of recovering it. I placed a friend of
mine, a plodder and one of those chaps who are honest on account
of
lack of imagination, in the position thus vacated and sighed with
mild relief.
My experiment with Harry had proved a complete success. Left
to the management of his own affairs, he had shown a wisdom and
restraint none the less welcome because unexpected. He was glad
to
see me, and I was no less glad to see him.
There was little new in town.
Bob Garforth, having gambled away his entire patrimony, had
shot and killed himself on the street; Mrs. Ludworth had publicly
defied gossip and smiled with favor on young Driscoll; the new
director of the Metropolitan Museum had announced himself an
enemy
to tradition and a friend of progress; and Desiree Le Mire had
consented to a two weeks' engagement at the Stuyvesant.
The French dancer was the favorite topic of discussion in all
circles.
The newspapers were full of her and filled entire columns with
lists of the kings, princes, and dukes who had been at her feet.
Bets were made on her nationality, the color of her eyes, the
value of her pearls, the number of suicides she had caused--
corresponding, in some sort, to the notches on the gun of a
Western
bad man. Gowns and hats were named for her by the enterprising
department stores.
It was announced that her engagement at the Stuyvesant would
open in ten days, and when the box-office opened for the advance
sale every seat for every performance was sold within a few
hours.
In the mean time the great Le Mire kept herself secluded in
her hotel. She had appeared but once in the public dining-room,
and on that occasion had nearly caused a riot, whereupon she had
discreetly withdrawn. She remained unseen while the town shouted
itself hoarse.
I had not mentioned her name to Harry, nor had I heard him
speak of her, until one evening about two weeks after my return.
We were at dinner and had been discussing some commonplace
subject, from which, by one of the freaks of association, the
conversation veered and touched on classical dancing.
"The Russians are preeminent," said I, "because they possess
both the inspiration--the fire--and the training. In no other
nation or school are the two so perfectly joined. In the Turkish
dancers there is perfect grace and freedom, but no life. In
Desiree Le Mire, for example, there is indeed life; but she has
not
had the necessary training."
"What? Le Mire! Have you seen her?" cried Harry.
"Not on the stage," I answered; "but I crossed on the same
ship with her, and she was kind enough to give me a great deal of
her time. She seems to understand perfectly her own artistic
limitations, and I am taking her word for it."
But Harry was no longer interested in the subject of dancing.
I was besieged on the instant with a thousand questions.
Had I known Le Mire long? What was she like? Was it true
that Prince Dolansky had shot himself in despair at losing her?
Was she beautiful? How well did I know her? Would I take him to
see her?
And within half an hour the last question was repeated so many
times and with such insistence that I finally consented and left
Harry delighted beyond words.
My own experience with Desiree Le Mire had been anything but
exciting. The woman was interesting; there could be no doubt of
that; but she possessed little attraction for me. Her charms, on
close inspection, were really quite too evident.
I require subtlety in a woman, and so far as I could discover
Le Mire knew not the meaning of the word. We had spent many
hours
during the trip across in pleasant companionship; she had done me
the honor to tell me that she found my conversation amusing; and,
after all, she was undeniably a pretty woman. She had invited me
with evident sincerity to call on her in New York; but I had not
as yet taken advantage of the invitation.
I did not then think, and I do not now believe, that I acted
foolishly when I took Harry to see her. In any event, he would
have seen her sooner or later, and since all temptations meet us
at
one time or another, it is best to have it out with them at as
early a date as possible. At the time, indeed, I gave the
subject
no thought whatever; but if I had I should not have hesitated.
We took tea with her the following afternoon in her apartment,
and I must confess that I myself was more than a little impressed
when I entered. I realized then that on the ship nothing had
been
in her favor; she had been completely out of her element, and she
was not a good sailor.
Here all was different. The stiffly ostentatious hotel rooms,
by her own genius or that of her maid, had been transformed into
something very nearly approaching perfection. I was amazed at
the
excellent taste displayed in her furniture and its arrangement,
for
it was clear that these were no hotel properties. Certainly a
woman is at her best only when she is able to choose or create
her
own surroundings.
Harry was captivated, and I can scarcely blame him. But the
poor lad betrayed himself so frankly! Though I suppose Le Mire
was
more or less accustomed to immediate surrender.
On that day, at least, she had reason to expect it. She
satisfied the eye, which is saying a great deal and is the
highest
praise possible for a woman's beauty, when you consider the full
strength of the word.
She was radiant, adorable, irresistible; I had to own that my
first impression of her had been far too weak.
We talked for an hour. Harry had little to say as he sat
devouring Le Mire with his eyes, and whenever she turned to him
for
an answer to a question or confirmation of an opinion he
stammered
and kept his composure with difficulty. Never, I suppose, did
woman have clearer evidence of her power, nor sweeter, for Harry
was by no means a fool to be carried away by the first pretty
face
that came in his way.
She simply overwhelmed him, and I repeat that I do not wonder
at it, for my own pulse was not exactly steady. She asked us to
dine with her.
I pleaded an engagement at the club and signed to Harry to do
likewise; but he was completely gone and paid no attention to me.
He accepted the invitation gratefully, with frank delight, and I
left them together.
It was about ten o'clock when he came home that evening. I
was seated in the library and, hearing him enter the hall, called
to him.
What a face was his! His lips trembled with nervous feeling,
his eyes glowed like the eyes of a madman. I half started from
my
chair in amazement.
"I have no time," said he in answer to my invitation to join
me with a bottle. "I have a letter or two to write, and--and I
must get some sleep."
"Did you just leave Le Mire?"
"Yes."
I looked at my watch.
"What under the sun did you find to talk about?"
"Oh, anything--nothing. I say, she's charming."
His essay at indifference was amusing.
"You find her so?"
"Rather."
"She seems to have taken a fancy to you."
Harry actually grew red.
"Hardly," he said; but there was hope in the word.
"She is hardly your kind, Harry. You know that. You aren't
going in for this sort of thing?"
"This sort--I don't know what you mean."
"Yes, you do, Hal. You know exactly what I mean. To put the
thing plainly, Le Mire is a dangerous woman--none more so in all
the world; and, Harry boy, be sure you keep your head and watch
your step."
He stood for a moment looking at me in silence with a
half-angry frown, then opened his mouth as though to speak, and
finally turned, without a word, and started for the door. There
he
turned again uncertainly, hesitating.
"I am to ride with Desiree in the morning," said he, and the
next moment was gone.
"Desiree!"
He called her Desiree!
I think I smiled for an hour over that; and, though my
reflections were not free from apprehension, I really felt but
little anxiety. Not that I underrated Le Mire's fascination and
power; to confess the truth, my ease of mind was the result of my
own vanity. Le Mire had flattered me into the belief that she
was
my friend.
A week passed--a dull week, during which I saw little of Harry
and Le Mire not at all. At the time, I remember, I was
interested
in some chemical experiments--I am a dabbler with the tubes--and
went out but little. Then--this was on Friday--Harry sought me
out
in the laboratory to tell me he was going away. In answer to my
question, "Where?" he said, "I don't know."
"How long will you be gone?"
"Oh, a week--perhaps a month."
I looked at him keenly, but said nothing. It would have done
no good to force him into an equivocation by questions. Early
the
next morning he departed, with three trunks, and with no further
word to me save a farewell. No sooner was he gone than I started
for the telephone to call up Le Mire; but thought better of it
and
with a shrug of the shoulders returned to the laboratory.
It was the following Monday that was to see the first
appearance of Le Mire at the Stuyvesant. I had not thought of
going, but on Monday afternoon Billy Du Mont telephoned me that
he
had an extra ticket and would like to have me join him. I was
really a little curious to see Le Mire perform and accepted.
We dined at the club and arrived at the theater rather late.
The audience was brilliant; indeed, though I had been an ardent
first-nighter for a year or two in my callow youth, I think I
have
never seen such a representation of fashion and genius in
America,
except at the opera.
Billy and I sat in the orchestra--about the twelfth row--and
half the faces in sight were well known to me. Whether Le Mire
could dance or not, she most assuredly was, or had, a good
press-agent. We were soon to receive an exemplification of at
least a portion of the reputation that had preceded her.
Many were the angry adjectives heaped on the head of the
dancer on that memorable evening. Mrs. Frederick Marston, I
remember, called her an insolent hussy; but then Mrs. Frederick
Marston was never original. Others: rash, impudent, saucy,
impertinent; in each instance accompanied by threats.
Indeed, it is little wonder if those people of fashion and
wealth and position were indignant and sore. For they had
dressed
and dined hastily and come all the way down-town to see Le Mire;
they waited for her for two hours and a half in stuffy theater
seats, and Le Mire did not appear.
The announcement was finally made by the manager of the
theater at a little before eleven-o'clock. He could not
understand, he said--the poor fellow was on the point of
wringing his hands with agitation and despair--he could not
understand why the dancer did not arrive.
She had rehearsed in the theater on the previous Thursday
afternoon, and had then seemed to have every intention of
fulfilling her engagement. No one connected with the theater had
seen her since that time, but everything had gone smoothly; they
had had no reason to fear such a contretemps as her
nonappearance.
They had sent to her hotel; she was gone, bag and baggage.
She had departed on Friday, leaving no word as to her
destination.
They had asked the police, the hotels, the railroads, the
steamship
companies--and could find no trace of her.
The manager only hoped--he hoped with all his heart--that his
frank and unreserved explanation would appease his kind patrons
and
prevent their resentment; that they would understand--
I made my way out of the theater as rapidly as possible, with
Billy Du Mont at my side, and started north on Broadway.
My companion was laughing unrestrainedly.
"What a joke!" he exclaimed. "And gad, what a woman! She
comes in and turns the town upside down and then leaves it
standing
on its head. What wouldn't I give to know her!"
I nodded, but said nothing. At Forty-Second Street we turned
east to Fifth Avenue, and a few minutes later were at the club.
I
took Du Mont to a secluded corner of the grill, and there, with a
bottle of wine between us, I spoke.
"Billy," said I, "there's the deuce to pay. You're an old
friend of mine, and you possess a share of discretion, and you've
got to help me. Le Mire is gone. I must find her."
"Find Le Mire?" He stared at me in amazement. "What for?"
"Because my brother Harry is with her."
Then I explained in as few words as possible, and I ended, I
think, with something like this:
"You know, Billy, there are very few things in the world I
consider of any value. She can have the lad's money, and, if
necessary, my own into the bargain. But the name of Lamar must
remain clean; and I tell you there is more than a name in danger.
Whoever that woman touches she kills. And Harry is only a boy."
Billy helped me, as I knew he would; nor did he insist on
unnecessary details. I didn't need his assistance in the search,
for I felt that I could accomplish that as well alone.
But it was certainly known that Harry had been calling on Le
Mire at her hotel; conjectures were sure to be made, leading to
the
assertions of busy tongues; and it was the part of my friend to
counteract and smother the inevitable gossip. This he promised
to
do; and I knew Billy. As for finding Harry, it was too late to
do
anything that night, and I went home and to bed.
The next morning I began by calling at her hotel. But though
the manager of the theater had gotten no information from them,
he
had pumped them dry. They knew nothing.
I dared not go to the police, and probably they would have
been unable to give me any assistance if I had sought it. The
only
other possible source of information I disliked to use; but after
racking my brain for the better part of the day I decided that
there was nothing else for it, and started on a round of the
ticket
offices of the railroads and steamship companies.
I had immediate success. My first call was at the office
where Harry and I were accustomed to arrange our transportation.
As I entered the head clerk--or whatever they call him--advanced
to
greet me with a smile.
"Yes," said he in response to my question; "Mr. Lamar got his
tickets from me. Let's see--Thursday, wasn't it? No, Friday.
That's right--Friday."
"Tickets!" I muttered to myself. And in my preoccupation I
really neglected to listen to him. Then aloud: "Where were the--
tickets for?"
"Denver."
"For Friday's train?"
"Yes. The Western Express."
That was all I wanted to know. I hurried home, procured a
couple of hastily packed bags, and took the afternoon train for
the
West.
Chapter III.
A MODERN MARANA.
My journey westward was an eventful one; but this is not a
"History of Tom Jones," and I shall refrain from detail. Denver
I
reached at last, after a week's stop-over in Kansas City. It was
a delightful adventure--but it had nothing to do with the story.
I left the train at the Rocky Mountain city about the middle
of the afternoon. And now, what to do? I think I am not a fool,
but I certainly lack the training of a detective, and I felt
perfectly rudderless and helpless as I ordered the taxi-driver to
take me to the Alcazar Hotel.
I was by no means sure that Harry had come to Denver. He was
traveling with a bundle of animated caprice, a creature who would
have hauled him off the train at Rahway, New Jersey, if she had
happened to take a fancy to the place. At the moment, I
reflected,
they might be driving along Michigan Boulevard, or attending a
matinee at the Willis Wood, or sipping mint juleps at the
Planters'.
Even if they were in Denver, how was I to find them? I keenly
regretted the week I had lost. I was sure that Harry would avoid
any chance of publicity and would probably shun the big hotels.
And Denver is not a village.
It was the beauty of Le Mire that saved me. Indeed, I might
have foreseen that; and I have but poorly portrayed the force of
her unmatchable fascination unless you have realized that she was
a woman who could pass nowhere without being seen; and, seen,
remembered.
I made inquiries of the manager of the hotel, of course, but
was brought up sharply when he asked me the names of my friends
for
whom I was asking. I got out of it somehow, some foolish evasion
or other, and regarded my task as more difficult than ever.
That same evening I dined at the home of my cousin, Hovey
Stafford, who had come West some years before on account of weak
lungs, and stayed because he liked it. I met his wife that
evening
for the first time; she may be introduced with the observation
that
if she was his reason for remaining in the provinces, never did
man
have a better one.
We were on the veranda with our after-dinner cigars. I was
congratulating Hovey on the felicity of his choice and jocularly
sympathizing with his wife.
"Yes," said my cousin, with a sigh, "I never regretted it till
last week. It will never be the same again."
Mrs. Hovey looked at him with supreme disdain.
"I suppose you mean Senora Ramal," said she scornfully.
Her husband, feigning the utmost woe, nodded mournfully;
whereupon she began humming the air of the Chanson du
Colonel, and was stopped by a smothering kiss.
"And who is the Senora Ramal?" I asked.
"The most beautiful woman in the world," said Mrs. Hovey.
This from a woman who was herself beautiful! Amazing! I
suppose my face betrayed my thought.
"It isn't charity," she smiled. "Like John Holden, I have
seen fire-balloons by the hundred, I have seen the moon,
and--then
I saw no more fire-balloons."
"But who is she?"
Hovey explained. "She is the wife of Senor Ramal. They came
here some ten days ago, with letters to one or two of the best
families, and that's all we know about them. The senora is
an entrancing mixture of Cleopatra, Sappho, Helen of Troy, and
the
devil. She had the town by the ears in twenty-four hours, and
you
wouldn't wonder at it if you saw her."
Already I felt that I knew, but I wanted to make sure.
"Byron has described her," I suggested, "in Childe Harold."
"Hardly," said Hovey. "No midnight beauty for hers, thank
you. Her hair is the most perfect gold. Her eyes are green; her
skin remarkably fair. What she may be is unknowable, but she
certainly is not Spanish; and, odder still, the senor
himself fits the name no better."
But I thought it needless to ask for a description of Harry;
for I had no doubt of the identity of Senor Ramal and his wife.
I
pondered over the name, and suddenly realized that it was merely
"Lamar" spelled backward!
The discovery removed the last remaining shadow of doubt.
I asked in a tone of assumed indifference for their hotel,
expressing a desire to meet them--and was informed by Hovey that
they had left Denver two days previously, nor did he know where
they had gone.
Thus did I face another obstacle. But I was on the track; and
the perfume of a woman's beauty is the strongest scent in the
world
as well as the sweetest. I thanked my cousin for a pleasant
evening--though he did not know the extent of my debt to him--and
declined his urgent invitation to have my luggage brought to his
home.
On my way to the hotel I was struck by a sudden thought: Senor
Ramal could not be my brother or my cousin would have recognized
him! But I immediately reflected that the two had not seen each
other for some ten years, at which time Harry had been a mere
boy.
The following morning, with little difficulty, I ascertained
the fact that the Ramals had departed--at least ostensibly--for
Colorado Springs.
I followed. That same evening, when I registered at the
Antlers Hotel, a few minutes before the dinner hour, I turned
over
two pages of the book, and there before me was the entry, "Senor
and Senora Ramal, Paris." It was in Harry's handwriting.
After dinner--a most excellent dinner, with melons from La
Junta and trout from the mountain streams--I descended on the
hotel
clerk with questions. He was most obliging--a sharp, pleasant
fellow, with prominent ears and a Rocky Mountain twang.
"Senor and Senora Ramal? Most assuredly, sir. They have been
here several days. No, they are not now in the hotel. They left
this afternoon for Manitou, to take dinner there, and are going
to
make the night trip up the Peak."
An idea immediately suggested itself to me. They would, of
course, return to the hotel in the morning. All I had to do was
to
sit down and wait for them; but that would have been dull sport.
My idea was better.
I sought out the hotel's wardrobe--there is nothing the
Antlers will not do for you--and clothed myself in khaki,
leggings,
and boots. Then I ordered a car and set out for Manitou, at the
foot of the mountain.
By ten o'clock I was mounted on a donkey, headed for the top,
after having been informed by a guide that "the man and the
beautiful lady" had departed an hour previous.
Having made the ascent twice before, I needed no guide. So I
decided; but I regretted the decision. Three times I lost the
path; once I came perilously near descending on the village
below--well, without hesitation. It was well after midnight when
I passed the Half-way House, and I urged my donkey forward with a
continual rat-a-tat-tat of well-directed kicks in the effort
to make my goal.
You who have experienced the philosophical calm and superb
indifference of the Pike's Peak donkey may imagine the vocabulary
I used on this occasion--I dare not print it. Nor did his speed
increase.
I was, in fact, a quarter of an hour late. I was still
several hundred yards from the summit when the sun's first rays
shot through the thin atmosphere, creating colorful riot among
the
clouds below, and I stopped, holding my breath in awe.
There is no art nor poetry in that wonderful sight; it is
glorious war. The sun charges forth in a vast flame of
inconceivable brilliance; you can almost hear the shout of
victory.
He who made the universe is no artist; too often He forgets
restraint, and blinds us.
I turned, almost regretting that I had come, for I had been
put out of tune with my task. Then I mounted the donkey and
slowly
traversed the few remaining yards to the Peak.
There, seated in the dazzling sunshine on the edge of a huge
boulder near the eastern precipice, were the two I sought.
Le Mire's head was turned from me as she sat gazing silently
at the tumbling, gorgeous mass of clouds that seemed almost to be
resting on her lap; Harry was looking at her. And such a look!
There was no rival even in nature that could conquer Le Mire;
never, I believe, did woman achieve a more notable victory than
hers of that morning. I watched them for several minutes before
I
moved or spoke; and never once did Harry's eyes leave her face.
Then I advanced a step, calling his name; and they turned and
caught sight of me.
"Paul!" cried Harry, leaping to his feet; then he stopped
short and stared at me half defiantly, half curiously, moving
close
to Le Mire and placing his hand on her shoulder like a child
clinging to a toy.
His companion had not moved, except to turn her head; but
after the first swift shadow of surprise her face brightened with
a smile of welcome, for all the world as though this were a
morning
call in her boudoir.
"Senor and Senora Ramal, I believe?" said I with a smile,
crossing to them with an exaggerated bow.
I could see Harry cocking his ear to catch the tone of my
first words, and when he heard their friendliness a grin
overspread
his face. He took his hand from Le Mire's shoulder and held it
out
to me.
"How did you come here? How did you find us?"
"You forgot to provide Le Mire with a veil," said I by way of
answer.
Harry looked at me, then at his companion. "Of course," he
agreed--"of course. By Jove! that was stupid of us."
Whereupon Le Mire laughed with such frank enjoyment of the
boy's simplicity that I couldn't help but join her.
"And now," said Harry, "I suppose you want to know--"
"I want to know nothing--at present," I interrupted. "It's
nearly six o'clock, and since ten last night I've been on top of
the most perfectly imbecile donkey ever devised by nature. I
want
breakfast."
Velvet lids were upraised from Le Mire's eyes. "Here?" she
queried.
I pointed to the place--extreme charity might give it the
title of inn--where smoke was rising from a tin chimney.
Soon we were seated inside with a pot of steaming black coffee
before us. Harry was bubbling over with gaiety and good will,
evidently occasioned by my unexpected friendliness, while Le Mire
sat for the most part silent. It was easy to see that she was
more
than a little disturbed by my arrival, which surprised me.
I gazed at her with real wonder and increasing admiration. It
was six in the morning; she had had no sleep, and had just finished
a most fatiguing journey of some eight hours; but I had never seen
her so beautiful.
Our host approached, and I turned to him:
"What have you?"
There was pity in his glance.
"Aigs," said he, with an air of finality.
"Ah!" said Le Mire. "I want them--let's see--au beurre
noire, if you please."
The man looked at her and uttered the single word: "Fried."
"Fried?" said she doubtfully.
"Only fried," was the inexorable answer. "How many?"
Le Mire turned to me, and I explained. Then she turned again
to the surly host with a smile that must have caused him to regret
his gruffness.
"Well, then, fr-r-ied!" said she, rolling the "r" deliciously.
"And you may bring me five, if you please."
It appeared that I was not the only hungry one. We ate
leisurely and smoked more leisurely still, and started on our
return journey a little before eight o'clock.
It was late in the afternoon when we arrived at the Antlers.
The trip was accomplished without accident, but Le Mire was
thoroughly exhausted and Harry was anything but fresh. That is the
worst of mountain climbing: the exaltation at the summit hardly
pays you for the reaction at the foot. We entered the broad
portico with frank sighs of relief.
I said something about joining them at dinner and left for my
own rooms.
At dinner that evening Harry was in high spirits and took
great delight in everything that was said, both witty and dull,
while Le Mire positively sparkled.
She made her impression; not a man in the well-filled room but
sent his tribute of admiring glances as she sat seemingly
unconscious of all but Harry and myself. That is always agreeable;
a man owes something to the woman who carries a room for him.
I had intended to have a talk with Harry after dinner, but I
postponed it; the morning would assuredly be better. There was
dancing in the salon, but we were all too tired to take advantage
of it; and after listening to one or two numbers, during which Le
Mire was kept busy turning aside the importunities of would-be
partners, we said good night and sought our beds.
It was late the next morning when the precious pair joined me
in the garden, and when we went in for breakfast we found the
dining-room quite empty. We did not enjoy it as on the morning
previous; the cuisine was of the kind usually--and in this case
justly--described as "superior," but we did not have the same edge
on our appetite.
We were not very talkative; I myself was almost taciturn,
having before me the necessity of coming to an understanding with
Harry, a task which I was far from relishing. But there were
certain things I must know.
"What do you say to a ride down the valley?" said Harry.
"They have excellent horses here; I tried one of 'em the other
day."
"I trust that they bear no resemblance to my donkey," said I
with feeling.
"Ugh!" said Le Mire with a shudder. "Never shall I forget
that ride. Besides," she added, turning to Harry, "this morning I
would be in the way. Don't you know that your brother has a
thousand things to say to you? He wants to scold you; you must
remember that you are a very bad boy."
And she sent me a glance half defiant, half indifferent, which
plainly said: "If I fight you, I shall win; but I really care very
little about it one way or the other."
After breakfast she went to her room--to have her hair
dressed, she said--and I led Harry to a secluded corner of the
magnificent grounds surrounding the hotel. During the walk we were
both silent: Harry, I suppose, was wondering what I was going to
say, while I was trying to make up my own mind.
"I suppose," he began abruptly, "you are going to tell me I
have acted like a fool. Go ahead; the sooner it's over the
better."
"Nothing of the sort," said I, glad that he had opened it.
He stopped short, demanding to know what I meant.
"Of course," I continued, "Le Mire is a most amazing prize.
Not exactly my style perhaps, but there are few men in the world
who wouldn't envy you. I congratulate you.
"But there were two things I feared for several reasons--Le
Mire's fascination, your own youth and impulsive recklessness, and
the rather curious mode of your departure. I feared first and most
that you would marry her; second, that you would achieve odium and
publicity for our name."
Harry was regarding me with a smile which had in it very
little of amusement; it held a tinge of bitterness.
"And so," he burst out suddenly, "you were afraid I would
marry her! Well, I would. The last time I asked her"--again the
smile--"was this morning."
"And--"
"She won't have me."
"Bah!" I concealed my surprise, for I had really not thought
it possible that the lad could be such a fool. "What's her game,
Harry?"
"Game the deuce! I tell you she won't have me."
"You have asked her?"
"A thousand times. I've begged her on my knees. Offered
her--anything."
"And she refuses?"
"Positively."
"Refuses?"
"With thanks."
I stared at him for a moment in silence. Then I said: "Go and
get her and bring her here. I'll find out what she wants," and sat
down on a bench to wait. Harry departed for the hotel without a
word.
In a few minutes he returned with Le Mire. I rose and
proffered her a seat on the bench, which she accepted with a smile,
and Harry sat down at her side. I stood in front of them.
"Le Mire," said I, and I believe I frowned, "my brother tells
me that you have been offered the name of Lamar in marriage."
"I have thanked him for it," said she with a smile.
"And declined it."
"And--declined it," she agreed.
"Well," said I, "I am not a man of half measures, as you will
soon see, Le Mire. Besides, I appreciate your power. On the day,"
I continued with slow precision--"on the day that you give me a
contract to adhere to that refusal you may have my check for one
million dollars."
She surprised me; I admit it. I had expected a burst of
anger, with a touch of assumed hauteur; the surrender to follow,
for I had made the stake high. But as I stood looking down at her,
waiting for the flash of her eye, I was greeted by a burst of
laughter--the frank laughter of genuine mirth. Then she spoke:
"Oh, you Americans! You are so funny! A million dollars!
It is impossible that I should be angry after such a compliment.
Besides, you are so funny! Do you not know Le Mire? Am I not a
princess if I desire it--tomorrow--today? Bah! There is the
world--is it not mine? Mrs. Lamar? Ugh! Pardon me, my friend,
but it is an ugly name.
"You know my ancestors? De L'Enclos, Montalais, Maintenon, La
Marana! They were happy--in their way--and they were great. I
must do nothing unworthy of them. Set your mind at rest, Mr.
Lamar; but, really, you should have known better--you who have seen
the world and Le Mire in Paris! And now our amusement is perhaps
ended? Now we must return to that awful New York? Voila!"
Indeed I had not understood her. And how could I? There is
only one such woman in a generation; sometimes none, for nature is
sparing of her favorites. By pure luck she sat before me, this
twentieth-century Marana, and I acknowledged her presence with a
deep bow of apology and admiration.
"If you will forgive me, madame," I said, "I will--not
attempt to make reparation, for my words were not meant for you.
Consider them unspoken. As for our amusement, why need it end?
Surely, we can forget? I see plainly I am not a St. Evremond, but
neither am I a fool. My brother pleases you--well, there he is.
As for myself, I shall either stay to take care of you two
children, or I shall return to New York, as you desire."
Le Mire looked at me uncertainly for a moment, then turned to
Harry and with a fluttering gesture took his hand in her own and
patted it gaily. Then she laughed the happy laugh of a child as
she said:
"Then it is well! And, monsieur, you are less an
American than I thought. By all means, stay--we shall be so jolly!
Will we not, my little friend?"
Harry nodded, smiling at her. But there was a troubled look
in his face.
Chapter IV.
ALLONS!
The events of the month that followed, though exciting enough,
were of a similarity that would make their narration tedious, and
I shall pass over them as speedily as possible.
We remained at Colorado Springs only two days after that
morning in the garden. Le Mire, always in search of novelty, urged
us away, and, since we really had nothing in view save the
satisfaction of her whims, we consented. Salt Lake City was our
next resting-place, but Le Mire tired of it in a day.
"I shall see the Pacific," she said to Harry and me, and we
immediately set out for San Francisco.
Is it necessary for me to explain my attitude? But surely it
explains itself. For one thing, I was disinclined to leave Harry
in a position where he was so abundantly unable to take care of
himself. For another, I take amusement wherever it offers itself,
and I was most certainly not bored.
The vagaries and caprices of a beautiful woman are always
interesting, and when you are allowed to study them at close range
without being under the necessity of acting the part of a faithful
lover they become doubly so.
Le Mire managed Harry with wonderful tact and finesse; I sat
back and laughed at the performance, now and then applying a check
when her riotous imagination seemed likely to run away with us.
At San Francisco she achieved a triumph, notorious to the
point of embarrassment. Paul Lamar, of New York, had introduced
himself into the highest circle of society, and in turn had
introduced his friends, Senor and Senora Ramal. The senora
captured the town in a single night at a reception and ball on
Telegraph Hill.
The day following there were several dozens of cards left for
her at our hotel; invitations arrived by the score. She accepted
two or three and made the fortune of two drawing-rooms; then
suddenly tired of the sport and insulted a most estimable lady, our
hostess, by certain remarks which inadvertently reached the ears of
the lady's husband.
"You have done for yourself, Le Mire," I told her.
She answered me with a smile--straightway proceeded to issue
invitations for an "entertainment" at our hotel. I had no idea
what she meant to do; but gave the thing no thought, feeling
certain that few, or none, of the invitations would be accepted
--wherein I was badly mistaken, for not one was refused.
Well, Le Mire danced for them.
For myself it was barely interesting; I have passed the inner
portals of the sacred temples of India, and the human body holds no
surprises for me. But the good people of San Francisco were
shocked, astonished, and entranced. Not a man in the room but was
Le Mire's slave; even the women were forced to applaud. She became
at once a goddess and an outcast.
The newspapers of the following morning were full of it,
running the scale of eulogy, admiration, and wonder. And one of
the articles, evidently written by a man who had been considerably
farther east than San Francisco, ended with the following
paragraph:
In short, it was sublime, and with every movement and every
gesture there was a something hidden, a suggestion of a personality
and mysterious charm that we have always heretofore considered the
exclusive property of just one woman in the world. But Desiree Le
Mire is not in San Francisco; though we declare that the
performance of last evening was more than enough to rouse certain
suspicions, especially in view of Le Mire's mysterious
disappearance from New York.
I took the paper to Desiree in her room, and while she read
the article stood gazing idly from a window. It was about eleven
in the morning; Harry had gone for a walk, saying that he would
return in half an hour to join us at breakfast.
"Well?" said Desiree when she had finished.
"But it is not well," I retorted, turning to face her. "I do
not reproach you; you are being amused, and so, I confess, am I.
But your name--that is, Le Mire--has been mentioned, and discovery
is sure to follow. We must leave San Francisco at once."
"But I find it entertaining."
"Nevertheless, we must leave."
"But if I choose to stay?"
"No; for Harry would stay with you."
"Well, then--I won't go."
"Le Mire, you will go?"
She sent me a flashing glance, and for a moment I half
expected an explosion. Then, seeming to think better of it, she
smiled:
"But where? We can't go west without falling into the ocean,
and I refuse to return. Where?"
"Then we'll take the ocean."
She looked up questioningly, and I continued:
"What would you say to a yacht--a hundred and twenty foot
steamer, with a daredevil captain and the coziest little cabins in
the world?"
"Bah!" Le Mire snapped her fingers to emphasize her
incredulity. "It does not exist."
"But it does. Afloat and in commission, to be had for the
asking and the necessary check. Dazzling white, in perfect order,
a second Antoine for a chef, rooms furnished as you would your own
villa. What do you say?"
"Really?" asked Le Mire with sparkling eyes.
"Really."
"Here--in San Francisco?"
"In the harbor. I saw her myself this morning."
"Then I say--allons! Ah, my friend, you are perfection!
I want to see it. Now! May I? Come!"
I laughed at her eager enthusiasm as she sprang up from her
chair.
"Le Mire, you are positively a baby. Something new to play
with! Well, you shall have it. But you haven't had breakfast.
We'll go out to see her this afternoon; in fact, I have already
made an appointment with the owner."
"Ah! Indeed, you are perfection. And--how well you know me."
She paused and seemed to be searching for words; then she said
abruptly: "M. Lamar, I wish you to do me a favor."
"Anything, Le Mire, in or out of reason."
Again she hesitated; then:
"Do not call me Le Mire."
I laughed.
"But certainly, Senora Ramal. And what is the favor?"
"That."
"That--"
"Do not call me Le Mire--nor Senora Ramal."
"Well, but I must address you occasionally."
"Call me Desiree."
I looked at her with a smile.
"But I thought that that was reserved for your particular
friends."
"So it is."
"Then, my dear senora, it would be impertinent of me."
"But if I request it?"
"I have said--anything in or out of reason. And, of course, I
am one of the family."
"Is that the only reason?"
I began to understand her, and I answered her somewhat dryly:
"My dear Desiree, there can be none other."
"Are you so--cold?"
"When I choose."
"Ah!" It was a sigh rather than an exclamation. "And yet, on
the ship--do you remember? Look at me, M. Lamar. Am I not--am I
so little worthy of a thought?"
Her lips were parted with tremulous feeling; her eyes glowed
with a strange fire, and yet were tender. Indeed, she was "worthy
of a thought"--dangerously so; I felt my pulse stir. It was
necessary to assume a stoicism I was far from feeling, and I looked
at her with a cynical smile and spoke in a voice as carefully
deliberate as I could make it.
"Le Mire," I said, "I could love you, but I won't." And I
turned and left her without another word.
Why? I haven't the slightest idea. It must have been my
vanity. Some few men had conquered Le Mire; others had surrendered
to her; certainly none had ever been able to resist her. There was
a satisfaction in it. I walked about the lobby of the hotel till
Harry returned, idiotically pleased with myself.
At the breakfast table I acquainted Harry with our plans for
a cruise, and he was fully as eager about it as Le Mire had been.
He wanted to weigh anchor that very afternoon. I explained that it
was necessary to wait for funds from New York.
"How much?" said he. "I'm loaded."
"I've sent for a hundred thousand," said I.
"Are you going to buy her?" he demanded with astonishment.
Then we fell to a discussion of routes. Harry was for Hawaii;
Le Mire for South America.
We tossed a coin.
"Heads," said Desiree, and so it fell.
I requested Le Mire to keep to the hotel as closely as
possible for the days during which it was necessary for us to
remain in San Francisco. She did so, but with an apparent effort.
I have never seen a creature so full of nervous energy and
fire; only by severe restraint could she force herself to even a
small degree of composure. Harry was with her nearly every minute,
though what they found to talk about was beyond my comprehension.
Neither was exactly bubbling over with ideas, and one cannot say "I
love you" for twenty-four hours a day.
It was a cool, sunny day in the latter part of October when we
weighed anchor and passed through the Golden Gate. I had leased
the yacht for a year, and had made alternative plans in case Le
Mire should tire of the sport, which I thought extremely probable.
She and Harry were delighted with the yacht, which was not
surprising, for she was as perfect a craft as I have seen. Sides
white as sea-foam; everything above decks of shining brass, below
mahogany, and as clean and shipshape as a Dutch kitchen. There
were five rooms besides the captain's, and a reception-room,
dining-room, and library. We had provisioned her well, and had a
jewel of a cook.
Our first port was Santa Catalina. We dropped anchor there at
about five o'clock in the afternoon of such a day as only southern
California can boast of, and the dingey was lowered to take us
ashore.
"What is there?" asked Le Mire, pointing to the shore as we
stood leaning on the rail waiting for the crew to place the ladder.
I answered: "Tourists."
Le Mire shrugged her shoulders. "Tourists? Bah! Merci,
non. Allons!"
I laughed and went forward to the captain to tell him that
madame did not approve of Santa Catalina. In another minute
the dingey was back on its davits, the anchor up, and we were under
way. Poor captain! Within a week he became used to Le Mire's
sudden whims.
At San Diego we went ashore. Le Mire took a fancy to some
Indian blankets, and Harry bought them for her; but when she
expressed an intention to take an Indian girl--about sixteen or
seventeen years old--aboard the yacht as a "companion," I
interposed a firm negative. And, after all, she nearly had her
way.
For a month it was "just one port after another." Mazatlan,
San Bias, Manzanillo, San Salvador, Panama City--at each of these
we touched, and visited sometimes an hour, sometimes two or three
days. Le Mire was loading the yacht with all sorts of curious
relics. Ugly or beautiful, useful or worthless, genuine or faked,
it mattered not to her; if a thing suited her fancy she wanted
it--and got it.
At Guayaquil occurred the first collision of wills. It was
our second evening in port. We were dining on the deck of the
yacht, with half a dozen South American generals and admirals as
guests.
Toward the end of the dinner Le Mire suddenly became silent
and remained for some minutes lost in thought; then, suddenly, she
turned to the bundle of gold lace at her side with a question:
"Where is Guayaquil?"
He stared at her in amazement.
"It is there, senora," he said finally, pointing to the
shore lined with twinkling lights.
"I know, I know," said Le Mire impatiently; "but where is it?
In what country?"
The poor fellow, too surprised to be offended, stammered the
name of his native land between gasps, while Harry and I had all we
could do to keep from bursting into laughter.
"Ah," said Desiree in the tone of one who has made an
important discovery, "I thought so. Ecuador. Monsieur,
Quito is in Ecuador."
The general--or admiral, I forget which--acknowledged the
correctness of her geography with a profound bow.
"But yes. I have often heard of Quito, monsieur. It
is a very interesting place. I shall go to Quito."
There ensued immediately a babel. Each of our guests insisted
on the honor of accompanying us inland, and the thing would most
assuredly have ended in a bloody quarrel on the captain's polished
deck, if I had not interposed in a firm tone:
"But, gentlemen, we are not going to Quito."
Le Mire looked at me--and such a look! Then she said in a
tone of the utmost finality:
"I am going to Quito."
I shook my head, smiling at her, whereupon she became furious.
"M. Lamar," she burst forth, "I tell you I am going to Quito!
In spite of your smile! Yes! Do you hear? I shall go!"
Without a word I took a coin from my pocket and held it up. I
had come to know Le Mire. She frowned for a moment in an evident
attempt to maintain her anger, then an irresistible smile parted
her lips and she clapped her hands gaily.
"Very well," she cried, "toss, monsieur! Heads!"
The coin fell tails, and we did not go to Quito, much to the
disappointment of our guests. Le Mire forgot all about it in ten
minutes.
Five days later we dropped anchor at Callao.
This historic old port delighted Le Mire at once. I had told
her something of its story: its successive bombardments by the
liberators from Chile, the Spanish squadron, buccaneering
expeditions from Europe and the Chilean invaders; not to mention
earthquakes and tidal waves. We moored alongside the stone pier by
the lighthouse; the old clock at its top pointed to the hour of
eight in the morning.
But as soon as Le Mire found out that Lima was but a few miles
away, Callao no longer held any interest for her. We took an
afternoon train and arrived at the capital in time for dinner.
There it was, in picturesque old Lima, that Le Mire topped her
career. On our first afternoon we betook ourselves to the
fashionable paseo, for it was a band day, and all Lima was
out.
In five minutes every eye in the gay and fashionable crowd was
turned on Le Mire. Then, as luck would have it, I met, quite by
chance, a friend of mine who had come to the University of San
Marcos some years before as a professor of climatology. He
introduced us, with an air of importance, to several of the groups
of fashion, and finally to the president himself. That night we
slept as guests under the roof of a luxurious and charming country
house at Miraflores.
Le Mire took the capital by storm. Her style of beauty was
peculiarly fitted for their appreciation, for pallor is considered
a mark of beauty among Lima ladies. But that could scarcely
account for her unparalleled triumph. I have often wondered--was
it the effect of a premonition?
The president himself sat by her at the opera. There were two
duels attributed to her within a week; though how the deuce that
was possible is beyond me.
On society day at the bull-ring the cues were given by Le
Mire; her hand flung the rose to the matador, while the eight
thousand excited spectators seemed uncertain whether they were
applauding her or him. Lima was hers, and never have I seen a
fortnight so crowded with incidents.
But Le Mire soon tired of it, as was to be expected. She
greeted me one morning at the breakfast table:
"My friend Paul, let us go to Cerro de Pasco. They have
silver--thousands and thousands of tons--and what you call them?
Ornaments."
"And then the Andes?" I suggested.
"Why not?"
"But, my dear Desiree, what shall we do with the yacht?"
"Pooh! There is the captain. Come--shall I say please?"
So we went to Cerro de Pasco. I wrote to Captain Harris,
telling him not to expect us for another month or so, and sending
him sufficient funds to last till our return.
I verily believe that every one of note in Lima came to the
railroad station to see us off.
Our compartment was a mass of flowers, which caused me to
smile, for Le Mire, curiously enough, did not like them. When we
had passed out of the city she threw them out of the window,
laughing and making jokes at the expense of the donors. She was in
the best of humor.
We arrived at Oroya late in the afternoon, and departed for
Cerro de Pasco by rail on the following morning.
This ride of sixty-eight miles is unsurpassed in all the
world. Snow-capped peaks, bottomless precipices, huge masses of
boulders that seem ready to crush the train surround you on every
side, and now and then are directly above or beneath you.
Le Mire was profoundly impressed; indeed, I had not supposed
her to possess the sensibility she displayed; and as for me, I was
most grateful to her for having suggested the trip. You who find
yourselves too well-acquainted with the Rockies and the Alps and
the Himalayas should try the Andes. There is a surprise waiting
for you.
But for the story.
We found Cerro de Pasco, interesting as its situation is, far
short of our expectations. It is a mining town, filled with
laborers and speculators, noisy, dirty, and coarse. We had been
there less than forty-eight hours when I declared to Harry and Le
Mire my intention of returning at once.
"But the Andes!" said Le Mire. "Shall we not see them?"
"Well--there they are."
I pointed through the window of the hotel.
"Bah! And you call yourself a traveler? Look! The snow!
My friend Paul, must I ask twice for a favor?"
Once again we tossed a coin.
Ah, if Le Mire had only seen the future! And yet--I often
wonder--would she have turned her back? For the woman craved
novelty and adventure, and the gameness of centuries was in her
blood--well, she had her experience, which was shared only in part
by Harry and myself.
Those snow-capped peaks! Little did we guess what they held
for us. We were laughing, I remember, as we left behind us the
edge of civilization represented by Cerro de Pasco.
We found it impossible to procure a complete outfit in the
mining town, and were forced to despatch a messenger to Lima. He
returned in two days with mules, saddles, saddle-bags, boots,
leather leggings, knickerbockers, woolen ponchos, and scores of
other articles which he assured us were absolutely necessary for
any degree of comfort. By the time we were ready to start we had
a good-sized pack-train on our hands.
The proprietor of the hotel found us an arriero, whom
he declared to be the most competent and trustworthy guide in all
the Andes--a long, loose-jointed fellow with an air of complete
indifference habitually resting on his yellow, rather
sinister-looking face. Le Mire did not like him, but I certainly
preferred the hotel proprietor's experience and knowledge to her
volatile fancy, and engaged the arriero on the spot.
Our outfit was complete, and everything in readiness, when
Harry suddenly announced that he had decided not to go, nor to
allow Le Mire to do so.
"I don't like it," he said in troubled tones. "I tell you,
Paul, I don't like it. I've been talking to some of the miners and
arrieros, and the thing is foolhardy and dangerous."
Then, seeing the expression on my face, he continued hastily:
"Oh, not for myself. You know me; I'll do anything that any one
else will do, and more, if I can. But Desiree! I tell you, if
anything happened to her I--well--"
I cut him short:
"My dear boy, the idea is Desiree's own. And to talk of
danger where she is concerned! She would laugh at you."
"She has," Harry confessed with a doubtful smile.
I clapped him roughly on the shoulder.
"Come, brace up! Our caravan awaits us--and see, the fairy,
too. Are you ready, Desiree?"
She came toward us from the inner rooms of the hotel, smiling,
radiant. I shall never forget the picture she presented. She wore
white knickerbockers, a white jacket, tan-leather boots and
leggings and a khaki hat.
Her golden hair, massed closely about her ears and upon her
forehead, shimmered in the bright sun dazzlingly; her eyes
sparkled; her little white teeth gleamed in a happy, joyous smile.
We lifted her to the back of her mule, then mounted our own.
Suddenly a recollection shot through my brain with remarkable
clearness, and I turned to Le Mire:
"Desiree, do you know the first time I ever saw you? It was
in an electric brougham at the Gare du Nord. This is somewhat
different, my lady."
"And infinitely more interesting," she answered. "Are you
ready? See that stupid arriero! Ah! After all, he knew
what he was about. Then, messieurs--allons!"
The arriero, receiving my nod uttered a peculiar
whistle through his teeth. The mules pricked up their ears, then
with one common movement started forward.
"Adios! Adios, senora! Adios, senores!"
With the cry of our late host sounding in our ears we passed
down the narrow little street of Cerro de Pasco on our way to the
snow-capped peaks of the Andes.
Chapter V.
THE CAVE OF THE DEVIL.
You may remember that I made some remark concerning the
difficulty of the ascent of Pike's Peak. Well, that is mere
child's play--a morning constitutional compared to the paths we
found ourselves compelled to follow in the great Cordillera.
Nor was it permitted us to become gradually accustomed to the
danger; we had not been two hours out of Cerro de Pasco before we
found ourselves creeping along a ledge so narrow there was scarcely
room for the mules to place their hoofs together, over a precipice
three thousand feet in the air--straight. And, added to this was
the discomfort, amounting at times to positive pain, caused by the
soroche.
Hardly ever did we find ground sufficiently broad for a
breathing space, save when our arriero led us, almost by
magic it seemed, to a camping place for the night. We would ascend
the side of a narrow valley; on one hand roared a torrent some
hundreds of feet below; on the other rose an uncompromising wall of
rock. So narrow would be the track that as I sat astride my mule
my outside leg would be hanging over the abyss.
But the grandeur, the novelty, and the variety of the scenery
repaid us; and Le Mire loved the danger for its own sake. Time and
again she swayed far out of her saddle until her body was literally
suspended in the air above some frightful chasm, while she turned
her head to laugh gaily at Harry and myself, who brought up the
rear.
"But Desiree! If the girth should break!"
"Oh, but it won't."
"But if it should?"
"Tra-la-la! Come, catch me!"
And she would try to urge her mule into a trot--a futile
effort, since the beast had a much higher regard for his skin than
she had for hers; and the mule of the arriero was but a few
feet ahead.
Thus we continued day after day, I can't say how many. There
was a fascination about the thing that was irresistible. However
high the peak we had ascended, another could be seen still higher,
and that, too, must be scaled.
The infinite variety of the trail, its surprises, its new
dangers, its apparent vanishings into thin air, only to be found,
after an all but impossible curve, up the side of another cliff,
coaxed us on and on; and when or where we would have been able to
say, "thus far and no farther" is an undecided problem to this day.
About three o'clock one afternoon we camped in a small
clearing at the end of a narrow valley. Our arriero,
halting us at that early hour, had explained that there was no
other camping ground within six hours' march, and no
hacienda or pueblo within fifty miles. We received
his explanation with the indifference of those to whom one day is
like every other day, and amused ourselves by inspecting our
surroundings while he prepared the evening meal and arranged the
camp beds.
Back of us lay the trail by which we had approached--a narrow,
sinuous ribbon clinging to the side of the huge cliffs like a snake
fastened to a rock. On the left side, immediately above us, was a
precipice some thousand feet in height; on the right a series of
massive boulders, of quartzite and granite, misshapen and lowering.
There were three, I remember, placed side by side like three
giant brothers; then two or three smaller ones in a row, and beyond
these many others ranged in a mass unevenly, sometimes so close
together that they appeared to be jostling one another out of the
way.
For several days we had been in the region of perpetual snow;
and soon we gathered about the fire which the arriero had
kindled for our camp. Its warmth was grateful, despite our native
woolen garments and heavy ponchos.
The wind whistled ominously; a weird, senseless sound that
smote the ear with madness. The white of the snow and the dull
gray of the rocks were totally unrelieved by any touch of green or
play of water; a spot lonely as the human soul and terrifying as
death.
Harry had gone to examine the hoofs of his mule, which had
limped slightly during the afternoon; Le Mire and I sat side by
side near the fire, gazing at the play of the flames. For some
minutes we had been silent.
"In Paris, perhaps--" she began suddenly, then stopped short
and became again silent.
But I was fast dropping into melancholy and wanted to hear her
voice, and I said:
"Well? In Paris--"
She looked at me, her eyes curiously somber, but did not
speak. I insisted:
"You were saying, Desiree, in Paris--"
She made a quick movement and laughed unpleasantly.
"Yes, my friend--but it is useless. I was thinking of you.
'Ah! A card! Mr. Paul Lamar. Show him in, Julie. But no, let
him wait--I am not at home.' That, my friend, would be in Paris."
I stared at her.
"For Heaven's sake, Desiree, what nonsense is this?"
She disregarded my question as she continued:
"Yes, that is how it would be. Why do I talk thus? The
mountains hypnotize me. The snow, the solitude--for I am alone.
Your brother, what is he? And you, Paul, are scarcely aware of my
existence.
"I had my opportunity with you, and I laughed it away. And as
for the future--look! Do you see that waste of snow and ice,
glittering, cold, pitiless? Ha! Well, that is my grave."
I tried to believe that she was merely amusing herself, but
the glow in her eyes did not proceed from mirth. I followed her
fixed gaze across the trackless waste and, shivering, demanded:
"What morbid fancy is this, Desiree? Come, it is scarcely
pleasant."
She rose and crossed the yard or so of ground between us to my
side. I felt her eyes above me, and try as I would I could not
look up to meet them. Then she spoke, in a voice low but curiously
distinct:
"Paul, I love you."
"My dear Desiree!"
"I love you."
At once I was myself, calm and smiling. I was convinced that
she was acting, and I dislike to spoil a good scene. So I merely
said:
"I am flattered, senora."
She sighed, placing her hand on my shoulder.
"You laugh at me. You are wrong. Have I chosen this place
for a flirtation? Before, I could not speak; now you must know.
There have been many men in my life, Paul; some fools, some not so,
but none like you. I have never said, 'I love you.' I say it now.
Once you held my hand--you have never kissed me."
I rose to my feet, smiling, profoundly fatuous, and made as if
to put my arm around her.
"A kiss? Is that all, Desiree? Well--"
But I had mistaken her tone and overreached. Not a muscle did
she move, but I felt myself repulsed as by a barrier of steel. She
remained standing perfectly still, searching me with a gaze that
left me naked of levity and cynicism and the veneer of life; and
finally she murmured in a voice sweet with pain:
"Must you kill me with words, Paul? I did not mean that--now.
It is too late."
Then she turned swiftly and called to Harry, who came running
over to her only to meet with some trivial request, and a minute
later the arriero announced dinner.
I suppose that the incident had passed with her, as it had
with me; little did I know how deeply I had wounded her. And when
I discovered my mistake, some time later and under very different
circumstances, it very nearly cost me my life, and Harry's into the
bargain.
During the meal Le Mire was in the jolliest of moods
apparently. She retold the tale of Balzac's heroine who crossed
the Andes in the guise of a Spanish officer, performing wondrous
exploits with her sword and creating havoc among the hearts of the
fair ladies who took the dashing captain's sex for granted from his
clothing.
The story was a source of intense amusement to Harry, who
insisted on the recital of detail after detail, until Desiree
allowed her memory to take a vacation and substitute pure
imagination. Nor was the improvisation much inferior to the
original.
It was still light when we finished dinner, a good three hours
till bedtime. And since there was nothing better to do, I called
to the arriero and asked him to conduct us on a tour of
exploration among the mass of boulders, gray and stern, that loomed
up on our right.
He nodded his head in his usual indifferent manner, and
fifteen minutes later we started, on foot. The arriero led
the way, with Harry at his heels, and Desiree and I brought up the
rear.
Thrice I tried to enter into conversation with her; but each
time she shook her head without turning round, and I gave it up.
I was frankly puzzled by her words and conduct of an hour before;
was it merely one of the trickeries of Le Mire or--
I was interested in the question as one is always interested
in a riddle; but I tossed it from my mind, promising myself a
solution on the morrow, and gave my attention to the vagaries of
nature about me.
We were passing through a cleft between two massive rocks,
some three or four hundred yards in length. Ahead of us, at the
end of the passage, a like boulder fronted us.
Our footfalls echoed and reechoed from wall to wall; the only
other sound was the eery moaning of the wind that reached our ears
with a faintness which only served to increase its effect. Here
and there were apertures large enough to admit the entrance of a
horse and rider, and in many places the sides were crumbling.
I was reflecting, I remember, that the formation was
undoubtedly one of limestone, with here and there a layer of
quartzite, when I was aroused by a shout from Harry.
I approached. Harry and Desiree, with Felipe, the
arriero, had halted and were gazing upward at the wall of
rock which barred the exit from the passage. Following their eyes,
I saw lines carved on the rock, evidently a rude and clumsy attempt
to reproduce the form of some animal.
The thing was some forty feet or so above us and difficult to
see clearly.
"I say it's a llama," Harry was saying as I stopped at his
side.
"My dear boy," returned Desiree, "don't you think I know a
horse when I see one?"
"When you see one, of course," said Harry sarcastically. "But
who ever saw a horse with a neck like that?"
As for me, I was really interested, and I turned to the
arriero for information.
"Si, senor," said Felipe, "Un caballo."
"But who carved it?"
Felipe shrugged his shoulders.
"Is it new--Spanish?"
Another shrug. I became impatient.
"Have you no tongue?" I demanded. "Speak! If you don't know
the author of that piece of equine art say so."
"I know, senor."
"You know?"
"Si, senor."
"Then, for Heaven's sake, tell us."
"His story?" pointing to the figure on the rock.
"Yes, idiot!"
Without a sign of interest, Felipe turned twice around, found
a comfortable rock, sat down, rolled a cigarette, lighted it, and
began. He spoke in Spanish dialect; I shall preserve the style as
far as translation will permit.
"Many, many years ago, senor, Atahualpa, the Inca, son
of Huayna-Capac, was imprisoned at Cajamarco. Four, five hundred
years ago, it was. By the great Pizarro. And there was gold at
Cuzco, to the south, and Atahualpa, for his ransom, ordered that
this gold be brought to Pizarro.
"Messengers carried the order like the wind, so swift that in
five days the priests of the sun carried their gold from the
temples to save the life of Atahualpa."
Felipe paused, puffing at his cigarette, glanced at his
audience, and continued:
"But Hernando Pizarro, brother of the great Pizarro, suspected
a delay in the carriers of gold. From Pachacamac he came with
twenty horsemen, sowing terror in the mountains, carrying eighty
loads of gold. Across the Juaja River and past Lake Chinchaycocha
they came, till they arrived at the city of Huanuco.
"There were temples and gold and priests and soldiers. But
when the soldiers of the Inca saw the horses of the Spaniards and
heard the guns, they became frightened and ran away like little
children, carrying their gold. Never before had they seen white
men, or guns, or horses.
"With them came many priests and women, to the snow of the
mountains. And after many days of suffering they came to a cave,
wherein they disappeared and no more were seen, nor could Hernando
Pizarro and his twenty horsemen find them to procure their gold.
"And before they entered the cave they scaled a rock near its
entrance and carved thereon the likeness of a horse to warn their
Inca brethren of the Spaniards who had driven them from Huanuco.
That is his story, senor."
"But who told you all this, Felipe?"
The arriero shrugged his shoulders and glanced about,
as much as to say, "It is in the wind."
"But the cave?" cried Desiree. "Where is the cave?"
"It is there, senora," said Felipe, pointing through a
passage to the right.
Then nothing would do for Desiree but to see the cave. The
arriero informed her that it was difficult of access, but
she turned the objection aside with contempt and commanded him to
lead.
Harry, of course, was with her, and I followed somewhat
unwillingly; for, though Felipe's history was fairly accurate, I
was inclined to regard his fable of the disappearing Incas as a
wild tradition of the mountains.
He had spoken aright--the path to the cave was not an easy
one. Here and there deep ravines caused us to make a wide detour
or risk our necks on perilous steeps.
Finally we came to a small clearing, which resembled nothing
so much as the bottom of a giant well, and in the center of one of
the steep walls was an opening some thirty or forty feet square,
black and rugged, and somehow terrifying.
It was the entrance to the cave.
There Felipe halted.
"Here, senor. Here entered the Incas of Huanuco with
their gold."
He shivered as he spoke, and I fancied that his face grew
pale.
"We shall explore it!" cried Desiree, advancing.
"But no, senora!" The arriero was positively
trembling. "No! Senor, do not let her go within! Many
times have my countrymen entered in search of the gold, and
americanos, too, and never did they return. It is a cave of
the devil, senor. He hides in the blackness and none who
enter may escape him."
Desiree was laughing gaily.
"Then I shall visit the devil!" she exclaimed, and before
either Harry or I could reach her she had sprung across the
intervening space to the entrance and disappeared within.
With shouts of consternation from Felipe ringing in our ears,
we leaped after her.
"Desiree!" cried Harry. "Come back, Desiree!"
There was no answer, but echoing back from the night before us
came faint reverberations--could they be footsteps! What folly!
For I had thought that she had merely intended to frighten poor
Felipe, and now--
"Desiree!" Harry called again with all the strength of his
lungs. "Desiree!"
Again there was no answer. Then we entered the cave together.
I remember that as we passed within I turned and saw Felipe staring
with white face and eyes filled with terror.
A hundred feet and we were encompassed by the most intense
darkness. I muttered: "This is folly; let us get a light," and
tried to hold Harry back. But he pushed me aside and groped on,
crying: "Desiree! Come back, Desiree!"
What could I do? I followed.
Suddenly a scream resounded through the cavern. Multiplied
and echoed by the black walls, it was inhuman, shot with terror,
profoundly horrible.
A tremor ran through me from head to foot; beside me I heard
Harry gasp with a nameless fear. An instant later we dashed
forward into the darkness.
How long we ran I could never tell; probably a few seconds,
possibly as many minutes.
On we rushed, blindly, impelled not by reason, but by the
memory of that terrible cry, side by side, gasping, fearful. And
then--
A step into thin air--a mighty effort to recover a footing--
a wild instant of despair and pawing helpless agony. Then
blackness and oblivion.
Chapter VI.
CAPTURED.
The fall--was it ten feet or a thousand? I shall never know.
Hurtling headlong through space, a man can scarcely be expected to
keep his wits about him.
Actually, my only impression was of righteous indignation; my
memory is that I cursed aloud, but Harry denies it.
But it could not have been for long, for when we struck the
water at the bottom we were but slightly stunned by the impact. To
this Harry has since agreed; he must have been as lucky as myself,
for I took it headlong with a clean cleavage.
I rose to the top, sputtering, and flung out my arms in the
attempt to swim--or, rather, to keep afloat--and was overjoyed to
find my arms and legs answer to the call of the brain.
About me was blackest night and utter silence, save a low,
unbroken murmur, unlike any other sound, hardly to be heard. It
was in my effort to account for it that I first became aware of the
fact that the water was a stream, and a moving one--moving with
incredible swiftness, smooth and all but silent. As soon as I
became convinced of this I gave up all attempt to swim, and
satisfied myself with keeping my head above the surface and
drifting with the current.
Then I thought of Harry, and called his name aloud many times.
The reverberations throughout the cave were as the report of a
thousand cannon; but there was no response.
The echoes became fainter and fainter and died away, and again
all was silence and impenetrable night, while I battled with the
strong suction of the unseen current, which was growing swifter and
swifter, and felt my strength begin to leave me.
Terror, too, began to call to me as the long minutes passed
endlessly by. I thought, "If I could only see!" and strained my
eyes in the effort till I was forced to close them from the dizzy
pain. The utter, complete darkness hid from me all knowledge of
what I passed or what awaited me beyond.
The water, carrying me swiftly onward with its silent,
remorseless sweep, was cold and black; it pressed with tremendous
power against me; now and then I was forced beneath the surface and
fought my way back, gasping and all but exhausted.
I forgot Desiree and Harry; I lost all consciousness of where
I was and what I was doing; the silent fury of the stream and the
awful blackness maddened me; I plunged and struggled desperately,
blindly, sobbing with rage. This could not have lasted much
longer; I was very near the end.
Suddenly, with a thrill of joy, I realized that the speed of
the current was decreasing. Then a reaction of despair seized me;
I tried to strangle hope and resign myself to the worst. But soon
there was no longer any doubt; the water carried me slower and
slower.
I floated with little difficulty, wondering--could it be an
approach to a smaller outlet which acted as a dam? Or was it
merely a lessening of the incline of the bed of the stream? I
cursed the darkness for my helplessness.
Finally the water became absolutely still, as I judged by the
absence of pressure on my body, and I turned sharply at a right
angle and began to swim. My weariness left me as by magic, and I
struck out with bold and sweeping strokes; and by that lack of
caution all but destroyed myself when my head suddenly struck
against a wall of stone, unseen in the darkness.
I was stunned completely and sank; but the ducking revived me;
and when I returned to the surface I swam a few careful strokes,
searching for the wall. It was not there, and I had no idea of its
direction. But I had now learned caution; and by swimming a few
feet first one way, then another, and taking care not to go far in
any one direction, I finally discovered it.
My hand easily reached the top, and, grasping the slippery
surface with a grip made firm by despair, and concentrating every
ounce of strength in one final effort, I drew myself out of the
water and fell completely exhausted on the ground.
Under such circumstances time has no place in a man's
calculations; he is satisfied to breathe. I believe that I lay
barely conscious for several hours, but it may have been merely as
many minutes. Then I felt life stir within me; I stretched my arms
and legs and sat up. Gradually entered my mind the thought of
Desiree and Harry and the Andes above and Felipe shuddering with
terror as he flew from the cave of the devil.
First came Harry; but hope did not enter. It was
inconceivable that he, too, should have escaped that fearful
torrent; stupendous luck alone had saved me from being dashed
senseless against the rocks and guided me to the ledge on which I
rested.
Then he was gone! I had no thought of my own peril. I had
gone through the world with but little regard for what it held;
nothing had been sacred to me; no affection had been more than a
day's caprice; I had merely sucked amusement from its bitter fruit.
But I loved Harry; I realized it with something like
astonishment. He was dear to me; a keen, intense pain contracted
my chest at the thought of having lost him; tears filled my eyes;
and I raised up my voice and sang out wildly:
"Harry! Harry, lad! Harry!"
The cavern resounded. The call went from wall to wall, then
back again, floating through black space with a curious tremor, and
finally died away in some dim, unseen corridor. And then--then
came an answering call!
Owing to the conflicting echoes of the cavern, the tone could
not be recognized. But the word was unmistakable; it was "Paul."
I sprang to my feet with a shout, then stood listening. Out
of the blackness surrounding me came the words, in Harry's voice,
much lower, but distinct:
"Paul! Paul, where are you?"
"Thank Heaven!" I breathed; and I answered:
"Here, Harry boy, here."
"But where?"
"I don't know. On a ledge of rock at the edge of the water.
Where are you?"
"Same place. Which side are you on?"
"The right side," I answered with heartfelt emphasis.
"That is to say, the outside. If it weren't for this infernal
darkness--Listen! How far away does my voice sound?"
But the innumerable echoes of the cavern walls made it
impossible to judge of distance by sound. We tried it over and
over; sometimes it seemed that we were only a few feet apart,
sometimes a mile or more.
Then Harry spoke in a whisper, and his voice appeared to be
directly in my ear. Never have I seen a night so completely black
as that cavern; we had had several hours, presumably, for our eyes
to adjust themselves to the phenomenon; but when I held my hand but
six inches in front of my face I could not get even the faintest
suggestion of its outline.
"This is useless," I declared finally. "We must experiment.
Harry!"
"Yes."
"Turn to your left and proceed carefully along the edge. I'll
turn to my right. Go easy, lad; feel your way."
I crawled on my hands and knees, no faster than a snail,
feeling every inch of the ground. The surface was wet and
slippery, and in places sloped at an angle that made me hang on for
dear life to keep from shooting off into space.
Meantime I kept calling to Harry and he to me; but, on account
of our painfully slow progress, it was half an hour or more before
we discovered that the distance between us was being increased
instead of lessened.
He let fly an oath at this, and his tone was dangerous; no
wonder if the lad was half crazed! I steadied him as well as I
could with word of encouragement, and instructed him to turn about
and proceed to the right of his original position. I, also, turned
to the left.
Our hope of meeting lay in the probability that the ledge
surrounded a circular body of water and was continuous. At some
point, of course, was the entrance of the stream which had carried
us, and at some other point there was almost certainly an outlet;
but we trusted to luck to avoid these. Our chances were less than
one in a thousand; but, failing that, some other means must be
invented.
The simplest way would have been for me to take to the water
and swim across to Harry, counting on his voice as a guide; but the
conflicting echoes produced by the slightest sound rendered such an
attempt dangerous.
I crept along that wet, slimy, treacherous surface, it seemed,
for hours. I could see nothing--absolutely nothing; everything was
black void; it was hard to appreciate reality in such a nightmare.
On the one side, nameless dangers; on the other, the unseen,
bottomless lake; enough, surely, to take a man's nerve. My fear
for Harry killed anxiety on my own account. We kept continually
calling:
"Harry!"
"Yes."
"Steady."
"Yes. I'm coming along. I say, we're closer, Paul."
I hesitated to agree with him, but finally there was no longer
any doubt of it. His voice began to reach me almost in natural
tones, which meant that we were near enough for the vibrations to
carry without interference from the walls.
Nearer still it came; it was now only a matter of a few feet;
Harry gave a cry of joy, and immediately afterward I heard his low
gasp of terror and the sound of his wild scrambling to regain a
foothold. In his excitement he had forgotten caution and had
slipped to the edge of the water.
I dared not try to go his assistance; so I crouched perfectly
still and called to him to throw himself flat on his face. How my
eyes strained despairingly as I cursed the pitiless darkness! Then
the scrambling ceased and the boy's voice sounded:
"All right, Paul! All right! Gad, I nearly went!"
A minute later I held his hand in mine. At that point the
incline was at a sharp angle, and we lay flat on our backs. For
many minutes we lay silently gripping hands; Harry was trembling
violently from nervous fatigue, and I myself was unable to speak.
What strength is there in companionship! Alone, either of
us would probably have long before succumbed to the strain of our
horrible situation; but we both took hope and courage from that
hand-clasp.
Finally he spoke:
"In Heaven's name, where are we, Paul?"
"You know as much as I do, Harry. This cursed darkness makes
it impossible even to guess at anything. According to Felipe, we
are being entertained by the devil."
"But where are we? What happened? My head is dizzy--I don't
know--"
I gripped his hand.
"And no wonder. 'Tis hardly an every-day occurrence to ride
an underground river several miles under the Andes. Above us a
mountain four miles high, beneath us a bottomless lake, round us
darkness. Not a very cheerful prospect, Hal; but, thank Heaven, we
take it together! It is a grave--ours and hers. I guess Desiree
knew what she was talking about."
There came a cry from Harry's lips--a cry of painful memory:
"Desiree! I had forgotten, Desiree!"
"She is probably better off than we are," I assured him.
I felt his gaze--I could not see it--and I continued:
"We may as well meet the thing squarely like men. Pull
yourself together, Harry; as for Desiree, let us hope that she is
dead. It's the best thing that could happen to her."
"Then we are--no, it isn't possible."
"Harry boy, we're buried alive! There! That's the worst of
it. Anything better than that is velvet."
"But there must be a way out, Paul! And Desiree--Desiree--"
His voice faltered. I clapped him roughly on the shoulder.
"Keep your nerve. As for a way out--at the rate that stream
descends it must have carried us thousands of feet beneath the
mountain. There is probably a mile of solid rock between us and
the sunshine. You felt the strength of that current; you might as
well try to swim up Niagara."
"But there must be an outlet at the other end."
"Yes, and most probably forty or fifty miles away--that's the
distance to the western slope. Besides, how can we find it? And
there may be none. The water is most probably gradually absorbed
by the porous formation of the rocks, and that is what causes this
lake."
"But why isn't it known? Felipe said that the cave had been
explored. Why didn't they discover the stream?"
Well, it was better to talk of that than nothing; at least, it
kept Harry from his childish cries for Desiree. So I explained
that the precipice over which we had fallen was presumably of
recent origin.
Geologically the Andes are yet in a chaotic and formative
condition; huge slides of Silurian slates and diorite are of
frequent occurrence. A ridge of one of these softer stones had
most probably been encased in the surrounding granite for many
centuries; then, loosened by water or by time, had crumbled and
slid into the stream below.
"And," I finished, "we followed it."
"Then we may find another," said Harry hopefully.
I agreed that it was possible. Then he burst out:
"In the name of Heaven, don't be so cool! We can't get out
till we try. Come! And who knows--we may find Desiree."
Then I decided it was best to tell him. Evidently the thought
had not entered his mind, and it was best for him to realize the
worst. I gripped his hand tighter as I said:
"Nothing so pleasant, Harry. Because we're going to starve to
death."
"Starve to death?" he exclaimed. Then he added simply, with
an oddly pathetic tone: "I hadn't thought of that."
After that we lay silent for many minutes in that awful
darkness. Thoughts and memories came and went in my brain with
incredible swiftness; pictures long forgotten presented themselves;
an endless, jumbled panorama. They say that a drowning man reviews
his past life in the space of a few seconds; it took me a little
more time, but the job was certainly a thorough one. Nor did I
find it more interesting in retrospect than it had been in reality.
I closed my eyes to escape the darkness. It was maddening;
easy enough then to comprehend the hysterics of the blind and
sympathize with them. It finally reached a point where I was
forced to grit my teeth to keep from breaking out into curses; I
could lie still no longer, exhausted as I was, and Harry, too. I
turned on him:
"Come on, Hal; let's move."
"Where?" he asked in a tone devoid of hope.
"Anywhere--away from this beastly water. We must dry out our
clothing; no use dying like drowned rats. If I only had a match!"
We rose to our hands and knees and crawled painfully up the
slippery incline. Soon we had reached dry ground and stood
upright; then, struck by a sudden thought, I turned to Harry:
"Didn't you drink any of that water?"
He answered: "No."
"Well, let's try it. It may be our last drink, Hal; make it
a good one."
We crept back down to the edge of the lake (I call it that in
my ignorance of its real nature), and, settling myself as firmly as
possible, I held Harry's hand while he lowered himself carefully
into the water. He was unable to reach its surface with his mouth
without letting go of my hand, and I shook off my poncho and used
it as a line.
"How does it taste?" I asked.
"Fine!" was the response. "It must be clear as a bell. Lord.
I didn't know I was so thirsty!"
I was not ignorant of the fact that there was an excellent
chance of the water being unhealthful, possibly poisoned, what with
the tertiary deposits of copper ores in the rock-basins; but the
thought awakened hope rather than fear. There is a choice even in
death.
But when I had pulled Harry up and descended myself I soon
found that there was no danger--or chance. The water had a touch
of alkali, but nothing more.
Then we crept back up the wet ledge, and once more stood on
dry ground.
The surface was perfectly level, and we set off at a brisk
pace, hand in hand, directly away from the lake. But when, about
a hundred yards off, we suddenly bumped our heads against a solid
wall of rock, we decided to proceed with more caution.
The darkness was intensified, if anything. We turned to the
right and groped along the wall, which was smooth as glass and
higher than my best reach. It seemed to the touch to be slightly
convex, but that may have been delusion.
We had proceeded in this manner some hundred yards or more,
advancing cautiously, when we came to a break in the wall. A few
feet farther the wall began again.
"It's a tunnel," said Harry.
I nodded, forgetting he could not see me. "Shall we take it?"
"Anything on a chance," he answered, and we entered the
passage.
It was quite narrow--so narrow that we were forced to advance
very slowly, feeling our way to avoid colliding with the walls.
The ground was strewn with fragments of rock, and a hasty step
meant an almost certain fall and a bruised shin. It was tedious
work and incredibly fatiguing.
We had not rested a sufficient length of time to allow our
bodies to recuperate from the struggle with the torrent; also, we
began to feel the want of food. Harry was the first to falter, but
I spurred him on. Then he stumbled and fell and lay still.
"Are you hurt?" I asked anxiously, bending over him.
"No," was the answer. "But I'm tired--tired to death--and I
want to sleep."
I was tempted myself, but I brought him to his feet, from some
impulse I know not what. For what was the use? One spot was as
good as another. However, we struggled on.
Another hour and the passage broadened into a clearing. At
least so it seemed; the walls abruptly parted to the right and
left. And still the impenetrable, maddening darkness and awful
silence!
We gave it up; we could go no farther. A few useless minutes
we wasted, searching for a soft spot to lie on--moss, reeds,
anything. We found none, of course; but even the hard, unyielding
rock was grateful to our exhausted bodies. We lay side by side,
using our ponchos for pillows; our clothing at least was dry.
I do not know how long I slept, but it seemed to me that I had
barely dozed off when I was awakened by something--what?
There was no sound to my strained ears. I sat up, gazing
intently into the darkness, shuddering without apparent reason.
Then I reflected that nothing is dangerous to a man who faces
death, and I laughed aloud--then trembled at the sound of my own
voice. Harry was in sound sleep beside me; his regular breathing
told of its depth.
Again I lay down, but I could not sleep. Some instinct, long
forgotten, quivered within me, telling me that we were no longer
alone. And soon my ear justified it.
At first it was not a sound, but the mere shadow of one. It
was rhythmic, low, beating like a pulse. What could it be? Again
I sat up, listening and peering into the darkness. And this time
I was not mistaken--there was a sound, rustling, sibilant.
Little by little it increased, or rather approached, until it
sounded but a few feet from me on every side, sinister and
menacing. It was the silent, suppressed breathing of something
living--whether animal or man--creeping ever nearer.
Then was the darkness doubly horrible. I sat paralyzed with
my utter helplessness, though fear, thank Heaven, did not strike
me! I could hear no footstep; no sound of any kind but that low,
rushing breathing; but it now was certain that whatever the thing
was, it was not alone.
From every side I heard it--closer, closer--until finally I
felt the hot, fetid breath in my very face. My nerves quivered in
disgust, not far from terror.
I sprang to my feet with a desperate cry to Harry and swung
toward him.
There was no answering sound, no rush of feet, nothing; but I
felt my throat gripped in monstrous, hairy fingers.
I tried to struggle, and immediately was crushed to the ground
by the overpowering weight of a score of soft, ill-smelling bodies.
The grasp on my throat tightened; my arms relaxed, my brain
reeled, and I knew no more.
Chapter VII.
THE FIGHT IN THE DARK.
I returned to consciousness with a sickening sensation of
nausea and unreality. Only my brain was alive; my entire body was
numb and as though paralyzed. Still darkness and silence, for all
my senses told me I might have been still in the spot where I had
fallen.
Then I tried to move my arms, and found that my hands and feet
were firmly bound. I strained at the thongs, making some slight
sound; and immediately I heard a whisper but a few feet away:
"Are you awake, Paul?"
"I was still half dazed, but I recognized Harry's voice, and
I answered simply: "Yes. Where are we?"
"The Lord knows! They carried us. You have been unconscious
for hours."
"They carried us?"
"Yes. A thousand miles, I think, on their backs. What--what
are they, Paul?"
"I don't know. Did you see them?"
"No. Too dark. They are strong as gorillas and covered with
hair; I felt that much. They didn't make a sound all the time. No
more than half as big as me, and yet one of them carried me as if
I were a baby--and I weigh one hundred and seventy pounds."
"What are we bound with?"
"Don't know; it feels like leather; tough as rats. I've been
working at it for two hours, but it won't give."
"Well, you know what that means. Dumb brutes don't tie a man
up."
"But it's impossible."
"Nothing is impossible. But listen!"
There was a sound--the swift patter of feet; they were
approaching. Then suddenly a form bent over me close; I could see
nothing, but I felt a pressure against my body and an ill-smelling
odor, indescribable, entered my nostrils. I felt a sawing movement
at my wrists; the thongs pulled back and forth, and soon my hands
were free. The form straightened away from me, there was a clatter
on the ground near my head, and then silence.
There came an oath from Harry:
"Hang the brute! He's cut my wrist. Are your hands free,
Paul?"
"Yes."
"Then bind this up; it's bleeding badly. What was that for?"
"I have an idea," I answered as I tore a strip from my shirt
and bandaged the wound, which proved to be slight. Then I searched
on the ground beside me, and found my surmise correct.
"Here you go, Hal! here's some grub. But what the deuce is
it? By Jove, it's dried fish! Now, where in the name of--"
But we wasted no more time in talk, for we were half starved.
The stuff was not bad; to us who had been fasting for something
like thirty-six hours--for our idea of time was extremely hazy--it
was a gorgeous banquet. And close by there was a basin full of
water.
"Pretty decent sort of beggars, I say," came Harry's voice in
the darkness. "But who are they?"
"Ask Felipe," I answered, for by this time I was well
convinced of the nature and identity of our captors. "As I said,
dumb brutes don't bind men with thongs, nor feed them on dried
fish. Of course it's incredible, but a man must be prepared to
believe anything."
"But, Paul! You mean--"
"Exactly. We are in the hands of the Incas of Huanuco--or
rather their descendants."
"But that was four hundred years ago!"
"Your history is perfect, like Desiree's geography," said I
dryly. "But what then? They have merely chosen to live under the
world instead of on it; a rather wise decision, a cynic might
say--not to mention the small circumstance that they are prisoners.
"My dear Hal, never allow yourself to be surprised at
anything; it is a weakness. Here we are in total darkness, buried
in the Andes, surrounded by hairy, degenerate brutes that are
probably allowing us to eat in order that we may be in condition to
be eaten, with no possibility of ever again beholding the sunshine;
and what is the thought that rises to the surface of my mind?
Merely this: that I most earnestly desire and crave a Carbajal
perfecto and a match."
"Paul, you say--eat--"
"Most probably they are cannibals. The Lord knows they must
have some sort of mild amusement in this fearful hole. Of course,
the idea is distasteful; before they cut us up they'll have to
knock us down."
"That's a darned silly joke," said Harry with some heat.
"But it's sober truth, my boy. You know me; I never pose.
There is nothing particularly revolting in the thought of being
eaten; the disadvantage of it lies in the fact that one must die
first. We all want to live; Heaven knows why. And we stand a
chance.
"We know now that there is food to be had here and sufficient
air. It is nearly certain that we won't get out, but that can come
later. And what an experience! I know a dozen anthropologists
that would give their degrees for it. I can feel myself getting
enthusiastic about it."
"But what if they--they--"
"Say it. Eat us? We can fight. It will be strange if we
can't outwit these vermin. And now silence; I'm going to begin.
Listen hard--hard! The brutes are noiseless, but if they are near
we can hear their breathing."
"But, Paul--"
"No more talk. Listen!"
We lay silent for many minutes, scarcely breathing. Not the
slightest sound reached our ears through the profound darkness;
utter, intense silence. Finally I reached over and touched Harry
on the shoulder, and arose to my knees.
"Good enough! We're alone. We'll have to crawl for it. Keep
close behind me; we don't want to get separated. The first thing
is to find a sharp stone to cut through these thongs. Feel on the
ground with your hands as we go."
It was not easy to rise at all, and still harder to make any
progress, for our ankles were bound together most effectively; but
we managed somehow to drag ourselves along. I was in front;
suddenly I felt Harry pull at my coat, and turned.
"Just the thing, Paul. Sharp as a knife. Look!"
I groped for his hand in the darkness and took from it the
object he held out to me--a small flat stone with a sharp-saw edge.
"All right; let me work on you first."
I bent down to the thongs which bound his ankles. I was
convinced that they were not of leather, but they were tough as the
thickest hide. Twice my overeagerness caused the tool to slip and
tear the skin from my hand; then I went about it more carefully
with a muttered oath. Another quarter of an hour and Harry was
free.
"Gad, that feels good!" he exclaimed, rising to his feet.
"Here, Paul; where's the stone?"
I handed it to him and he knelt down and began sawing away at
my feet.
What followed happened so quickly that we were hardly aware
that it had begun when it was already finished.
A quick, pattering rush of many feet warned us, but not in
time. Hurtling, leaping bodies came at us headlong through the air
and crushed us to the ground, buried beneath them, gasping for
breath; there must have been scores of them. Resistance was
impossible; we were overwhelmed.
I heard Harry give a despairing cry, and the scuffle followed;
I myself was utterly helpless, for the thongs which bound my ankles
had not been cut through. Not a sound came from our assailants
save their heavy, labored breathing.
I remember that, even while they were sitting on my head and
chest and body, I noted their silence with a sort of impersonal
curiosity and wondered if they were, after all, human. Nor were
they unnecessarily violent; they merely subdued us, rebound our
wrists and ankles more tightly than before, and departed.
But--faugh! The unspeakable odor of their hairy bodies is in
my nostrils yet.
"Are you hurt, Paul?"
"Not a bit, Harry lad. How do you like the perfume?"
"To the deuce with your perfume! But we're done for. What's
the use? They've lived in this infernal hole so long they can see
in the dark better than we can in the light."
Of course he was right, and I was a fool not to have thought
of it before and practised caution. The knowledge was decidedly
unpleasant. No doubt our every movement was being watched by a
hundred pairs of eyes, while we lay helpless in the darkness, bound
even more tightly than before.
"Look here," said Harry suddenly, "why can't we see their
eyes? Why don't they shine."
"My dear boy," said I, "in this darkness you couldn't see the
Kohinoor diamond if it were hanging on your nose, drawing-room
travelers to the contrary notwithstanding. We have one advantage--
they can't understand what we say, but they even up for it by not
saying anything."
There was a short silence, then Harry's voice:
"Paul--"
"Well?"
"I wonder--do you think Desiree--" He hesitated, his voice
faltering.
"I think the same as you do," said I.
"But I don't know--after all, there is a chance. Just a bare
chance, isn't there?"
"You know as well as I do, Harry. The chances are a million
to one that Desiree--thank Heaven--has escaped all this! And isn't
that best! Would you have her here with us?"
"No--no. Only--"
"Lying here, bound hand and foot? She would make a dainty
morsel for our friends."
"For the Lord's sake, Paul--"
"Well, let us forget her--for the present. Nor do we want to
make a dainty morsel if we can help it. Come, brace up, Hal. It's
up to us to turn a trick."
"Well?"
"I don't know why I didn't think of it before. I guess we
were both too dazed to have good sense. What have you got strapped
to your belt?"
"A gun," said Harry. "Of course I thought of that. But what
good is it after that ducking? And I have only six cartridges."
"Nothing else?"
I could almost feel his silent gaze; then suddenly he cried
out:
"A knife!"
"At last!" said I sarcastically. "And so have I. A six-inch,
double-edged knife, sharp as a razor and pointed like a needle.
They didn't have sense enough to search us, and we didn't have
sense enough to realize it. I can feel mine under me now against
the ground."
"But they'll see us."
"Not if we use a decent amount of caution. The trouble is, I
can't reach my knife with my wrists bound. There's only one way.
Lie perfectly still; let them think we've given it up. I'm going to
try something."
I drew up my knees, twisted over on the hard rock, and lay
flat on my belly. Then I drew up my hands and let my face rest on
them, like a dog with his head on his paws. And then, keeping my
body perfectly still, and with as little movement of the jaws as
possible, I sought the tough thongs with my teeth.
That was a tedious job and a distasteful one. For many
minutes I gnawed away at those thick cords like a dog on a bone.
It was considerably later that I discovered what those cords were
made of; thank Heaven, I was ignorant of it at the time! All I
knew was that they were, to use one of Harry's phrases, "tough as
rats."
I did not dare pull with my wrists, for fear they would fly
suddenly apart and betray me to the unseen watchers. It was
necessary to cut clear through with my teeth, and more than once I
was on the point of giving it up. There was a nauseating, rancid
taste to the stuff, but I dared not even raise my head to
expectorate.
Finally my teeth met; the cords were severed. I felt
carefully about with my tongue to make sure there were no others;
then, without moving my hands in the slightest degree, carefully
raised my head.
It was then that I first noticed--not light, but a thinning
out of the darkness. It was, of course, merely the adjustment of
my eyes to the new conditions. I could make out no forms
surrounding me, but, looking down, I could clearly distinguish the
outline of my hands as they lay on the ground before me.
And, again looking up, I fancied that I could see, some twenty
or thirty feet to the right, that the darkness again became
suddenly dense and impenetrable.
"That must be a wall," I muttered, straining my eyes toward
it.
"What's that?" asked Harry sharply.
Obedient to my instructions, the lad had lain perfectly
motionless and silent for over an hour, for it must have taken me
at least that long to gnaw through the cords.
"I said that must be a wall. Look, Harry, about thirty feet
to the right. Doesn't it appear to you that way?"
"By Jove," he exclaimed after a moment of silence, "it's
getting light! Look!"
I explained that, instead of "it's getting light," his eyes
were merely becoming accustomed to the darkness.
"But what do you think of that? Is it a wall?"
After a moment's silence he answered: "Ye-es," and then more
positively: "Yes. But what good does that do us?"
"That's what I am about to tell you. Listen! I've cut the
cords on my wrists, and I'm going to get my knife--"
"How the deuce did you manage that?" Harry interrupted.
"With my teeth. I've been rather busy. I'm going to get my
knife--cautiously, so they won't suspect if they are watching us.
We must lie close together on our sides, facing each other, so I
can cut the thongs on your wrists without being seen. Then you are
to get your knife--carefully. Do you understand?"
"Yes."
For the first time there was fight in Harry's voice; the
curious, barely perceptible tremor of the man of courage.
"All right. Go easy."
We went about the thing slowly, turning but an inch at a time;
a second mistake might prove fatal. We heard no sound of any kind,
and ten minutes later we were lying flat on our backs side by side,
keeping our hands hidden between our bodies, that the absence of
the thongs might not be discovered. Each of us held in his right
hand the hilt of a six inch knife. Cold steel is by no means the
favorite weapon of an American, but there are times--
"Have you got your knife, Harry?"
"Yes."
"Good! Now listen close and act quick. When I give the word
reach down and grasp the cords round your ankles in your left hand,
then cut them through with one stroke. Then to your feet; grasp my
jacket, and together to the wall--that's for our backs. And then--
let 'em come!"
"All right, old man."
"Don't waste any time; they'll probably start for us the
instant we sit up. Be sure you get your feet free at the first
stroke; feel them well with your left hand first. Are you ready?"
"Yes." And his voice was now calm and perfectly steady.
"Then--one, two, three--go!"
We bent and cut and sprang to our feet, and dashed for the
wall. There was a sound of rushing feet--our backs hugged the
kindly rock--I heard Harry's shout, "Here they come!"--dim, rushing
forms--fingers clutching at my throat.
I felt the blade of my knife sink into soft and yielding
flesh, and a warm, thick liquid flow over my hand and arm.
Chapter VIII.
THE DANCE OF THE SUN.
It seemed to me then in the minutes that followed that there
were thousands of black demons in that black hole. At the first
rushing impact I shouted to Harry: "Keep your back to the wall,"
and for response I got a high, ringing laugh that breathed the joy
of battle.
The thing was sickening. Harry is a natural fighting man; I
am not. Without the wall at our backs we would have been
overpowered in thirty seconds; as it was, we were forced to handle
half a dozen of them at once, while the others surged in from
behind. They had no weapons, but they had the advantage of being
able to see us.
They clutched my throat, my arms, my legs, my body; there was
no room to strike; I pushed the knife home. They fastened
themselves to my legs and feet and tried to bring me down from
beneath; once, in slashing at the head of one whose teeth were set
in my calf, I cut myself on the knee. It was difficult to stand in
the wet, slippery pool that formed at my feet.
Suddenly I heard a sound that I understood too well--the
curious, rattling sound of a man who is trying to call out when he
is being strangled.
"Harry!" I cried, and I fought like a wild man to get to him,
with knife, feet, hands, teeth. I reached his coat, his arm; it
was dangerous to strike so near him in the dark, but I felt him
sinking to the ground.
Then I found the taut, straining fingers about his throat, and
lunged forward with the knife--and the fingers relaxed.
Again we were fighting together side by side.
As their bodies fell in front of us we were pressed harder,
for those behind climbed up on the corpses of their fellows and
literally descended on our heads from the air. We could not have
held out much longer; our breath was coming in quick, painful
gasps; Harry stumbled on one of the prostrate brutes and fell; I
tried to lift him and was unequal to the task.
It appeared to be the end.
Suddenly there rang throughout the cavern a sound as of a
gigantic, deep-toned bell. The walls sent it back and forth with
deafening echoes; it was as though the mountain had descended with
one tremendous crash into its own bowels.
As though by magic, the assault ceased.
The effect was indescribable. We could see nothing; we merely
became suddenly aware that there were no longer hands clutching at
our throats or hairy bodies crushing us to the ground. It was as
though the horde of unseen devils had melted into thin air. There
were movements on the ground, for many of them had been wounded; a
man cannot always reach the spot in the dark. This lasted for two
or three minutes; they were evidently removing those who still had
life in them, for the straining breath of men dragging or lifting
burdens was plainly audible.
Gradually that, too, died away with the last reverberations of
the mysterious sound that had saved us, and we found ourselves
alone--or at least unmolested--for in the darkness we could see
nothing, except the dim outlines of the prostrate forms at our feet.
The cavern was a shambles. The smell was that of a
slaughter-house. I had had no idea of the desperateness of our
defense until I essayed to scramble over the heap of bodies to dry
ground; I shuddered and grew faint, and Harry was in no better
case.
Worse, he had dropped his knife when we stumbled, and we were
forced to grope round in that unspeakable mess for many minutes
before we found it.
"Are you hurt, lad?" I asked when once we stood clear.
"Nothing bad, I think," he answered. "My throat is stiff, and
two or three of the brutes got their teeth in me. In the name of
Heaven, Paul, what are they? And what was that bell?"
These were foolish questions, and I told him so. My leg was
bleeding badly where I had slashed myself, and I, too, had felt
their teeth. But, despite our utter weariness and our wounds, we
wanted nothing--not even rest--so badly as we wanted to get away
from that awful heap of flesh and blood and the odor of it.
Besides, we did not know at what moment they might return. So
I spoke, and Harry agreed. I led the way; he followed.
But which way to turn? We wanted water, both for our dry and
burning throats and for our wounds; and rest and food. We thought
little of safety. One way seemed as likely as another, so we set
out with our noses as guides.
A man encounters very few misfortunes in this world which,
later in life, he finds himself unable to laugh at; well, for me
that endless journey was one of the few.
Every step was torture. I had bandaged the cut on my leg as
well as possible, but it continued to bleed. But it was imperative
that we should find water, and we struggled on, traversing narrow
passages and immense caverns, always in complete darkness,
stumbling over unseen rocks and encountering sharp corners of cross
passages.
It lasted I know not how many hours. Neither of us would have
survived alone. Time and again Harry sank to the ground and
refused to rise until I perforce lifted him; once we nearly came to
blows. And I was guilty of the same weakness.
But the despair of one inspired the other with fresh strength
and courage, and we struggled forward, slower and slower. It was
soul-destroying work. I believe that in the last hour we made not
more than half a mile. I know now that for the greater part of the
time we were merely retracing our steps in a vicious circle!
It was well that it ended when it did, for we could not have
held out much longer. Harry was leading the way, for I had found
that that slight responsibility fortified him. We no longer
walked, we barely went forward, staggering and reeling like drunken
men.
Suddenly Harry stopped short, so suddenly that I ran against
him; and at the same time I felt a queer sensation--for I was too
far gone to recognize it--about my feet.
Then Harry stooped over quickly, half knocking me down as he
did so, and dropped to his knees; and the next instant gave an
unsteady cry of joy:
"Water! Man, it's water!"
How we drank and wallowed, and wallowed and drank! That water
might have contained all the poisons in the world and we would have
neither known nor cared. But it was cool, fresh, living--and it
saved our lives.
We bathed our wounds and bandaged them with strips from our
shirts. Then we arranged our clothing for cushions and pillows as
well as possible, took another drink, and lay down to sleep.
We must have slept a great many hours. There was no way to
judge of time, but when we awoke our joints were as stiff as though
they had gotten rusty with the years. I was brought to
consciousness by the sound of Harry's voice calling my name.
Somehow--for every movement was exquisite pain--we got to our
feet and reached the water, having first removed our clothing. But
we were now at that point where to drink merely aggravated our
hunger. Harry was in a savage humor, and when I laughed at him he
became furious.
"Have some sense. I tell you, I must eat! If it were not for
your--"
"Go easy, Hal. Don't say anything you'll be sorry for. And
I refuse to consider the sordid topic of food as one that may
rightfully contain the elements of tragedy. We seem to be in the
position of the king of vaudeville. If we had some ham we'd have
some ham and eggs--if we had some eggs."
"You may joke, but I am not made of iron!" he cried.
"And what can we do but die?" I demanded. "Do you think there
is any chance of our getting out of this? Take it like a man. Is
it right for a man who has laughed at the world to begin to whine
when it becomes necessary to leave it?
"You know I'm with you; I'll fight, and what I find I'll take;
in the mean time I prefer not to furnish amusement for the devil.
There comes a time, I believe, when the stomach debases us against
our wills. May I die before I see it."
"But what are we to do?"
"That's more like it. There's only one hope. We must smell
out the pantry that holds the dried fish."
We talked no more, but set about bathing and dressing our
wounds. Gad, how that cold water took them! I was forced to set
my teeth deep into my lip to keep from crying out, and once or
twice Harry gave an involuntary grunt of pain that would not be
suppressed.
When we had finished we waded far to the right to take a last
deep drink; then sought our clothing and prepared to start on our
all but hopeless search. We had become fairly well limbered up by
that time and set out with comparative ease.
We had gone perhaps a hundred yards, bearing off to the right,
when Harry gave a sudden cry: "My knife is gone!" and stopped
short. I clapped my hand to my own belt instinctively, and found
it empty both of knife and gun! For a moment we stood in silence;
then:
"Have you got yours?" he demanded.
When I told him no he let out an oath.
His gun was gone, also. We debated the matter, and decided
that to attempt a search would be a useless waste of time; it was
next to certain that the weapons had been lost in the water when we
had first plunged in. And so, doubly handicapped by this new loss,
we again set out.
There was but one encouragement allowed to us: we were no
longer in total darkness. Gradually our eyes were becoming
accustomed to the absence of light; and though we could by no means
see clearly, nor even could properly be said to see at all, still
we began to distinguish the outlines of walls several feet away;
and, better than that, each of us could plainly mark the form and
face of the other.
Once we stood close, less than a foot apart, for a test; and
when Harry cried eagerly, "Thank Heaven, I can see your nose!" our
strained feelings were relieved by a prolonged burst of genuine
laughter.
There was little enough of it in the time that followed, for
our sufferings now became a matter not of minutes or hours, but of
days. The assault of time is the one that unnerves a man,
especially when it is aided by gnawing pain and weariness and
hunger; it saps the courage and destroys the heart and fires the
brain.
We dragged ourselves somehow ever onward. We found water; the
mountain was honeycombed with underground streams; but no food.
More than once we were tempted to trust ourselves to one of those
rushing torrents, but what reason we had left told us that our
little remaining strength was unequal to the task of keeping our
heads above the surface. And yet the thought was sweet--to allow
ourselves to be peacefully swept into oblivion.
We lost all idea of time and direction, and finally hope
itself deserted us. What force it was that propelled us forward
must have been buried deep within the seat of animal instinct, for
we lost all rational power. The thing became a nightmare, like the
crazy wanderings of a lost soul.
Forward--forward--forward! It was a mania.
Then Harry was stricken with fever and became delirious. And
I think it was that seeming misfortune that saved us, for it gave
me a spring for action and endowed me with new life. As luck would
have it, a stream of water was near, and I half carried and half
dragged him to its edge.
I made a bed for him with my own clothing on the hard rock,
and bathed him and made him drink, while all the time a string of
delirious drivel poured forth from his hot, dry lips.
That lasted many hours, until finally he fell into a deep,
calm sleep. But his body was without fuel, and I was convinced he
would never awaken; yet I feared to touch him. Those were weary
hours, squatting by his side with his hand gripped in my own, with
the ever-increasing pangs of hunger and weariness turning my own
body into a roaring furnace of pain.
Suddenly I felt a movement of his hand; and then came his
voice, weak but perfectly distinct:
"Well, Paul, this is the end."
"Not yet, Harry boy; not yet."
I tried to put cheer and courage into my own voice, but with
poor success.
"I--think--so. I say, Paul--I've just seen Desiree."
"All right, Hal."
"Oh, you don't need to talk like that; I'm not delirious now.
I guess it must have been a dream. Do you remember that morning on
the mountain--in Colorado--when you came on us suddenly at sunrise?
Well, I saw her there--only you were with her instead of me. So,
of course, she must be dead."
His logic was beyond me, but I pressed his hand to let him
know that I understood.
"And now, old man, you might as well leave me. This is the
end. You've been a good sport. We made a fight, didn't we? If
only Desiree--but there! To Hades with women, I say!"
"Not that--don't be a poor loser, Hal. And you're not gone
yet. When a man has enough fight in him to beat out an attack of
fever he's very much alive."
But he would not have it so. I let him talk, and he rambled
on, with scarcely an idea of what he was saying. The old days
possessed his mind, and, to tell the truth, the sentiment found a
welcome in my own bosom. I said to myself, "This is death."
And then, lifting my head to look down the dark passage that
led away before us, I sprang to my feet with a shout and stood
transfixed with astonishment. And the next instant there came a
cry of wonder from Harry:
"A light! By all the gods, a light!"
So it was. The passage lay straight for perhaps three hundred
yards. There it turned abruptly; and the corner thus formed was
one blaze of flickering but brilliant light which flowed in from
the hidden corridor.
It came and went, and played fitfully on the granite walls;
still it remained. It was supernaturally brilliant; or so it
seemed to us, who had lived in utter darkness for many days.
I turned to Harry, and the man who had just been ready to die
was rising to his feet!
"Wait a minute--not so fast!" I said half angrily, springing
to support him. "And, for Heaven's sake, don't make any noise!
We're in no condition to fight now, and you know what that light
means."
"But what is it?" demanded the boy excitedly. "Come on, man--
let's go!"
To tell the truth, I felt as eager as he. For the first time
I understood clearly why the Bible and ancient mythology made such
a fuss about the lighting up of the world. Modern civilization is
too far away from its great natural benefits to appreciate them
properly.
And here was a curious instance of the force of habit--or,
rather, instinct--in man. So long as Harry and I had remained in
the dark passage and byways of the cavern we had proceeded almost
entirely without caution, with scarcely a thought of being
discovered.
But the first sight of light made us wary and careful and
silent; and yet we knew perfectly well that the denizens of this
underworld could see as well in the darkness as in the light--
perhaps even better. So difficult is it to guide ourselves by the
human faculty of pure reason.
Harry was so weak he was barely able to stand, even in the
strength of this new excitement and hope, and we were forced to go
very slowly; I supported him as well as I was able, being myself
anything but an engine of power. But the turn in the passage was
not far away, and we reached it in a quarter of an hour or less.
Before we made the turn we halted. Harry was breathing
heavily even from so slight an exertion, and I could scarcely
suppress a cry of amazement when, for the first time in many days,
the light afforded me a view of his face.
It was drawn and white and sunken; the eyes seemed set deep in
his skull as they blinked painfully; and the hair on his chin and
lip and cheeks had grown to a length incredible in so short a space
of time. I soon had reason to know that I probably presented no
better an appearance, for he was staring at me as though I were
some strange monster.
"Good Heavens, man, you took like a ghost!" he whispered.
I nodded; my arm was round his shoulder.
"Now, let's see what this light means. Be ready for anything,
Harry--though Heaven knows we can find nothing worse than we've
had. Here, put your arm on my shoulder. Take it easy."
We advanced to the corner together within the patch of light
and turned to the right, directly facing its source.
It is impossible to convey even a faint idea of the wild and
hugely fantastic sight that met our gaze. With us it was a single,
vivid flash to the astonished brain. These are the details:
Before us was an immense cavern, circular in shape, with a
diameter of some half a mile. It seemed to me then much larger;
from where we stood it appeared to be at least two miles to the
opposite side. There was no roof to be seen; it merely ascended
into darkness, though the light carried a great distance.
All round the vast circumference, on terraced seats of rock,
squatted row after row of the most completely hideous beings within
possibility.
They were men; I suppose they must have the name. They were
about four feet tall, with long, hairy arms and legs, bodies of a
curious, bloated appearance, and eyes--the remainder of the face
was entirely concealed by thick hair--eyes dull and vacant, of an
incredibly large size; they had the appearance of ghouls, apes,
monsters--anything but human beings.
They sat, thousands of them, crouched silently on their stone
seats, gazing, motionless as blocks of wood.
The center of the cavern was a lake, taking up something more
than half of its area. The water was black as night, and curiously
smooth and silent. Its banks sloped by degrees for a hundred feet
or so, but at its edge there was a perpendicular bank of rock
fifteen or twenty feet in height.
Near the middle of the lake, ranged at an equal distance from
its center and from each other, were three--what shall I call
them?--islands, or columns. They were six or eight feet across at
their top, which rose high above the water.
On top of each of these columns was a huge vat or urn, and
from each of the urns arose a steady, gigantic column of fire.
These it was that gave the light, and it was little wonder we had
thought it brilliant, since the flames rose to a height of thirty
feet or more in the air.
But that which left us speechless with profound amazement was
not the endless rows of silent, grinning dwarfs, nor the black,
motionless lake, nor the leaping tongues of flame. We forgot these
when we followed the gaze of that terrifying audience and saw a
sight that printed itself on my brain with a vividness which time
can never erase. Closing my eyes, I see it even now, and I
shudder.
Exactly in the center of the lake, in the midst of the columns
of fire, was a fourth column, built of some strangely lustrous
rock. Prisms of a formation new to me--innumerable thousands of
them--caused its sides to sparkle and glisten like an immense tower
of whitest diamonds, blinding the eye.
The effect was indescribable. The huge cavern was lined and
dotted with the rays shot forth from their brilliant angles. The
height of this column was double that of the others; it rose
straight toward the unseen dome of the cavern to the height of a
hundred feet.
It was cylindrical in shape, not more than ten feet in
diameter. And on its top, high above the surface of the lake,
surrounded by the mounting tongues of flame, whirled and swayed and
bent the figure of a woman.
Her limbs and body, which were covered only by long, flowing
strands of golden hair, shone and glistened strangely in the lurid,
weird light. And of all the ten thousand reflections that shot at
us from the length of the column not one was so brilliant, so
blinding, as the wild glow of her eyes.
Her arms, upraised above her head, kept time with and served
as a key to every movement of her white, supple body. She glided
across, back and forth, now this way, now that, to the very edge of
the dizzy height, with wild abandon, or slow, measured grace, or
the rushing sweep of a panther.
The thing was beauty incarnate--the very idea of beauty itself
realized and perfected. It was staggering, overwhelming. Have you
ever stood before a great painting or a beautiful statue and felt
a thrill--the thrill of perception--run through your body to the
very tips of your fingers?
Well, imagine that thrill multiplied a thousandfold and you
will understand the sensation that overpowered me as I beheld, in
the midst of that dazzling blaze of light, the matchless Dance of
the Sun.
For I recognized it at once. I had never seen it, but it had
been minutely described to me--described by a beautiful and famous
woman as I sat on the deck of a yacht steaming into the harbor of
Callao.
She had promised me then that she would dance it for me some
day--
I looked at Harry, who had remained standing beside me, gazing
as I had gazed. His eyes were opened wide, staring at the swaying
figure on the column in the most profound astonishment.
He took his hand from my shoulder and stood erect, alone; and
I saw the light of recognition and hope and deepest joy slowly fill
his eyes and spread over his face. Then I realized the danger, and
I endeavored once more to put my arm round his shoulder; but he
shook me off with hot impatience. He leaped forward with the
quickness of lightning, eluding my frantic grasp, and dashed
straight into the circle of blazing light!
I followed, but too late. At the edge of the lake he stopped,
and, stretching forth his arms toward the dancer on the column, he
cried out in a voice that made the cavern ring:
"Desiree! Desiree! Desiree!"
Chapter IX.
BEFORE THE COURT.
I expected I know not what result from Harry's hysterical
rashness: confusion, pandemonium, instant death; but none of these
followed.
I had reached his side and stood by him at the edge of the
lake, where he had halted. Desiree Le Mire stopped short in the
midst of the mad sweep of the Dance of the Sun.
For ten silent, tense seconds she looked down at us from the
top of the lofty column, bending dangerously near its edge. Her
form straightened and was stretched to its fullest height; her
white, superb body was distinctly outlined against the black
background of the upper cavern. Then she stepped backward slowly,
without taking her eyes from us.
Suddenly as we gazed she appeared to sink within the column
itself and in another instant disappeared from view.
We stood motionless, petrified; how long I know not. Then I
turned and faced our own danger. It was time.
The Incas--for I was satisfied of the identity of the
creatures--had left their seats of granite and advanced to the edge
of the lake. Not a sound was heard--no command from voice or
trumpet or reed; they moved as with one impulse and one brain.
We were utterly helpless, for they numbered thousands. And
weak and starving as we were, a single pair of them would have been
more than a match for us.
I looked at Harry; the reaction from his moment of superficial
energy was already upon him. His body swayed slightly from side to
side, and he would have fallen if I had not supported him with my
arm. There we stood, waiting.
Then for the first time I saw the ruler of the scene. The
Incas had stopped and stood motionless. Suddenly they dropped to
their knees and extended their arms--I thought--toward us; but
something in their attitude told me the truth. I wheeled sharply
and saw the object of their adoration.
Built into the granite wall of the cavern, some thirty feet
from the ground, was a deep alcove. At each side of the entrance
was an urn resting on a ledge, similar to those on the columns,
only smaller, from which issued a mounting flame.
On the floor of the alcove was a massive chair, or throne,
which seemed to be itself of fire, so brilliant was the glow of the
metal of which it was constructed. It could have been nothing but
gold. And seated on this throne was an ugly, misshapen dwarf.
"God save the king!" I cried, with a hysterical laugh; and in
the profound silence my voice rang from one side of the cavern to
the other in racing echoes.
Immediately following my cry the figure on the throne arose;
and as he did so the creatures round us fell flat on their faces on
the ground. For several seconds the king surveyed them thus,
without a sound or movement; then suddenly he stretched forth his
hand in a gesture of dismissal. They rose as one man and with
silent swiftness disappeared, seemingly melting away into the walls
of rock. At the time the effect was amazing; later, when I
discovered the innumerable lanes and passages which served as
exits, it was not so difficult to understand.
We were apparently left alone, but not for long. From two
stone stairways immediately in front of us, which evidently led to
the alcove above, came forth a crowd of rushing forms. In an
instant they were upon us; but if they expected resistance they
were disappointed.
At the first impact we fell. And in another moment we had
been raised in their long, hairy arms and were carried swiftly from
the cavern. Scarcely five minutes had elapsed since we had first
entered it
They did not take us far. Down a broad passage directly away
from the cavern, then a turn to the right, and again one to the
left. There they dropped us, quite as though we were bundles of
merchandise, without a word.
By this time I had fairly recovered my wits--small wonder if
that amazing scene had stunned them--and I knew what I wanted. As
the brute that had been carrying me turned to go I caught his arm.
He hesitated, and I could feel his eyes on me, for we were again in
darkness.
But he could see--I thanked Heaven for it--and I began a most
expressive pantomime, stuffing my fingers in my mouth and gnawing
at them energetically. This I alternated with the action of one
drinking from a basin. I hadn't the slightest idea whether he
understood me; he turned and disappeared without a sign--at least,
without an audible one.
But the creature possessed intelligence, for I had barely had
time to turn to Harry and ascertain that he was at least alive,
when the patter of returning footsteps was heard. They approached;
there was the clatter of stone on the ground beside us.
I stood eagerly; a platter, heaped, and a vessel, full! I
think I cried out with joy.
"Come, Harry lad; eat!"
He was too weak to move; but when I tore some of the dried
fish into fragments and fed it to him he devoured it ravenously.
Then he asked for water, and I held the basin to his lips.
We ate as little as it is possible for men to eat who have
fasted for many days, for the stuff had a sharp, concentrated taste
that recommended moderation. And, besides, we were not certain of
getting more.
I wrapped the remainder carefully in my poncho, leaving the
platter empty, and lay down to rest, using the poncho for a pillow.
I had enough, assuredly, to keep me awake, but there are bounds
beyond which nature cannot go. I slept close by Harry's side, with
my arm across his body, that any movement of his might awaken me.
When I awoke Harry was still asleep, and I did not disturb
him. I myself must have slept many hours, for I felt considerably
refreshed and very hungry. And thirsty; assuredly the provender of
those hairy brutes would have been most excellent stuff for the
free-lunch counter of a saloon.
I unwrapped the poncho; then, crawling on my hands and knees,
searched about the ground. As I had expected, I found another full
platter and basin. I had just set the latter down after taking a
hearty drink when I heard Harry's voice.
"Paul."
"Here, lad."
"I was afraid you had gone. I've just had the most devilish
dream about Desiree. She was doing some crazy dance on top of a
mountain or something. and there was fire, and--Paul! Paul, was it
a dream?"
"No, Hal; I saw it myself. But come, we'll talk later.
Here's some dried fish for breakfast."
"Ah! That--that--now I remember! And she fell! I'm going--"
But I wanted no more fever or delirium, and I interrupted him
sternly:
"Harry! Listen to me! Are you a baby or a man? Talk
straight or shut up, and don't whine like a fool. If you have any
courage, use it."
It was stiff medicine, but he needed it, and it worked. There
was a silence, then his voice came, steady enough:
"You know me better than that, Paul. Only--if it were not for
Desiree--but I'll swallow it. I think I've been sick, haven't I?"
Poor lad! I wanted to take his hand in mine and apologize.
But that would have been bad for both of us, and I answered simply:
"Yes, a little fever. But you're all right now. And now you
must eat and drink. Not much of a variety, but it's better than
nothing."
I carried the platter and basin over to him, and sat down by
his side, and we fell to together.
But he would talk of Desiree, and I humored him. There was
little enough to say, but he pressed my hand hopefully and
gratefully when I expressed my belief that her disappearance had
been a trick of some sort and no matter for apprehension.
"We must find her, Paul."
"Yes."
"At once."
But there I objected.
"On the contrary, we must delay. Right now we are utterly
helpless from our long fast. They would handle us like babies if
it came to a fight. Try yourself; stand up."
He rose to his hands and knees, then sank back to the ground.
"You see. To move now would be folly. And of course they
are watching us at this minute--every minute. We must wait."
His only answer was a groan of despair.
In some manner the weary hours passed by.
Harry lay silent, but not asleep; now and then he would ask me
some question, but more to hear my voice than to get an answer. We
heard or saw nothing of our captors, for all our senses told us we
were quite alone, but our previous experience with them had taught
us better than to believe it.
I found myself almost unconsciously reflecting on the
character and nature of the tribe of dwarfs.
Was it possible that they were really the descendants of the
Incas driven from Huanuco by Hernando Pizarro and his horsemen
nearly four hundred years before? Even then I was satisfied of it,
and I was soon to have that opinion confirmed by conclusive
evidence.
Other questions presented themselves. Why did they not speak?
What fuel could they have found in the bowels of the Andes for
their vats of fire? And how did sufficient air for ten thousand
pairs of lungs find its way miles underground? Why, in the
centuries that had passed, had none of them found his way to the
world outside?
Some of these questions I answered for myself, others remained
unsolved for many months, until I had opportunity to avail myself
of knowledge more profound than my own. Easy enough to guess that
the hidden deposits of the mountain had yielded oil which needed
only a spark from a piece of flint to fire it; and any one who
knows anything of the geological formation of the Andes will not
wonder at their supply of air.
Nature is not yet ready for man in those wild regions. Huge
upheavals and convulsions are of continual occurrence; underground
streams are known which rise in the eastern Cordillera and emerge
on the side of the Pacific slope. And air circulates through these
passages as well as water.
Their silence remains inexplicable; but it was probably the
result of the nature of their surroundings. I have spoken before
of the innumerable echoes and reverberations that followed every
sound of the voice above a whisper. At times it was literally
deafening; and time may have made it so in reality.
The natural effect through many generations of this
inconvenience or danger would be the stoppage of speech, leading
possibly to a complete loss of the faculty. I am satisfied that
they were incapable of vocalization, for even the women did not
talk! But that is ahead of the story.
I occupied myself with these reflections, and found amusement
in them; but it was impossible to lead Harry into a discussion.
His mind was anything but scientific, anyway; and he was completely
obsessed by fear for the safety of Desiree. And I wasn't sorry for
it; it is better that a man should worry about some one else than
about himself.
Our chance of rescuing her, or even of saving ourselves,
appeared to me woefully slim. One fear at least was gone, for the
descendants of Incas could scarcely be cannibals; but there are
other fates equally final, if less distasteful. The fact that they
had not even taken the trouble to bind us was an indication of the
strictness of their watch.
The hours crept by. At regular intervals our food was
replenished and we kept the platter empty, storing what we could
not eat in our ponchos against a possible need.
It was always the same--dried fish of the consistency of
leather and a most aggressive taste. I tried to convey to one of
our captors the idea that a change of diet would be agreeable, but
either he did not understand me or didn't want to.
Gradually our strength returned, and with it hope. Harry
began to be impatient, urging action. I was waiting for two things
besides the return of strength; first, to lay in a supply of food
that would be sufficient for many days in case we escaped, and
second, to allow our eyes to accustom themselves better to the
darkness.
Already we were able to see with a fair amount of clearness;
we could easily distinguish the forms of those who came to bring us
food and water when they were fifteen or twenty feet away. But the
cavern in which we were confined must have been a large one, for we
were unable to see a wall in any direction, and we did not venture
to explore for fear our captors would be moved to bind us.
But Harry became so insistent that I finally consented to a
scouting expedition. Caution seemed useless; if the darkness had
eyes that beheld us, doubly so. We strapped our ponchos, heavy
with their food, to our backs, and set out at random across the
cavern.
We went slowly, straining our eyes ahead and from side to
side. It was folly, of course, in the darkness--like trying to
beat a gambler at his own game. But we moved on as noiselessly as
possible.
Suddenly a wall loomed up before us not ten feet away. I gave
a tug at Harry's arm, and he nodded. We approached the wall, then
turned to the right and proceeded parallel with it, watching for a
break that would mean the way to freedom.
I noticed a dark line that extended along the base of the
wall, reaching up its side to a height of about two feet and
seemingly melting away into the ground. At first I took it for a
separate strata of rock, darker than that above. But there was a
strange brokenness about its appearance that made me consider it
more carefully.
It appeared to be composed of curious knots and protuberances.
I stopped short, and, advancing a step or two toward the wall,
gazed intently. Then I saw that the dark line was not a part of
the wall at all; and then--well, then I laughed aloud in spite of
myself. The thing was too ludicrous.
For that "dark line" along the bottom of the wall was a row of
squatting Incas! There they sat, silent, motionless; even when my
laugh rang out through the cavern they gave not the slightest sign
that they either heard or saw. Yet it was certain that they had
watched our every move.
There was nothing for it but retreat. With our knives we
might have fought our way through; but we were unarmed, and we had
felt one or two proofs of their strength.
Harry took it with more philosophy than I had expected. As
for me, I had not yet finished my laugh. We sought our former
resting-place, recognizing it by the platter and basin which we had
emptied before our famous and daring attempt to escape.
Soon Harry began:
"I'll tell you what they are, Paul; they're frogs. Nothing
but frogs. Did you see 'em? The little black devils! And Lord,
how they smell!"
"That," I answered, "is the effect of--"
"To the deuce with your mineralogy or anthromorphism or
whatever you call it. I don't care what makes 'em smell. I only
know they do--as Kipling says of the oonts--'most awful vile.' And
there the beggars sit, and here we sit!"
"If we could only see--" I began.
"And what good would that do us? Could we fight? No. They'd
smother us in a minute. Say, wasn't there a king in that cave the
other day?"
"Yes; on a golden throne. An ugly little devil--the ugliest
of all."
"Sure; that why he's got the job. Did he say anything?"
"Not a word; merely stuck out his arm and out we went."
"Why the deuce don't they talk?"
I explained my theory at some length, with many and various
scientific digressions. Harry listened politely.
"I don't know what you mean," said he when I had finished,
"but I believe you. Anyway, it's all a stupendous joke. In the
first place, we shouldn't be here at all. And, secondly, why
should they want us to stay?"
"How should I know? Ask the king. And don't bother me; I'm
going to sleep."
"You are not. I want to talk. Now, they must want us for
something. They can't intend to eat us, because there isn't enough
to go around. And there is Desiree. What the deuce was she doing
up there without any clothes on? I say, Paul, we've got to find
her."
"With pleasure. But, first, how are we going to get out of
this?"
"I mean, when we get out."
Thus we rattled on, arriving nowhere. Harry's loquacity I
understood; the poor lad meant to show me that he had resolved not
to "whine." Yet his cheerfulness was but partly assumed, and it
was most welcome. My own temper was getting sadly frayed about the
edge.
We slept through another watch uneventfully, and when we woke
found our platter of fish and basin of water beside us. I estimated
that some seventy-two hours had then passed since we had been
carried from the cavern; Harry said not less than a hundred.
However that may be, we had almost entirely recovered our
strength. Indeed, Harry declared himself perfectly fit; but I
still felt some discomfort, caused partly by the knife-wound on my
knee, which had not entirely healed, and partly, I think, by the
strangeness and monotony of our diet. Harry's palate was less
particular.
On awaking, and after breaking our fast, we were both filled
with an odd contentment. I really believe that we had abandoned
hope, and that the basis of our listlessness was despair; and
surely not without reason. For what chance had we to escape from
the Incas, handicapped as we were by the darkness, and our want of
weapons, and their overwhelming numbers?
And beyond that--if by some chance lucky we did escape--what
remained? To wander about in the endless caves of darkness and
starve to death. At the time I don't think I stated the case, even
to myself, with such brutal frankness, but facts make their
impression whether you invite them or not. But, as I say, we were
filled with an odd contentment. Though despair may have possessed
our hearts, it was certainly not allowed to infect our tongues.
Breakfast was hilarious. Harry sang an old drinking-song to
the water-basin with touching sentiment; I gave him hearty applause
and joined in the chorus. The cavern rang.
"The last time I sang that," said Harry as the last echoes
died away, "was at the Midlothian. Bunk Stafford was there, and
Billy Du Mont, and Fred Marston--I say, do you remember Freddie?
And his East Side crocodiles?
"My, but weren't they daisies? And polo? They could play it
in their sleep. And--what's this? Paul! Something's up! Here
they come--Mr. and Mrs. Inca and all the children!"
I sprang hastily to my feet and stood by Harry's side. He was
right.
Through the half darkness they came, hundreds of them, and, as
always, in utter silence. Dimly we could see their forms huddled
together round us on every side, leaving us in the center of a
small circle in their midst.
"Now, what the deuce do they want?" I muttered. "Can't they
let us eat in peace?"
Harry observed: "Wasn't I right? 'Most awful vile!'"
I think we both felt that we were joking in the face of death.
The forms surrounding us stood silent for perhaps ten seconds.
Then four of their number stepped forward to us, and one made
gestures with a hairy arm, pointing to our rear. We turned and saw
a narrow lane lined on either side by our captors. Nothing was
distinct; still we could see well enough to guess their meaning.
"It's up to us to march," said Harry.
I nodded.
"And step high, Hal; it may be our last one. If we only had
our knives! But there are thousands of 'em."
"But if it comes to the worst--"
"Then--I'm with you. Forward!"
We started, and as we did so one of the four who had
approached darted from behind and led the way. Not a hand had
touched us, and this appeared to me a good sign, without knowing
exactly why.
"They seem to have forgotten their manners," Harry observed.
"The approved method is to knock us down and carry us. I shall
speak to the king about it."
We had just reached the wall of the cavern and entered a
passage leading from it, when there came a sound, sonorous and
ear-destroying, from the farther end. We had heard it once before;
it was the same that had ended our desperate fight some days
before. Then it had saved our lives; to what did it summon us now?
The passage was not a long one. At its end we turned to the
right, following our guide. Once I looked back and saw behind us
the crowd that had surrounded us in the cave. There was no way but
obedience.
We had advanced perhaps a hundred, possibly two hundred yards
along the second passage when our guide suddenly halted. We stood
beside him.
He turned sharply to the left, and, beckoning to us to follow,
began to descend a narrow stairway which led directly from the
passage. It was steep, and the darkness allowed a glimpse only of
black walls and the terrace immediately beneath our feet; so we
went slowly. I counted the steps; there were ninety-six.
At the bottom we turned again to the right. Just as we turned
I heard Harry's voice, quite low:
"There are only a dozen following us, Paul. Now--"
But I shook my head. It would have been mere folly, for, even
if we had succeeded in breaking through, we could never have made
our way back up the steps. This I told Harry; he admitted
reluctantly that I was right.
We now found ourselves in a lane so low and narrow that it was
necessary for us to stoop and proceed in single file. Our progress
was slow; the guide was continually turning to beckon us on with
gestures of impatience.
At length he halted and stood facing us. The guard that
followed gathered close in the rear, the guide made a curious
upward movement with his arm, and when we stood motionless repeated
it several times.
"I suppose he wants us to fly," said Harry with so genuine a
tone of sarcasm that I gave an involuntary smile.
The guide's meaning was soon evident. It took some seconds
for my eye to penetrate the darkness, and then I saw a spiral stair
ascending perpendicularly, apparently carved from the solid rock.
Harry must have perceived it at the same moment, for he turned to
me with a short laugh:
"Going up? Not for me, thank you. The beggar means for us to
go alone."
For a moment I hesitated, glancing round uncertainly at the
dusky forms that were ever pressing closer upon us. We were
assuredly between the devil and, the deep sea.
Then I said, shrugging my shoulders: "It's no good pulling,
Harry. Come on; take a chance. You said it--going up!"
I placed my foot on the first step of the spiral stair.
Harry followed without comment. Up we went together, but
slowly. The stair was fearfully steep and narrow, and more than
once I barely escaped a fall.
Suddenly I became aware that light was descending on us from
above. With every step upward it became brighter, until finally it
was as though a noonday sun shone in upon us.
There came an exclamation from Harry, and we ascended faster.
I remember that I counted a hundred and sixty steps--and then, as
a glimmering of the truth shot through my brain into certainty, I
counted no more.
Harry was crowding me from below, and we took the last few
steps almost at a run. Then the end, and we stumbled out into a
blaze of light and surveyed the surrounding scene with stupefaction
and wonder.
It was not new to us; we had seen it before, but from a
different angle.
We were on the top of the column in the center of the lake; on
the spot where Desiree had whirled in the dance of the sun.
Chapter X.
THE VERDICT.
For many seconds we stood bewildered, too dazed to speak or
move. The light dazzled our eyes; we seemed surrounded by an
impenetrable wall of flame. There was no sensation of heat, owing,
no doubt, to the immense height of the cavern and our comparatively
distant removal from the flames, which mounted upward in narrow
tongues.
Then the details began to strike me.
I have said the scene was the same as that we had previously
beheld. Round the walls of the immense circular cavern squatted
innumerable rows of the Incas on terraced seats.
Below, at a dizzy distance, was the smooth surface of the
lake, black and gloomy save where the reflections from the blazing
urns pierced its depths. And directly facing us, set in the wall
of the cavern, was the alcove containing the throne of gold.
And on the throne was seated--not the diminutive, misshapen
king, but Desiree Le Mire!
She sat motionless, gazing directly at us. Her long gold hair
streamed over her shoulders in magnificent waves; a stiffly flowing
garment of some unknown texture covered her limbs and the lower
part of her body; her shoulders and breasts and arms were bare, and
shone with a dazzling whiteness.
Beside her was a smaller seat, also of gold, and on this
crouched the form of an Inca--the king. About them, at a
respectful distance, were ranged attendants and guards--a hundred
or more, for the alcove was of an impressive size. The light from
the four urns shone in upon it with such brightness that I could
clearly distinguish the whites of Desiree's eyes.
All this I saw in a single flash, and I turned to Harry:
"Not a word, on your life! This is Desiree's game; trust her
to play it."
"But what the deuce is she doing there?"
I shrugged my shoulders.
"She seems to have found another king. You know her fondness
for royalty."
"Paul, for Heaven's sake--"
"All right, Hal. But we're safe enough, I think. Most
probably our introduction to court. This is what they call 'the
dizzy heights of prominence.' Now keep your eyes open--something
is going to happen."
There was a movement in the alcove. Four of the attendants
came forward, carrying a curious framework apparently composed of
reeds and leather, light and flexible, from the top bar of which
hung suspended several rope-like ribbons, of various lengths and
colors and tied in curious knots. They placed it on the ground
before the double throne, at the feet of Desiree.
All doubt was then removed from my mind concerning the
identity of our captors and their king. For these bundles of
knotted cords of different sizes and colors I recognized at once.
They were the famous Inca quipos--the material for
their remarkable mnemonic system of communication and historical
record. At last we were to receive a message from the Child of the
Sun.
But of what nature? Every cord and knot and color had its
meaning--but what? I searched every avenue of memory to assist me;
for I had latterly confined my studies exclusively to Eastern
archeology, and what I had known of the two great autochthonous
civilizations of the American Continent was packed in some dim and
little used corner of my brain. But success came, with an extreme
effort.
I recollected first the different disposition of the
quipos for different purposes--historical, sacred,
narrative, et cetera. Then the particulars came to me, and
immediately I recognized the formula of the quipos before
the throne. They were arranged for adjudication--for the rendering
of a verdict.
Harry and I were prisoners before the bar of the
quipos! I turned to him, but there was not time for talk.
The king had risen and stretched out his hand.
Immediately the vast assemblage rose from their stone seats
and fell flat on their faces. It was then that I noticed, for the
first time, an oval or elliptical plate of shining gold set in the
wall of the cavern just above the outer edge of the alcove.
This, of course, was the representation of Pachacamac, the
"unknown god" in the Inca religion. Well, I would as soon worship
a plate of gold as that little black dwarf.
For perhaps a minute the king stood with outstretched arm and
the Incas remained motionless on their faces. Then he resumed his
seat and they rose. And then the trial began.
The king turned on his throne and laid his hand on Desiree's
arm; we could see her draw away from his touch with an involuntary
shudder. But this apparent antipathy bothered his kingship not at
all; it was probably a most agreeable sensation to feel her soft,
white flesh under his black, hairy hand, and he kept it there,
while with the other arm he made a series of sweeping gestures
which I understood at once, but which had no meaning for Desiree.
By her hand he meant the quipos to speak.
We had a friend in court, but she was dumb, and I must give
her voice. There was no time to be lost; I stepped to the edge of
the column and spoke in a voice loud enough to carry across the
cavern--which was not difficult in the universal silence.
"He means that you are to judge us by the quipos. The
meaning is this--yellow, slavery, white, mercy; purple, reward;
black, death. The lengths of the cords and the number of knots
indicate the degree of punishment or reward. Attached to the frame
you will find a knife. With that detach the cord of judgment and
lay it at the feet of the king."
Again silence; and not one of the vast throng, nor the king
himself, appeared to pay the slightest attention to my voice. The
king continued his gestures to Desiree.
She rose and walked to the frame of quipos and took in
her hand the knife which she found there suspended by a cord.
There she hesitated, with the knife poised in the air, while her
eyes sought mine--and found them.
I felt a tug at my arm, but I had no time for Harry then. I
was looking at Desiree, and what I saw caused a cold shudder to
flutter through my body. Not of fear; it was the utter surprise of
the thing--its incredible horror. To die by the hands of those
hairy brutes was not hard, but Desiree to be the judge!
For she meant death for us; I read it in her eyes. One of the
old stale proverbs of the stale old world was to have another
justification. I repeat that I was astounded, taken completely by
surprise; and yet I had known something of "the fury of a woman
scorned."
It was as though our eyes shot out to meet each other in an
embrace of death. She saw that I understood and she smiled--what
a smile! It was triumphant, and yet sad; a vengeance, and a
farewell. She put forth her hand.
It wavered among the quipos as though uncertainly, then
closed firmly on the black cord of death.
A thought flashed through my mind with the speed of lightning.
I raised my voice and sang out:
"Desiree!"
She hesitated; the hand which held the knife fell to her side
and again her eyes sought mine.
"What of Harry?" I called. "Take two--the white for him, the
black for me."
She shook her head and again raised the knife; and I played my
last card.
"Bah! Who are you? For you are not Le Mire!" I weighted my
voice with contempt. "Le Mire is a child of fortune, but not of
hell!"
At last she spoke.
"I play a fair hand, monsieur!" she cried, and her
voice trembled.
"With marked cards!" I exclaimed scornfully. "The advantage
is yours, madame; may you find pleasure in it."
There was a silence, while our eyes met. I thought I had
lost. Le Mire stood motionless. Not a sound came from the
audience. I felt Harry pulling at my arm, but shook myself free,
without taking my eyes from Le Mire's face.
Suddenly she spoke:
"You are right, my friend Paul. I take no advantage. Leave
it to Fortune. Have you a coin?"
I had won my chance. That was all--a chance--but that was
better than nothing. I took a silver peseta from my pocket--by
luck it had not been lost--and held it in the air above my head.
"Heads!" cried Desiree.
I let the coin fall. It rolled half-way across the top of the
column and stopped at the very edge. I crossed and stooped over
it. It lay heads up!
Harry was behind me; as I straightened up I saw his white, set
face and eyes of horror. He, too, had seen the verdict; but he was
moved not by that, but by the thought of Desiree, for Harry was not
a man to flinch at sight of death.
I stood straight, and my voice was calm. It cost me an effort
to clear it of bitterness and reproach. I could not avoid the
reflection that but for Desiree we would never have seen the cave
of the devil and the Children of the Sun; but I said simply and
clearly:
"You win, madame."
Desiree stared at me in the most profound surprise. I
understood her, and I laughed scornfully aloud, and held my head
high; and I think a voice never held so complete a disdain as did
mine as I called to her:
"I am one who plays fair, even with death, Le Mire. The coin
fell heads--you win your black cord fairly."
She made no sign that she had heard; she was raising the
knife. Suddenly she stopped, again her hand fell, and she said:
"You say the purple for reward, Paul?"
I nodded--I could not speak. Her hand touched the white cord
and passed on; the yellow, and again passed on. Then there was a
flash of the knife--another--and she approached the king and laid
at his feet the purple cord.
Then, without a glance toward us, she resumed her seat on the
golden throne.
A lump rose to my throat and tears to my eyes. Which was very
foolish, for the thing had been completely theatrical. It was
merely a tribute from one of nature's gamblers to the man who
"played fair, even with death"; nevertheless, there was feeling in
it, and the eternal mercy of woman.
For all that was visible to the eye the verdict made not the
slightest impression on the rows of silent Incas. Not a movement
was seen; they might have been carved from the stone on which they
were seated.
Their black, hairy bodies, squat and thick, threw back the
light from the flaming torches as though even those universal rays
could not penetrate such grossness.
Suddenly they rose--the king had moved. He picked the purple
cord from the ground, and, after passing his hand over it three
times, handed it to an attendant who approached.
Then he stretched out his hand, and the Incas, who had
remained standing, turned about and began to disappear. As before,
the cavern was emptied in an incredibly short space of time; in two
minutes we were alone with those in the alcove.
There was a sound behind us. We turned and saw a great slab
of stone slowly slide to one side in the floor, leaving an aperture
some three feet square. Evidently it had been closed behind us
when we had ascended; we had had no time to notice it then. In
this hole presently appeared the head and shoulders of our guide,
who beckoned to us to follow and then disappeared below.
I started to obey, but turned to wait for Harry, who was
gazing at Desiree. His back was toward me and I could not see his
face; his eyes must have held an appeal, for I saw Desiree's lips
part in a smile and heard her call:
"You will see me!"
Then he joined me, and we began the descent together.
I found myself wondering how these half-civilized brutes had
possibly managed to conceive the idea of the spiral stair. It was
known to neither the Aztecs nor the Incas, in America; nor to any
of the primitive European or Asiatic civilizations. But they had
found a place where nothing else would do--and they made it.
Another of the innumerable offspring of Mother Necessity.
I took time to note its construction. It was rude enough, but
a good job for all that. It was not exactly circular; there were
many angles, evidently following the softer strata in the rock;
they had bowed to their material--the way of the artist.
Even the height of the steps was irregular; some were scarcely
more than three inches, while others were twelve or fourteen. You
may know we descended slowly and with care, especially when we had
reached the point where no light came from above to aid us. We
found our guide waiting for us at the bottom, alone.
We followed him down the low and narrow passage through which
we had previously come. But when we reached the steps which led up
to the passage above and to the cave where we had formerly been
confined, he ignored them and turned to the right. We hesitated.
"He's alone," said Harry. "Shall we chuck the beggar?"
"We shall not, for that very reason," I answered. "It means
that we are guests instead of captives, and far be it from us to
outrage the laws of hospitality. But seriously, the safest thing
we can do is to follow him."
The passage in which we now found ourselves was evidently no
work of nature. Even in the semidarkness the mark of man's hand
was apparent. And the ceiling was low; another proof, for dwarfs
do not build for the accommodation of giants. But I had some faint
idea of the pitiful inadequacy of their tools, and I found myself
reflecting on the stupendous courage of the men who had undertaken
such a task, even allowing for the fact that four hundred years had
been allowed them for its completion.
Soon we reached a veritable maze of these passages. We must
have taken a dozen or more turns, first to the right, then to the
left. I had been marking our way on my memory as well as possible,
but I soon gave up the attempt as hopeless.
Several times our guide turned so quickly that we could
scarcely follow him. When we signified by gestures our desire to
go slower he seemed surprised; of course, he expected us to see in
the dark as well as he.
Then a dim light appeared, growing brighter as we advanced.
Soon I saw that it came through an opening in the wall to our left,
which we were approaching. Before the opening the guide halted,
motioning us to enter.
We did so, and found ourselves in an apartment no less than
royal.
Several blazing urns attached to the walls furnished the
light, wavering but brilliant. There were tables and rude seats,
fashioned from the same prismatic stones which covered the column
in the lake, and from their surfaces a thousand points of color
shone dazzlingly.
At one side was a long slab of granite covered with the skins
of some animal, dry, thick, and soft. The walls themselves were of
the hardest granite, studded to a height of four or five feet with
tiny, innumerable spots of gold.
Harry crossed to the middle of the apartment and stood gazing
curiously about him. I turned to the door and looked down the
outer passage in both directions--our guide had disappeared.
"We appear to be friends of the family," said Harry with a
grin.
"Thanks to Desiree, yes."
"Thanks to the devil! What did she mean--what could she mean?
Was it one of her jokes? For I can't believe that she would--
would--"
"Have sent us to death? Well--who knows? Yes, it may have
been one of her jokes," I lied.
For, of course, Harry knew nothing of the cause of Desiree's
desire for revenge on me, and it would have served no good purpose
to tell him.
We talked for an hour or more, examining our apartment
meanwhile with considerable curiosity.
The gold excited our wonder; had it come from Huanuco four
hundred years ago, or had they found it here in the mountain?
I examined the little blocks of metal or gems with which the
tables and seats were inlaid, but could make nothing of them. They
resembled a carbon formation sometimes found in quartzite, but were
many times more brilliant than anything I had ever seen, excepting
precious stones.
The hides which covered the granite couch were also unknown to
me; they were of an amazing thickness and incredibly soft.
We were amusing ourselves with an attempt to pry one of the
bits of gold from the wall when we heard a sound behind us.
We turned and saw Desiree.
She stood in the entrance, smiling at us as though we had been
caught in her boudoir examining the articles on her dressing-table.
She was clothed as she had been on the throne; a rope girdle held
her single garment, and her hair fell across her shoulders,
reaching to her knees. Her arms and shoulders appeared marvelously
white, but they may have been by way of contrast.
Harry sprang across to her with a single bound. In another
moment his arms were round her; she barely submitted to the
embrace, but she gave him her lips, then drew herself away and
crossed to me, extending her hands in a sort of wavering doubt.
But that was no time for hostilities, and I took the hands in
my own and bent over them till my lips touched the soft fingers.
"A visit from the queen!" I said with a smile. "This is an
honor, your majesty."
"A doubtful one," said Desiree. "First of all, my friend, I
want to congratulate you on your savoir faire. Par Bleu,
that was the part of a man!"
"But you!" cried Harry. "What the deuce did you mean by
pretending to play the black? I tell you, that was a shabby trick.
Most unpleasant moment you gave us."
Desiree sent me a quick glance; she was plainly surprised to
find Harry in ignorance of what had passed between us that evening
in the camp on the mountain. Wherein she was scarcely to be
blamed, for her surprise came from a deep knowledge of the ways of
men.
"I am beginning to know you, Paul," she said, looking into my
eyes.
"Now what's up?" demanded Harry, looking from her to me and
back again. "For Heaven's sake, don't talk riddles. What does
that mean?"
But Desiree silenced him with a gesture, placing her fingers
playfully on his lips. They were seated side by side on the
granite couch; I stood in front of them, and there flitted across
my memory a picture of that morning scene in the grounds of the
Antlers at Colorado Springs, when Desiree and I had had our first
battle.
We talked; or, rather, Harry and Desiree talked, and I
listened. First he insisted on a recital of her experiences since
her reckless dash into the "cave of the devil," and she was most
obliging, even eager, for she had had no one to talk to for many
days, and she was a woman. She found in Harry a perfect audience.
Her experience had been much the same as our own. She, too,
had fallen down the unseen precipice into the torrent beneath.
She asserted that she had been carried along by its force
scarcely more than a quarter of an hour, and had been violently
thrown upon a ledge of rock. It was evident that this must have
been long before the stream reached the lake where Harry and I had
found each other, for we had been in the water hardly short of an
hour.
She had been found on the ledge by our hairy friends, who had
carried her on their backs for many hours. I remembered the
sensations of Harry and myself, who were men, and together, and
gave a shudder of sympathy as Desiree described her own horror and
fear, and her one attempt to escape.
Still the brutes had shown her no great violence, evidently
recognizing the preciousness of their burden. They had carried her
as gently as possible, but had absolutely refused to allow her to
walk. At regular intervals they gave her an opportunity to rest,
and food and water.
"Dried fish?" I asked hopefully.
Desiree nodded, with a most expressive grimace, and Harry
burst into laughter.
Then of the elevation to her evident authority. Brought
before the king, she had inspired the most profound wonder and
curiosity. Easy, indeed, to understand how the whiteness of her
skin and the beauty of her form and face had awakened the keenest
admiration in the breast of that black and hairy monarch. He had
shown her the most perfect respect; and she had played up to the
role of goddess by displaying to the utmost her indifferent
contempt for royalty and its favors.
Here her remarks grew general and evasive, and when pressed
with questions she refused details. She declared that nothing had
happened; she had been fed and fawned upon, nor been annoyed by any
violence or unwelcome attentions.
"That is really too bad," said I, with a smile. "I was, then,
mistaken when I said 'your majesty'?"
"Faugh!" said Desiree. "That is hardly witty. For a time I
was amused, but I am becoming bored. And yet--"
"Well?"
"I--don't--know. They are mine, if you know what I mean.
Eh, bien, since you ask me--for I see the question in your
eye, friend Paul--I am content. If the world is behind me forever,
so be it. Yes, they are unattractive to the eye, but they have
power. And they worship me."
"Desiree!" cried Harry in astonishment; and I was myself
a little startled.
"Why not?" she demanded. "They are men. And besides, it is
impossible for us to return. With all your cleverness, M. Paul,
can you find the sunlight? To remain is a necessity; we must make
the best of it; and I repeat that I am satisfied."
"That's bally rot," said Harry, turning on her hotly.
"Satisfied? You are nothing of the sort. I'll tell you one thing
--Paul and I are going to find our way out of this, and you are
coming with us."
For reply Desiree laughed at him--a laugh that plainly said,
"I am my own mind, and obey no other." It is one of the most
familiar cards of the woman of beauty, and the most effective. It
conquered Harry.
He gazed at her for a long moment in silence, while his eyes
filled with an expression which one man should never show to
another man. It is the betrayal of the masculine sex and the
triumph of the feminine.
Suddenly he threw himself on his knees before her and took her
hands in his own. She attempted to withdraw them; he clasped her
about the waist.
"Do you not love me, Desiree?" he cried, and his lips sought
hers.
They met; Desiree ceased to struggle.
At that moment I heard a sound--the faintest sound--behind me.
I turned.
The king of the Incas was standing within the doorway,
surveying the lovers with beadlike, sparkling eyes.
Chapter XI.
A ROYAL VISITOR.
If it had not been for the manifest danger, I could have
laughed aloud at what I read in the eyes of the king. Was it not
supremely ridiculous for Desiree Le Mire, who had been sought after
by the great and the wealthy and the powerful of all Europe, to be
regarded with desire by that ugly dwarf? And it was there,
unmistakably.
I sang out a sharp warning, but it was unnecessary; Desiree
had already caught sight of the royal visitor. She pushed Harry
from her bodily. He sprang to his feet in angry surprise; then,
enlightened by the confusion in her face, turned quickly and swore
as he, too, saw the intruder.
How critical the situation was I did not know, despite
Desiree's assertions. His eyes were human and easily read; they
held jealousy; and when power is jealous there is danger.
But Desiree proved herself equal to the occasion. She
remained seated on the granite couch for a long minute without
moving; confusion left her eyes as she gazed at us apparently with
the utmost composure; but I who knew her could see that her brain
was working with the rapidity of lightning. Then her glance passed
to the figure at the doorway, and with a gesture commanding and
truly royal in its simplicity, she held her hand forth, palm down,
to the Inca king.
Like an obedient trained monkey he trotted across the
intervening space, grasped her soft white hand in his monstrous
paw, and touched his lips to her fingers.
That was all, but it spoke volumes to one who could divine the
springs of action. I remember that at the time there shot through
my mind a story I had heard concerning Desiree in Paris. The Duke
of Bellarmine, then her protector, had one evening entered her
splendid apartment on the Rue Jonteur--furnished, of course, by
himself--and had found his divinity entertaining one Jules Chavot,
a young and beautiful poet. Whereupon he had launched forth into
the most bitter reproaches and scornful denunciations.
"Monsieur," Desiree had said, with the look of a queen
outraged, when he had finished, "you are annoying. Little Chavot
amuses me. You are aware that I never refuse myself anything which
I consider necessary to my amusement, and just now I find you very
dull."
And the noble duke, conquered by that glance of fire and those
terrible words, had retired with humble apologies, after receiving
a gracious permission to call on the following day!
In short, Desiree was irresistible; the subjection of the Inca
king was but another of her triumphs, and not the most remarkable.
And then I looked at Harry, and was aware of a new danger. He
was glaring at the Inca with eyes which told their own story of the
fire within, and which were waiting only for suspicion to become
certainty. I called to him:
"Harry! Hold fast!"
He glanced at me, gave a short laugh, and nodded.
Then came Desiree's voice, in a low tone of warning:
"On your knees!"
Her meaning was clear; it was to us she spoke. The king had
turned from her and was regarding us steadily with eyes so nearly
closed that their meaning was impenetrable. Harry and I glanced at
each other and remained standing. Then Desiree's voice again:
"Harry! If you love me!"
It was the appeal to a child; but love is young. Immediately
Harry dropped to his knees, facing the king; and I followed him,
wondering at myself. To this day I do not know what the compelling
force was that pulled me down. Was it another instance of the
power of Desiree?
For perhaps a minute we remained motionless on our knees while
the king stood gazing at us, it seemed to me with an air of doubt.
Then slowly, and with a gait that smacked of majesty despite his
ungainly appearance and diminutive stature, he stalked across to
the doorway and disappeared in the corridor without.
Harry and I looked at each other, kneeling like two heathen
idols, and burst into unrestrained laughter. But with it was mixed
a portion of anger, and I turned to Desiree.
"In the name of Heaven, was that necessary?"
"You do it very prettily," said she, with a smile.
"That is well, but I don't care to repeat it. Harry, for the
sake of my dignity, employ a little discretion. And what do you
suppose the beggar will do about it?"
"Nothing," said Desiree, shrugging her shoulders. "Only he
must be pacified. I must go. I wonder if you know you are lodged
in the royal apartments? His majesty's room--he has but one--is in
the corridor to the left of this.
"Mine is on the right--and he is probably stamping the place
to pieces at this moment." She left the granite couch and advanced
half way to the door. "Au revoir, messieurs. Till later--I
shall come to see you."
The next moment she was gone.
Harry and I, left alone, had enough to think and talk about,
but there was ten minutes of silence before we spoke. I sat on one
of the stone seats, wondering what the result would be--if any--of
the king's visit and his discovery.
Harry paced up and down the length of the apartment with
lowered head. Presently he spoke abruptly:
"Paul, I want to know exactly what you think of our chances
for getting out of this."
"Why--" I hesitated. "Harry, I don't know."
"But you've thought about it, and you know something about
these things. What do you think?"
"Well, I think they are slim."
"What are they?"
"Nothing less than miracles. There are just two. First--
and I've spoken of this before--we might find an underground stream
that would carry us to the western slope."
"That is impossible--at least, for Desiree. And the second?"
"Nature herself. She plays queer tricks in the Andes. She
might turn the mountain upside down, in which case we would find
ourselves on top. Seriously, the formation here is such that
almost anything is possible. Upheavals of vast masses of rock are
of ordinary occurrence. A passage might be opened in that way to
one of the lower peaks.
"We are surrounded by layers of limestone, granite, and
quartzite, which are of marked difference both in the quality of
hardness and in their ability to withstand the attacks of time.
When one finds itself unable to support the other, something
happens."
"But it might not happen for a hundred years."
"Or never," I agreed.
Again silence. Harry stood gazing at one of the flaming urns,
buried in thought--easy to guess of what nature. I did not think
fit to disturb him, till presently he spoke again.
"What do you suppose that ugly devil will do about--what he
saw in here?"
I smiled. "Nothing."
"But if he should? We are helpless."
"Trust Desiree. It's true that she can't even talk to him,
but she'll manage him somehow. You saw what happened just now."
"But the creature is no better than a dumb brute. He is
capable of anything. I tell you, we ought to get her away from
here."
"To starve?"
"And we're none too safe ourselves. As for starving, we could
carry enough of their darned fish to last a year. And one thing is
sure: we won't get back to New York lying round here waiting for
something to turn up--even a mountain."
"What do you want to do?"
"Clear out. Get Desiree away from that ugly brute. If we
only had our knives!"
"Where would we go?"
In that question was the whole matter. To escape with Desiree
was possible--but then what? We knew by experience what it meant
to wander hopelessly about in the darkness of those desolate
caverns, without food, and depending on Providence for water.
Neither of us cared to repeat that trial, especially with the added
difficulty of a woman to care for. But what to do?
We decided to wait for the future, and in the mean time lay in
a supply of provisions, and, if possible, devise some sort of
weapons.
It is worth remarking here that the Incas, so far as we had
seen, used no weapons whatever. This was most probably the result
of their total isolation and consequent freedom from foreign
hostility.
In the matter of food we were soon to receive an agreeable
surprise. It was about an hour after Desiree had left us that the
royal steward--I give him the title on my own responsibility--
arrived, with pots and pans on a huge tray.
In the first place, the pots and pans were of solid gold.
Harry stared in amazement as they were placed in brilliant array on
one of the stone tables; and when we essayed to lift the empty tray
from another table on which it had been placed we understood why
the steward had found it necessary to bring four assistants along
as cup-bearers.
There was a king's ransom on that table, in sober truth, for
there could be no doubt but that this was part of the gold which
had been carried from Huanuco when it had been demanded by Pizarro
as payment for the life of Atahualpa.
But better even than the service was that which it contained.
It may not have been such as would enhance the reputation of a
French chef, but to us then it seemed that the culinary art
could go no farther.
There was a large platter; Harry lifted its cover in an
ecstasy of hope; but the next instant his face fell ludicrously.
"Our old friend, Mr. Dried Fish," he announced sadly,
and gave it up.
Then I tried my luck, and with better success.
First I uncovered a dish of stew, steaming hot! To be sure,
it was fish, but it was hot. Then a curious, brittle kind of
bread; I call it that, though on trial it appeared to be made from
the roe of some kind of fish. Also there was some excellent
fish-soup, also hot, and quite delicious.
Four hundred years of development had taught the royal
chefs to prepare fish in so many different ways that we
almost failed to recognize them as of the same family.
"Couldn't be better," said Harry, helping himself liberally to
the stew. "We can eat this, and cache the dried stuff. We'll have
enough for an army in a week."
"As for me, I saw before me the raw material for our weapons.
When we had emptied the golden platter that held our "bread," I
secreted it under the cover of the granite couch. When the
serving-men called to remove the dishes they apparently did not
notice its absence. So far, success.
Some hours later Desiree paid us a second call. She appeared
to be in the gayest of spirits, and I eyed her curiously from a
seat in the corner as she and Harry sat side by side, chatting for
all the world as though they had been in her own Paris
drawing-room.
Was it possible that she was really satisfied, as she had
said? What imaginable food could these black dwarfs find to
appease her tremendous vanity? Or was she merely living the motto
of the French philosopher?
Harry was demanding that he be allowed to visit her apartment;
this she refused, saying that if he were found there by the king
nothing could avert a catastrophe. Harry's brow grew black; I
could see his effort to choke back his anger. Then Desiree led him
away from the topic, and soon they were both again laughing
merrily.
Some forty-eight hours passed; in that perpetual blackness
there was no such thing as day. We saw no one save Desiree and the
serving men. Once a messenger appeared carrying a bundle of
quipos; I was able to decipher their meaning sufficiently to
understand that we were invited to some religious ceremony in the
great cavern. But I thought it injudicious to allow a meeting
between Harry and the king, and returned a polite refusal.
It may be of interest to some to know the method, which was
extremely simple, as in ordinary communications the quipos
are easy to read. I removed two knots from the white cord--the
sign of affirmative--and placed two additional ones on the black
cord--the sign of negative. Then on the yellow cord--the sign of
the Child of the Sun and submission to him--I tied two more knots
to show that our refusal meant no lack of respect to their deity.
Which, by the way, was not a little curious.
Here were the descendants of the subjects of Manco-Capac,
himself a son of the orb of day, still holding to their worship of
the sun, though they had not seen its light for four centuries.
Deserted by their god, they did not abandon him; an example from
which the followers of another and more "civilized" religion might
learn something of the potency of faith.
But to the story.
As I say, I was anxious to avoid a meeting between Harry and
the king, and subsequent events proved my wisdom. Harry was acting
in a manner quite amazing; it was impossible for me to mention the
king even in jest without him flying into a violent temper.
As I look back now I am not surprised; for our harrowing
experiences and the hopelessness of our situation and the
wilfulness of Desiree were enough, Heaven knows, to jerk his
nerves; but at the time I regarded his actions as those of a
thoughtless fool, and told him so, thinking to divert his anger to
myself. He took no notice of me.
We were left entirely to ourselves. At regular intervals our
food was brought to us, and within a week we had accumulated a
large supply of the dried fish against necessity, besides my
collection of six golden platters, of which more later.
Once in about twenty-four hours two Incas, who appeared to be
our personal attendants--for we were actually able to recognize
them after half a dozen visits--arrived to perform the offices of
chambermaid and valet. The floor of the apartment was scrubbed,
the urns refilled with oil, and the skin cover of the granite couch
was changed. It seemed that another belief--in cleanliness--had
refused to be dislodged from the Inca breast.
When I managed, by dint of violent and expressive gestures, to
convey to our valet the idea that we desired a bath, he led us down
the corridor some two hundred feet to a stream of cool running
water. We took advantage of the opportunity to scrub our clothing,
which was sadly in need of the operation.
I had early made an examination of the urns which furnished
our light. They were of gold and perfect in form, which convinced
me that they had been brought by the fugitives from Huanuco, as,
indeed, the quipos also, and several other articles we
found, including our golden table service.
The urns were filled with an oil which I was unable to
recognize. There was no wick, but round the rim or lip of each was
set a broad ring carved of stone, which made the opening at the top
only about two inches in diameter. Through this the flame arose to
a height of about two feet.
Of smoke there was none, or very little, a circumstance which
was inexplicable, as there seemed to be no possibility of the
generation of gas within so small space. But the oil itself was
strange to me, and its properties may be charged to nature.
As I say, I had collected six of the golden platters, one at
a time. Together they weighed about twenty pounds--for they were
small and rather thin--which was near the amount required for my
purpose. I explained the thing to Harry, and we set to work.
We first procured a vessel of granite from the attendant on
some pretext or other--this for melting the gold. Then we pried a
slab of limestone from a corner of one of the seats; luckily for us
it was very soft, having been selected by the Incas for the purpose
of inserting in its face the crystal prisms. Then we procured a
dozen or more of the prisms themselves, and, using them as chisels,
and small blocks of granite as hammers, set to work at the block of
limestone.
It was slow work, but we finally succeeded in hollowing out a
groove in its surface about eighteen inches long and two inches
deep. That was our mold.
Then to melt the golden platters. We took four of the urns,
placing them in a group on the floor, and just at the tip of the
flames placed the granite vessel, supported by four blocks of stone
which we pried loose from one of the seats. In the vessel we
placed the golden platters.
But we found, after several hours, that we did not have
sufficient heat--or rather that the vessel was too thick to
transmit it. And again we set to work with our improvised chisels
and hammers, to shave off its sides and bottom. That was more
difficult and required many hours for completion.
Finally, with the profane portion of our vocabularies
completely exhausted and rendered meaningless by repetition, and
with bruised and bleeding hands, we again arranged our furnace and
sat down to wait. We had waited until the dishes from our dinner
had been removed, and we were fairly certain to be alone for
several hours.
Finally the gold was melted, stubbornly but surely. We took
the thick hide cover from the couch and, one on each side, lifted
the vessel of liquid metal and filled our mold. In an hour it was
hardened into a bar the shape of a half-cylinder. We removed it
and poured in the remainder of the gold.
It would appear that the gain was hardly worth the pains, and
I admit it. But at the least I had kept Harry occupied with
something besides his amatory troubles, and at the best we had two
heavy, easily handled bars of metal that would prove most effective
weapons against foes who had none whatever.
We had just removed the traces of our work as completely as
possible and secreted the clubs of yellow metal in a corner of the
apartment when the sound of pattering footsteps came from the
corridor.
Harry gave me a quick glance; I moved between him and the
door. But it was Desiree.
She entered the room hurriedly and crossed to the farther
side, then turned to face the door. Her cheeks were glowing
brightly, her eyes flashed fire, and her breast heaved with
unwonted agitation. Before either she or I had time to speak Harry
had sprung to her side and grasped her arm.
"What has he done now?" he demanded in a tone scarcely audible
in its intensity.
"I--don't--know," said Desiree without removing her eyes from
the door. "Let me go, Harry; let me sit down. Paul! Ah! I was
afraid."
"For us?" I asked.
"Yes--partly. The brute! But then, he is human, and that is
his way. And you--I was right--you should have gone to the Cave of
the Sun when he required your presence."
"But it was merely an invitation. Cannot one refuse an
invitation?" I protested.
"But, my dear Paul, the creature is royal--his invitations are
commands."
"Well, we were busy, and we've already seen the Cave of the
Sun."
"Still it was an error, and I think you will pay for it.
There have been unusual preparations under way for many hours.
The king has been in my apartment, and messengers and guards have
been arriving constantly, each with his little bundle of
quipos, as you call them."
"Did you see the quipos?"
"Yes."
"Did any of them contain a red cord, suspended alone, with a
single knot at either end?"
"Yes, all of them," said Desiree without an instant's
hesitation.
"That means Harry and me," I observed. "But the message! Can
you remember any of them?"
She tried, but without success. Which will not surprise any
one who has ever seen the collection at the museum at Lima.
Then Harry broke in:
"Something else has happened, Desiree. No bunch of cords tied
in silly knots ever made you look as you did just now. What was
it?"
"Nothing--nothing, Harry."
"I say yes! And I want to know! And if it's what I think it
is we're going to clear out of here now!"
"As though we could!"
"We can! We have enough provisions to last for weeks. And
see here," he ran to the corner where he had hidden the golden
clubs and returned with them in his hands, "with these we could
make our way through them all. Tell me!"
There was a strange smile on Desiree's lips.
"And so you would fight for me, Harry?" she said
half-wistfully, half--I know not what. Then she continued in a
tone low but quite distinct: "Well, it is too late. I am the
king's."
She lied--I saw it in her eyes. Perhaps she meant to save
Harry from his folly, to quiet him by the knowledge that he need
not fight for what was no longer his own; but she was mistaken in
her man.
Harry did not stop to read her eyes--he heard her words. He
took two slow steps backward, then stood quite still, while his
face grew deadly white and his eyes were fastened on hers with a
look that made me turn my own away. His soul looked out from
them--how he loved the woman--and I could not bear it!
Nor, after a moment, could Desiree. She took a step forward,
extending her arms to him and cried out:
"Harry! No! It was a lie, Harry! Don't--don't!"
And they gazed at each other, and I at Desiree, and thus we
were unaware that a fourth person had entered the room, until he
had crossed its full length and stood before me. It was the Inca
king.
I took no time for thought, but jumped straight for Harry and
threw my arms round him, dragging him back half-way across the
room. Taken completely by surprise, he did not struggle. I
noticed that he still held in his hands the bars of gold he had
shown to Desiree.
The king regarded us for a second with a scowl, then turned to
her.
She stood erect, with flashing eyes. The king approached; she
held out her hand to him with an indescribable gesture of dignity.
For a moment he looked at her, then his lips curled in an ugly
snarl, and, dashing her hand aside, he leaped forward in swift fury
and grasped her white throat with his fingers.
There was a strangled scream from Desiree, a frantic cry from
Harry--and the next instant he had torn himself free from my arms,
dropping the bars of gold at my feet.
A single bound and he was across the room; a single blow with
his fist and the king of the Incas dropped senseless to the floor.
Chapter XII.
AT THE DOOR.
Desiree shrank back against the wall, covering her face with
her hands. Harry stood above the prostrate figure of the king,
panting and furious.
As for me, I gave no thought to what had been done--the
imminent peril of the situation possessed my mind and stung my
brain to action.
I ran to the figure on the floor and bent over him. There
was no movement--his eyes were closed. Calling to Harry to watch
the corridor without, I quickly tore my woolen jacket into
strips--my fingers seemed to be made of steel--and bound the wrists
and ankles of the Inca firmly, trussing him up behind.
Then with another strip I gagged him, thinking it best to err
on the side of prudence. In another moment I had dragged him to
the corner of the room behind the granite couch and covered him
with its hide-cover.
Then I turned to Harry:
"Is the coast clear?"
"Yes," he answered from the doorway.
"Then here--quick, man! Get the clubs and the grub.
Desiree--come! There's not a second to lose."
"But, Paul--" she began; then, seeing the utter folly of any
other course than instant flight, she sprang to Harry's side to
assist him with the bundles of provisions.
There was more than we could carry. Harry and I each took a
bundle under our left arm, carrying the clubs in the other hand.
Desiree attempted to take two bundles, but they were too heavy for
her, and she was forced to drop one.
With a last hasty glance at the motionless heap in the corner
we started, Harry leading and myself in the rear, with Desiree
between us.
But it was not to be so easy. We were nearly to the door when
there came a grating, rumbling sound from above, and a huge block
of granite dropped squarely across the doorway with a crash that
made the ground tremble beneath our feet.
Stupefied, we realized in a flash that the cunning of the
Incas had proved too much for us. Harry and I ran forward, but
only to invite despair; the doorway was completely covered by the
massive rock, an impenetrable curtain of stone weighing many tons,
and on neither side was there an opening more than an inch wide.
We were imprisoned beyond all hope of escape.
We stood stunned; Desiree even made no sound, but gazed at the
blocked doorway in a sort of stupid wonder. It was one of those
sudden and overwhelming catastrophes that deprive us for a moment
of all power to reason or even to realize.
Then Harry said quietly:
"Well, the game's up."
And Desiree turned to me with the calm observation:
"They must have been watching us. We were fools not to have
known it."
"Impossible!" Harry asserted; but I agreed with Desiree; and
though I could see no opening or crevice of any sort in the walls
or ceiling, I was convinced that even then the eyes of the Incas
were upon us.
Our situation was indeed desperate. With our every movement
spied upon, surrounded by four solid walls of stone, and beyond
them ten thousand savage brutes waiting to tear us to pieces--what
wildest fancy could indulge in hope?
Then, glancing up, my eye was arrested by the heap under the
cover in the corner. There, in the person of the Inca king, lay
our only advantage. But how could we use it?
Desiree's voice came in the calm tones of despair:
"We are lost."
Harry crossed to her and took her in his arms.
"I thank Heaven," he said, "that you are with us." Then he
turned to me: "I believe it is for the best, Paul. There never was
a chance for us; we may as well say it now. And it is better to
die here, together, than--the other way."
I smiled at his philosophy, knowing its source. It came not
from his own head, but from Desiree's arms. But it was truth.
We sat silent. The thing was beyond discussion; too elemental
to need speech for its explanation or understanding. I believe it
was not despair that kept back our words, but merely the dumb
realization that where all hope is gone words are useless--worse,
a mockery.
Finally I crossed the room and removed the cover from the body
of the Child of the Sun. He had recovered consciousness; his
little wicked eyes gleamed up at me with an expression that would
have been terrifying in the intensity of its malignant hatred if he
had not been utterly helpless. I turned to Harry:
"What are we going to do with him?"
"By Jove, I had forgotten!" exclaimed the lad. "Paul, perhaps
if we could communicate with them--" He stopped, glancing at the
closed doorway; then added: "But it's impossible."
"I believe it is possible," I contradicted. "If the Incas
were able to lower that stone at any moment you may be sure they
are prepared to raise it. How, Heaven only knows; but the fact is
certain. Do you think they would have condemned their precious
king to starvation?"
"Then the king can save us!"
"And how?"
"Our lives for his. We'll give him nothing to eat, and if, as
you say, they have some way of watching us, they'll be forced to
negotiate. You can talk with the quipos, and tell them that
unless they give us our freedom and let us go in safety they'll
have a dead king. From the way they seem to worship him they'd
come through in a minute."
"Oh, they'd promise, all right," I agreed; "but how could we
hold them to it?"
"Well, a promise is a promise. And it's our only chance."
"No, Harry; to trust them would be folly. The minute we
stepped through that doorway they would be on us--the whole
beggarly, smelly lot of them."
"Then there is no chance--none whatever?" put in Desiree.
"None. We may as well admit the worst. And the worst is best
for us now. Really, we are in luck; we die in our own way and at
our own time. But there is one difficulty."
Then, in answer to their glances of inquiry, I added
significantly: "We have no weapons. We cannot allow ourselves to
starve--the end must come before that, for as soon as they saw us
weakening we would be at their mercy."
There was comprehension and horror in Desiree's eyes, but she
looked at me with a brave attempt to smile as she took from her
hair something which gleamed and shone in the light from the
flaming urns. It was a tiny steel blade with a handle of pearl
studded with diamonds.
I had seen it before many times--a present, Desiree had told
me, from the young man I had seen in the royal coach on that day in
Madrid when I had first heard the name of Le Mire.
"Will that do?" she asked calmly, holding it out to me with a
firm hand.
Brave Le Mire! I took the dagger and placed it in my pocket,
and, looking at Harry, exchanged with him a nod of understanding.
No words were necessary.
"But I must confess I am a coward," said Desiree. "When the
time comes I--I could not bear to see--to wait--"
I looked at her and said simply: "You shall be first," and she
gave me a smile of thanks that spoke of a heart that would not fail
when the final moment arrived. And in my admiration of her high
courage I forgot the horror of the task that must be mine.
It was a relief to have admitted the worst and discussed it
calmly; there is no torment like suspense, and ours was at an end.
A load was lifted from our hearts, and a quiet sympathy created
between us, sincere as death itself. And it was in our power to
choose for ourselves the final moment--we were yet masters of our
fates.
All action seems useless when hope is dead, but certain things
needed to be done, and Harry and I bestirred ourselves. We
extinguished the flame in all the urns but one to save the oil, not
caring to depart in darkness.
Our supply of water, we found, was quite sufficient to last
for several days, if used sparingly; for we intended to support
life so long as we had the fuel. Then responsibility ceases; man
has a right to hasten that which fortune has made inevitable.
The hours passed by.
We talked very little; at times Desiree and Harry conversed in
subdued tones which I did not overhear; I was engaged with my own
thoughts. And they were not unpleasant; if, looking death in the
face, a man can preserve his philosophy unchanged, he has made the
only success in life that is worth while.
We ate and drank, but gave neither water nor food to our
fellow prisoner. Not because I really expected to force
negotiations with the Incas--but the thing was possible and was
worth a trial. I knew them well enough to appraise correctly the
value of any safe-conduct they might give us.
I was a little surprised to find in Desiree no levity, the
vulgar prop for courage based on ignorance. There was a tenderness
in her manner, especially toward Harry, that spoke of something
deeper and awoke in my own breast a deeper respect for her. The
world had not known Desiree Le Mire--it had merely been fascinated
and amused by her.
Many hours had passed in this tomblike apathy. Two or three
times I had advised Desiree to lie down to rest and, if possible,
to sleep. She had refused, but I became insistent, and Harry added
his voice to my own. Then, to please us, she consented; we
arranged the cover on the granite couch and made her as comfortable
as possible.
In five minutes she was fast asleep. Harry stood a few feet
away from the couch, looking down at her. I spoke to him, in a low
tone:
"And you must rest too, Hal. One of us must remain on watch;
I'll take it first and call you when I feel drowsy. It may be a
needless precaution, but I don't care to wake up and find myself in
the condition of our friend yonder."
He wanted to take the first watch himself, but I insisted, and
he arranged our ponchos on the ground, and soon he too was sleeping
easily and profoundly. I looked from him to Desiree with a smile,
and reflection that Socrates himself could not have met misfortune
with more sublime composure.
It was possible that the stone curtain across the doorway
could be raised noiselessly, and that made it necessary to keep my
eyes fastened on it almost continuously. This became irksome;
besides, twice I awoke to the fact that my thoughts had carried me
so far away from my surroundings that the stone could have been
raised to the roof and I would not have noticed it.
So, using my jacket for a cushion, I seated myself on the
ground in the threshold, leaning my back against the stone, and
gave myself up to meditation.
I had sat thus for three hours or more, and was thinking of
calling Harry to relieve me, when I felt a movement at my back. I
turned quickly and saw that the stone was moving upward.
Slowly it rose, by little frequent jerks, not more than an
eighth of an inch at a time. In fifteen minutes it was only about
four inches from the ground. There was no sound save a faint
grating noise from above.
I stood several feet away, holding one of the golden clubs in
my hand, thinking it unnecessary to rouse Harry until the space was
wide enough to cause apprehension. Or rather, because I had no
fear of an assault--I was convinced that our ruse had succeeded,
and that they were about to communicate with us by means of the
quipos.
The stone was raised a little over a foot, then became
stationary. I waited, expecting to see a bundle of quipos
thrust through the opening, but they did not appear.
Instead, five golden vessels were pushed across the ground
until they were inside, clear of the stone; I could see the black,
hairy hands and arms, which were immediately withdrawn.
Then the granite curtain fell with a crash that caused me to
start with its suddenness and awakened both Harry and Desiree.
Two of the vessels contained water, two oil, and the other
dried fish. Harry, who had sprung to his feet excitedly, grumbled
in disgust.
"At least, they might have sent us some soup. But what's
their idea?"
"It means that Desiree was right," I observed. "They have
some way of watching us. And, seeing that we refused to provide
their beloved monarch with provender, they have sent him an
allowance from the pantry."
Harry grinned.
"Will he get it?"
"Hardly," said I with emphasis. "We'll make 'em treat with us
if it's only to observe their diplomacy. There'll be a message
from them within twenty-four hours. You'll see."
"Anyway, we know now that they can raise that stone whenever
they feel like it. But in the name of Archimedes, how?"
He advanced to the doorway and examined the block of granite
curiously, but there was no clue to its weight or thickness from
the inside. I explained that there were several ways by which the
thing could be raised, but that the most probable one was by means
of a rolling pulley, which required merely some rounded stones and
a flat surface above, with ropes of hide for stays.
It had been several hours since we had last eaten, and we
decided to at once convey to the spies without our intentions
concerning our prisoner. So we regaled ourselves with dried fish
and water, taking care not to approach the king, who had rolled
over on his side and lay facing us, looking for all the world, in
the dim light, like a black dog crouched on the floor.
Harry relieved me at my post against the door, and I lay down
to sleep. Desiree had seated herself beside him, and the low tones
of their voices came to me as I lay on the couch (which Desiree had
insisted I should occupy) in an indistinct, musical murmur. This
for perhaps ten minutes; then I slept.
That became our routine. During the many weary hours that
followed there was never a moment when one of us was not seated
with his back against the stone across the doorway; we dared not
trust our eyes. Usually Harry and Desiree watched together, and,
when I relieved them, slept side by side on the couch.
Sometimes, when we were all awake, Desiree was left on guard
alone; but Harry and I were never both asleep at the same time.
An estimate of the time we spent thus would be the wildest
guess, for time was heavy and passed on leaden feet. But I should
say we had been imprisoned for something like four days, possibly
five, when the monotony came to an abrupt end.
I had come off watch, and Harry and Desiree had taken my
place. Before I lay down I had taken some water to the prisoner,
for we had some time before admitted the necessity of giving him
drink. But of food he had had none.
Harry told me afterward that I had slept for two or three
hours, but it seemed to me rather as many minutes, when I was
awakened by the sound of his voice calling my name. Glancing at
the doorway, I sprang to my feet.
The stone was slowly rising from the floor; already there was
a space of a foot or more. Desiree and Harry stood facing it in
silence.
"You have seen nothing?" I asked, joining them.
"Nothing," said Harry. "Here, take one of these clubs.
Something's up."
"Of course--the stone," I observed facetiously, yawning.
"Probably nothing more important than a bundle of quipos.
Lord, I'm sleepy!"
Still the stone moved upward, very slowly. It reached a
height of two feet, yet did not halt.
"This is no quipos" said Harry, "or if it is, they must
be going to send us in a whole library. Six inches would have been
enough for that."
I nodded, keeping my eyes on the ever-widening space at our
feet.
"This means business, Hal. Stand ready with your club.
Desiree, go to the further corner, behind that seat."
She refused; I insisted; she stamped her foot in anger.
"Do you think I'm a child, to run and hide?" she demanded
obstinately.
I wasted no time in argument.
"You will go", I said sternly, "or I shall carry you and tie
you. This is not play. We must have room and know that you are
safe."
To my surprise, she made no reply, but quietly obeyed. Then,
struck by a sudden thought, I crossed to where she stood behind a
stone seat in the corner.
"Here," I said in a low tone, taking the little jeweled dagger
from my pocket and holding it out to her, "in case--"
"I understand," she said simply, and her hand closed over the
hilt.
By that time the stone was half-way to the top of the doorway,
leaving a space over three feet high, and was still rising. I
stood on one side and Harry on the other, not caring to expose
ourselves immediately in front.
Suddenly he left his post and ran to one of the stone seats
and began prying at the blocks of granite. I saw at once his
intention and our mistake; we should have long before barricaded
the door on the inside. But it was too late now; I knew from
experience the difficulty of loosening those firmly wedged blocks,
and I called out:
"No good, Hal. We were fools not to have thought of it
before, but there is no time for it now. Come back; I couldn't
stop 'em alone."
Nevertheless, he continued his exertions, and succeeded in
getting one of the blocks partially free; but by that time the
doorway was almost completely uncovered, and he saw the folly of
attempting further.
He resumed his post on the right of the door--I was on the
left.
The stone appeared to be going faster. It reached the top--
passed it--and quickly swung in toward the wall and disappeared,
probably to rest on a ledge above.
We stood waiting, tense and alert. The open doorway gaped on
the black, empty corridor, into which the light from our single urn
shone dimly. We could see or hear nothing, no indication that any
one was in the passage, but we dared not look out in that darkness.
The suspense was trying enough; Harry ripped out an impatient oath
and made a movement as though to step in the entrance, but I waved
him back.
Then came the avalanche, with a suddenness and fury that nigh
overwhelmed us.
Crouching, rushing forms filled the doorway from both
directions and leaped savagely at us. After so many weary days of
dull inaction and helpless, hopeless apathy, a mad joy fired my
brain and thrilled my heart as I raised my club on high and struck
a blow for freedom and life.
That blow crushed the skull of one whose fingers were at my
throat, and he dropped like a log at my feet; but his place was
already filled. Again I swung the club; another swayed, toppling
against the doorway and leaning there with the blood streaming from
his broken head, quite dead, but held erect by the pressure of his
fellows from behind.
If the doorway had been but a foot wider we would have been
overwhelmed almost instantly. As it was, but three or four could
get to us at once, and they found the gold which their ancestors
had carried from the temples of Huanuco waiting for them. My arm
seemed to have the strength of a hundred arms; it swung the heavy
club as though it had been a feather, and with deadly accuracy.
Harry fought like a demon. I think I did all that a man could
do, but he did more, and withal more coolly. I brought down my
club on heads, shoulders, chests, and rarely failed to get my man.
But the impact of Harry's blows was like the popping of a
Maxim. I saw him reach over and grasp the throat of one who had
his teeth set in my shoulder, and, holding him straight before him
with his arm extended, break his neck with one blow. Again, his
club descended on one black skull with a glancing blow and shot off
to the head of another with the force of a sledge-hammer.
At the time I did not know that I saw these things; it was all
one writhing, struggling, bloody horror; but afterward the eyes of
memory showed them to me.
Still they came. My arm rose and fell seemingly without order
from the brain; I was not conscious that it moved. It seemed to me
that ever since the beginning of time I had stood in that butcher's
doorway and brought down that bar of gold on thick, black skulls
and distorted, grinning faces. But they would not disappear. One
fell; another took his place; and another, and another, and
another.
The bodies of those who fell were dragged away from
underneath. I did not see it, but it must have been so, or soon we
would have raised our own barricade for defense--a barricade of
flesh. And there was none.
I began to weaken, and Harry saw it, for he gasped out:
"Steady--Paul. Take it--easy. They can't--last--forever."
His blows were redoubled in fury as he moved closer to me,
taking more than his share of the attack, so that I almost had time
to breathe.
But we could not have held out much longer. My brain was
whirling madly and a weight of a thousand tons seemed dragging me
remorselessly, inevitably to the ground. I kept my feet through
the force of some crazy instinct, for will and reason were gone.
And then, for an instant, Harry's eyes met mine, and I read in
them what neither of us could say, nor would. With the fury of
despair we struck out together in one last effort.
Whether the Incas saw in that effort a renewed strength that
spoke of immortality, or whether it happened just at that moment
that the pressure from behind was removed, no longer forcing them
to their death, I do not know. It may have been that, like some
better men, they had merely had enough.
From whatever cause, the attack ceased almost with the
suddenness with which it had begun; they fell back from the
doorway; Harry lunged forward with raised club, and the forms
melted away into the darkness of the corridor.
Harry turned and looked at me as I stood swaying from side to
side in the doorway. Neither of us could speak. Together we
staggered back across the room, but I had not gone more than half
way when my legs bent under me and I sank to the floor. Dimly I
saw Harry's face above me, as though through a veil--then another
face that came close to my own--and a voice:
"Paul! My love! They have killed him!"
Soft white arms were about my neck, and a velvet cheek was
pressed against my own.
"Desiree!" I gasped. "Don't! Harry! No, they have not
killed me--"
Then Harry's voice:
"That's all right, old fellow. I know--I have known she loves
you. This is no time to talk of that. Listen, Paul--what you were
going to do for Desiree--if you can--they will be back at any
moment--"
That thought kindled my brain; I raised myself onto my elbow.
"I haven't the strength," I said, hardly knowing how I spoke.
"You must do it, Harry; you must. And quick, lad! The dagger!
Desiree--the dagger!"
What followed came to me as in a dream; my eyes were dim with
the exhaustion that had overcome my body. Desiree's face
disappeared from before my face--then a silence--then the sound of
her voice as though from a distance:
"Harry--come! I can't find it! I dropped it when I ran
across--it must be here--on the floor--"
And then another sound came that I knew only too well--the
sound of rushing, pattering feet.
I think I tried to rise to my own feet. I heard Harry's voice
crying in a frenzy: "Quick--here they come! Desiree, where is it?"
There was a ringing cry of despair from Desiree, a swinging
oath from Harry, and the next instant I found myself pinned to the
floor by the weight of a score of bodies.
Chapter XIII.
INTO THE WHIRLPOOL.
I hardly know what happened after that. I was barely
conscious that there was movement round me, and that my wrists and
ankles were being tightly bound. Harry told me afterward that he
made one last desperate stand, and was halted by a cry from
Desiree, imploring him to employ the club in the intended office of
the dagger.
He wheeled about and raised it to strike; then his arm
dropped, unable to obey for the brutal horror of it. In another
instant he and Desiree, too, had been overpowered and carried to
the floor by the savage rush.
This he told me as we lay side by side in a dark cavern,
whither we had been carried by the victorious Incas. I had
expected instant death; the fact that our lives had been spared
could have but one meaning, I thought: to the revenge of death was
to be added the vindictiveness of torture.
We knew nothing of Desiree's fate. Harry had not seen her
since he had been crushed to the floor by that last assault. And
instead of fearing for her life, we were convinced that a still
more horrible doom was to be hers, and hoped only that she would
find the means to avoid it by the only possible course.
I have said that we again found ourselves in darkness, but it
was much less profound than it had been before. We could
distinctly see the four walls of the cavern in which we lay; it was
about twelve feet by twenty, and the ceiling was very low. The
ground was damp and cold, and we had neither ponchos nor jackets to
protect us.
A description of our state of mind as we lay exhausted,
wounded, and bound so tightly that any movement was impossible,
would seem to betray a weakness. Perhaps it was so; but we prayed
for the end--Harry with curses and oaths, myself in silence. There
is a time when misery becomes so acute that a man wants only
deliverance and gives no thought to the means.
That was reaction, and gradually it lessened. And when, after
we had lain unconscious for many hours (we can hardly be said to
have slept) they came to bathe our wounds and bruises and bring us
food and drink, the water was actually grateful to our hot,
suffering flesh, and we ate almost with relish. But before they
left they again bound our wrists firmly behind us, and tightened
the cords on our ankles.
If they meditated punishment they certainly seemed to be in no
hurry about it. The hours passed endlessly by. We were cared for
as tenderly as though we had been wounded comrades instead of
vanquished foes, and though we were allowed to remain on the damp,
hard rock of the cavern, we gradually recovered from the effects of
that gruesome struggle in the doorway, and our suffering bodies
began to feel comparative comfort.
"What the deuce are they waiting for?" Harry growled, after
one of their visits with food and water. "Why don't they end it?"
"Most likely because a well man can appreciate torture better
than a sick one," I answered, not having seen fit to speak of it
before. "You may be sure we'll get all that's coming to us."
"But what will they do?"
"Heaven knows. They are capable of anything. We'll get the
worst."
There was a silence; then Harry said slowly, hesitating:
"Paul--do you think--Desiree--"
"I don't think--I dare not think about her," I interrupted.
"And it is our fault; we failed her. I should have put her beyond
their reach, as I promised. I have reproached myself bitterly,
Hal; you need add nothing."
"Do you think I would? Only--there is something else. About
what she said to you. I knew that, you know."
I was silent; he continued:
"I knew it long ago. Do you think I am blind? And I want to
say this while I have a chance--it was uncommon good of you. To
take it the way you did, I mean."
His simplicity made me uncomfortable, and I made no answer.
Indeed, the thing was beyond discussion; it was merely a bare fact
which, when once stated, left nothing to be said. So I refused to
humor Harry's evident desire to thrash out the topic, and abruptly
changed the subject.
We must have lain bound in that cavern little short of a week.
Our wounds and bruises were completely healed, save one gash on
Harry's side where he had been hurled against the sharp edge of one
of the stone seats as he had been borne to the floor. But it was
not painful, and was nearly closed. And we could feel the return
of strength even through the stiffness caused by the inactivity of
our muscles.
We had given up wondering at the delay by the time it came to
an end. When they finally came and cut our bonds and led us from
the cavern we felt nothing keener than a mere curiosity as to what
awaited us at the end of our journey. For myself, there was a
distinct sensation of thankfulness that uncertainty was to end.
They took no chances with us, but paid us the compliment of a
truly royal escort--at least, in number. There could not have been
less than two hundred of them in front, behind, and on either side,
as we left the cavern and proceeded along a narrow, winding passage
to the left.
Once, as we started, we stretched our arms high and stood on
tiptoe to relieve the stiffness of our joints; and immediately
found ourselves clutched on every side by a score of hands.
"Gad! We seem to have made an impression!" Harry grinned.
On the way down the passage we marched with the Prussian
goose-step, and felt the blood quickening to life in our legs and
arms.
We had proceeded in this manner for some ten minutes when we
rounded a corner which I recognized at once by the peculiar
circular formation of the walls. We were on our way to the great
cavern--the cavern where we had first seen Desiree, and where later
she had won the toss for our lives and then preserved them.
Another minute and we had reached the steps leading to the
tunnel under the lake. Here our guards seemed in doubt as to just
what to do; those in front halted and stood hesitant, and it seemed
to me that as they gazed below down the stone stair their eyes held
a certain shrinking terror. Then one came up from behind and with
a commanding gesture ordered them to descend, and they obeyed.
Harry and I still found ourselves surrounded by a full
company; there were fifty or sixty ahead of us and at least twice
that number behind. The idea of a successful struggle was so
patently impossible that I believe it never entered our minds.
There was further delay at the bottom of the stairs, for, as
I have said before, the tunnel was extremely narrow and it was
barely possible to walk two abreast. None of them turned back, but
Harry and I could scarcely restrain a laugh at the sight of those
immediately in front of us treading on the toes of their fellows to
keep out of our way. With all their savage brutality I believe
they possessed little real bravery.
Five minutes more and we had reached the end of the tunnel and
found ourselves at the foot of the spiral stairway. The passage
was so blocked by those ahead that we were unable to approach it;
they flattened their squatty bodies against the wall and we were
forced to squeeze our way past them.
There we stood, barely able to make out their black forms
against the blacker wall, when the one who appeared to be the
leader approached and motioned to us to ascend. We hesitated,
feeling instinctively that this was our last chance to make a
stand, weighing our fate.
That was a dark moment, but though I did not know it,
Providence was with us. For, happening to glance downward, beneath
the spiral stair--for there was no ground immediately beneath it--I
saw a faint glimmer and a movement as though of a dim light in the
black, yawning space at my feet. (You must understand that we were
now inside the base of the column in the center of the great
cavern.)
Moved either by curiosity or a command of Providence, I
stooped and peered intently downward, and saw that the movement was
the almost imperceptible reflection of a stray ray of light from
above on the surface of water. At the time I merely wondered idly
if the water came from the same source as that in the lake outside,
not thinking it sufficiently important to mention to Harry.
Then a question came from him:
"No good, Paul. They are a hundred to one, and we are
empty-handed. Do we go?"
"There is nothing else to do," I answered, and I placed my
foot on the first step of the spiral stair.
Behind us came the guide, with a dozen others at his heels.
The ascent seemed even longer and more arduous than before,
for then we had been propelled by keen curiosity. Twice I stumbled
in the darkness, and would have fallen if it had not been for
Harry's supporting hand behind me. But finally we reached the top
and stepped out into the glare of the great cavern. I saw the
stone slab close to behind us, noiselessly, and wondered if I
should ever see it open again.
We looked about us, and as our eyes sought the alcove in the
wall opposite, we gave a simultaneous start of surprise, and from
Harry's lips came a cry, half of gladness, half of wonder. For,
seated on the golden throne, exactly as before, was Desiree. By
her side was seated the Inca king; round them, guards and
attendants.
We gazed at her in astonishment, but she did not look at us;
even at that distance we could see that her eyes were lowered to
the ground. Harry called her name--there was no answer. Again he
called, and I caught him by the arm.
"Don't, Hal! She can't possibly do us any good, and you may
do her harm. If she doesn't answer, it is because she has a
reason."
He was silent, but not convinced, and would probably have
argued the matter if our attention had not been arrested by a
movement in the alcove.
The king rose and extended an arm, and the Incas who filled
the seats surrounding the cavern fell flat on their faces.
"We don't seem to have thinned them out any," I observed. "I
believe there are actually more than before. Where do they all
come from?"
"The Lord knows!"
"And, by the way, it is now apparent why they waited so long
to attend to us. The king naturally wanted to be present at the
entertainment, and he had to take time to recover from his little
fasting operation. But now, what in the name of--my word, the
thing is to be done in all propriety! Look!"
The king had dropped his arm, and the Incas were again sitting
as Nature had intended they should sit, instead of on their noses.
And four attendants had approached the throne, bearing a frame of
quipos.
"So we are to have a fair trial," Harry observed.
"With the king for judge."
"And a hundred dead rats as evidence."
"Right; they can't get even with us, anyway; there are only
two of us. And as far as the other is concerned, I have an idea."
The king had left his throne and approached the outer edge of
the alcove, until he stood almost directly under the oval plate of
gold representing Pachacamac or the unknown god.
To this he knelt and made a succession of weird, uncouth
gestures that suggested a lunatic or a traveling hypnotist.
Evidently the good Pachacamac approved whatever suggestions the
royal priest communicated, for he rose to his feet with a solemn
grin and strutted majestically to the rear, facing the frame of
quipos.
It was evident that he no longer had faith in Desiree's
interpretation of the divine will of the great Pachacamac. It is
a royal privilege to be able to judge your own enemies.
The hand of the Child of the Sun passed slowly up and down the
frame of quipos, betraying a commendable reluctance. It
touched the yellow cord and passed on; grasped the white and
dropped it.
"The old hypocrite!" exclaimed Harry in disgust. "Does he
imagine he is playing with us?"
Then there was an imperceptible movement, rather felt than
seen, throughout the vast assemblage, and Desiree sank back on her
throne of gold with a shudder as the king severed with the knife
the black cord of death and laid it on the ground at her feet.
I looked at Harry; his face became slightly pale, but his eyes
met mine firmly, speaking of a fortitude unconquerable. Then we
again riveted our gaze on the alcove opposite.
An attendant approached from the rear and stood before the
golden throne, while the king motioned to Desiree to take up the
black cord. For a moment she did not understand him, then she drew
back, shaking her head firmly.
The king did not wait to argue the matter, but stooped himself
and picked up the cord and handed it to the attendant, who received
it with a great show of respect and retired to the rear, where a
commotion was created by its appearance.
The judgment was passed, but what was to be the nature of the
execution? That uncertainty and the weirdness of the scene gave to
the thing an air of unreality that shut out the tragic and admitted
only the grotesque.
I have many times in my life felt nearer to death than when I
stood on the top of that lofty column, surrounded by the thousands
of squatting dwarfs, whose black bodies reflected dully the
mounting light from the flaming urns.
I cannot say what we expected, for we knew not what to expect.
Many conjectures entered my mind, but none of them approached the
fact. But, thinking that our guide might now return at any moment
to lead us below, and not caring to be surprised by an attack from
behind on that narrow precipice, I moved across to the rear, where
I could keep my eyes on the alcove opposite, and at the same time
watch the stone slab which closed the opening to the spiral
stairway. A word to Harry and he joined me.
"Perhaps we can open it from above," he suggested.
"Not likely," I answered, "and, anyway, what's the use?"
He knelt down and tugged at it, but there was no edge on which
to obtain a purchase. The thing was immovable.
Five minutes passed, during which there was no movement,
either in the audience on the stone seats or in the alcove. But
there was an indefinable air of expectancy on the faces of the king
and those surrounding him, and I kept a sharp eye on the stone
slab.
Another five minutes and still nothing happened. Harry called
across to Desiree, or rather began to call, for I stopped him with
a jerk. It was impossible for her to aid us, and her situation was
already sufficiently perilous.
Then, becoming impatient, I decided to try to move the stone
slab myself. Kneeling down, I placed the palms of my hands firmly
against its surface and pressed with all my weight.
And then I knew. Complete comprehension flashed through my
brain on the instant. I sprang to my feet, and my thought must
have shown on my face, for Harry looked at me in surprise,
demanding:
"What is it? What is it, Paul?"
And I answered calmly:
"We're caught, Hal. Like rats in a trap. Oh, the black
devils! Listen! We have no time to lose. Bend over and touch the
palm of your hand to the ground."
He did so, plainly puzzled. Then he drew his hand hastily
away, exclaiming: "It's hot!"
"Yes." I spoke quickly. "Our boots kept us from feeling it
before, and the stone doesn't throw out enough heat to feel it in
the air. They've built a fire under us in the column. The stone
is thick and heats slowly."
"But what--that means--"
"It means one of two things. In a few minutes this floor will
be baking hot. Then we either fry on their stone griddle or drown
in the lake. You see the distance below--only a man crazed by
suffering or one incredibly brave would take that leap. This is
their little entertainment--they expect us to dance for them."
"But the lake! If we could take it clean--"
I saw that the lake was our only chance, if there could be
said to be any in so desperate a situation. To be sure, there
seemed to be no possibility of escaping, even if we took the water
without injury. On every side its bank was lined with the watching
Incas, and the bank itself was so steep that to ascend it would
have required wings.
The heat began to be felt even through the soles of our heavy
boots; involuntarily I lifted one foot, then the other. I saw the
Child of the Sun in the alcove lean forward with an appreciative
grin. Another minute--
I jerked my wits together--never did my brain answer with
better speed. And then I remembered that flash of water I had seen
under the spiral stairway at the base of the column. I had thought
at the time that it might be connected with the lake itself. If
that were so--
I turned to Harry and conveyed my idea to him in as few words
as possible as we walked up and down, side by side. It was
impossible longer to stand still--the stone was so hot that the
bare hand could not be held against it for an instant. I saw that
he did not comprehend what I said about the water in the column,
but he did understand my instructions, and that was all that was
necessary.
We ran to the edge of the column nearest the alcove.
Removing our woolen knickerbockers--for better ease in the
water--we placed them on the hot stone, and on top of them our
boots, which we had also removed. Thus our feet were protected as
we stood on the extreme edge of the column, taking a deep breath
for strength and nerve.
I saw the thousands of black savages--who had been cheated of
their dance--crane their necks forward eagerly.
I saw the king gesture excitedly to an attendant, who turned
and flew from the alcove.
I saw Desiree spring up from the golden throne and run to the
edge of the alcove, crying to us in a tone of despair. But I did
not hear her words, for I myself was calling:
"Take it clean, Hal. Ready--go!"
The next instant we were flying headlong through the air
toward the surface of the lake a hundred feet below.
Men have told me since that I never made that dive, or that I
greatly overestimated the distance, and I admit that as I look back
at it now it appears incredible. Well, they are welcome to their
opinion, but I would not advise them to try to argue the matter
with Harry.
The impact with the water all but completely stunned me; as I
struck the surface it seemed that a thousand cannons had exploded
in my ears. Down, down I went--lucky for us that the lake was
apparently bottomless!
I seemed to have gone as far below the water as I had been
above it before I was able to twist myself about and meet it with
my belly. Then, striking out with every ounce of strength in me,
I made for the surface as rapidly as possible. I had started with
my lungs full of air, but that headlong plunge had emptied them.
I made the surface at last and looked round for Harry, calling
his name. For perhaps thirty seconds I called in vain, then there
came an unanswering shout off to the left. The urns were far above
us now, and the light on the surface of the lake was very dim, but
soon I made out Harry's head. He was swimming easily toward me,
apparently unhurt.
"All right, Hal?"
"Right. And you?"
"Sound as a whistle. Now make for the column."
At the instant that we turned to swim toward the column I
became aware of a strong current in the water carrying us off to
the right. It was inexplicable, but there was no time then for
speculation, and we struck out with bold, sweeping strokes.
The Incas had left the stone seats and advanced to the water's
edge. I could see their black, sinister faces, thousands of them,
peering intently at us through the dim light, but they made no
sound.
Once I cast a glance over my shoulder and saw Desiree standing
at the edge of the alcove with her clenched fists pressed to her
throat. Beside her stood the Child of the Sun. Harry, too, saw
her and sent her a shout of farewell, but there was no answer.
We were now less than thirty feet from the column. Its
jeweled sides sparkled and shone before us; looking up, our eyes
were dazzled. Something struck the water near me. I glanced to
the right and saw what moved me to hasten my stroke and call to
Harry to do likewise.
The black devils were increasing the fun by hurling stones at
us from the bank--apparently with the kind approval of Pachacamac.
As we neared the column the current which tended to carry us
to the right became stronger, but still we seemed not to be
approaching the bank. What could it mean? The struggle against it
was fast taking our strength.
Looking up, I saw that we had swung round to the other side of
the column--it was between us and the alcove. Then I understood.
We were in a whirlpool, ever increasing in force, which was
carrying us swiftly in a circle from left to right and approaching
the column.
I called a swift warning to Harry, who was some ten feet to my
left, and he answered that he understood. The stones from the bank
were falling thick about us now; one struck me on the shoulder,
turning me half round.
The current became swifter--so swift that we were almost
helpless against it and were carried around and around the column,
which was but a few feet away. And always complete silence.
Nearer and nearer we were carried, till, thrusting out my arm,
the tips of my fingers brushed against the side of the column. The
water whirled with the rapidity of a mill-stream; ten more seconds
and our brains would have been dashed against the unyielding stone.
It was now but half an arm's length away. I kept thrusting out my
arm in a wild endeavor to avoid it.
Suddenly my outstretched hand found a purchase in a break in
the wall, but the force of the water tore it loose and swept me
away. But when I reached the same spot again I thrust out both
hands, and, finding the edge, held on desperately. The next
instant Harry's body was swept against mine, doubling the strain on
my fingers.
"The column!" I gasped. "Inside--through the wall--opening--I
am holding--"
He understood, and the next moment he, too, had grasped the
edge. Together we pulled ourselves, little by little, toward the
opening; for our strength was nearly spent, and the force of the
maelstrom was nigh irresistible.
It was as I had thought. The base of the column consisted
merely of two massive pillars, some twelve feet in length and
circular in shape. The water rushed in through each of the two
openings thus left, and inside of the column was the center of the
whirlpool, sucking the water from both sides. The water I had
seen; I had not counted on the whirlpool.
We had pulled ourselves round till our bodies rested against
the edge of the opening, clinging to either side. Inside all was
blackness, but we could judge of the fury of the maelstrom by the
force of the current outside. Stones hurled by the Incas were
striking against the sides of the column and in the water near us.
We were being hunted from life like dogs, and a hot,
unreasoning anger surged through my brain--anger at the grinning
savages on the bank, at the whirling black water, at Harry, at
myself.
Whichever way we looked was death, and none worth choosing.
"I can't hold--much longer," Harry gasped. "What's the use--
old man--Paul--come--I'm going--"
He disappeared into the black, furious whirlpool with that
word. The next instant my own fingers were torn from their hold by
a sudden jerk of the water, and I followed.
Chapter XIV.
A FISHING PARTY.
Water, when whirling rapidly, has a keen distaste for any
foreign object; but when once the surface breaks, that very
repulsion seems to multiply the indescribable fury with which it
endeavors to bury the object beneath its center.
Once in the whirlpool, I was carried in a swift circle round
its surface for what seemed an age, and I think could not have been
less than eight or ten seconds in reality. Then suddenly I was
turned completely over, my limbs seemed to be torn from my body,
there was a deafening roar in my ears, and a crushing weight
pressed against me from every side.
Any effort of any kind was worse than useless, as well as
impossible; indeed, I could hardly have been said to be conscious,
except for the fact that I retained sufficient volition to avoid
breathing or swallowing the water.
The pressure against my body was terrific; I wondered vaguely
why life had not departed, since--as I supposed--there was not a
whole bone left in my body. My head was bursting with dizziness
and pain; my breast was a furnace of torture.
Suddenly the pressure lessened and the whirling movement
gradually ceased, but still the current carried me on. I struck
out wildly with both arms--in an effort, I suppose, to grasp the
proverbial straw.
I found no straw, but something better--space. Instinct led
the fight to reach it with my head to get air, but the swiftness of
the current carried me again beneath the surface. My arms seemed
powerless; I was unable to direct them.
I hardly know what happened after that. A feeling of most
intense suffocation in my chest; a relaxation of all my muscles; a
sensation of light in my smarting eyes; a gentle pressure from the
water beneath, like the rising gait of a saddle-horse; and
suddenly, without knowing why or when or how, I found myself lying
on hard ground, gasping, choking, sputtering, not far from death,
but nearer to life than I had thought ever to be again.
I lay for several minutes unable to move; then my brain awoke
and called for life. I twisted over on my face, and moved my arms
out and in with the motion of a swimmer; the most exquisite pains
shot through my chest and abdomen. My head weighed tons.
Water ran from my nose and mouth in gurgling streams. The
roaring, scarcely abated, pounded in my ears. I was telling myself
over and over with a most intense earnestness: "But if I were
really dead I shouldn't be able to move." It appears that the
first sense to leave a drowning man, and the last to return, is the
sense of humor.
In another ten minutes, having rid my lungs of the water that
had filled them, I felt no pain and but little fatigue. My head
was dizzy, and there was still a feeling of oppression on my chest;
but otherwise I was little the worse for wear. I twisted carefully
over on my side and took note of my surroundings.
I lay on a narrow ledge of rock at the entrance to a huge
cavern. Not two feet below rushed the stream which had carried me;
it came down through an opening in the wall at a sharp angle with
tremendous velocity, and must have hurled me like a cork from its
foaming surface. Below, it emptied into a lake which nearly filled
the cavern, some hundreds of yards in diameter. Rough boulders and
narrow ledges surrounded it on every side.
This I saw in time, but the first thing that caught my eye was
no work of nature. Fastened to the wall on the opposite side of
the cavern, casting a dim, flickering light throughout its vast
space, were two golden, flaming urns.
It was not fear, but a sort of nausea, that assailed me as I
realized that I was still in the domain of the Incas.
The ledge on which I lay was exposed to view from nearly every
point of the cavern, and the sight of those urns caused me to make
a swift decision to leave it without delay. It was wet and
slippery and not over three feet in width; I rose to my feet
cautiously, having no appetite for another ducking.
At a distance of several feet lay another ledge, broad and
level, at the farther end of which rose a massive boulder. I
cleared the gap with a leap, barely made my footing, and passed
behind the boulder through a crevice just wide enough to admit my
body.
Then through a narrow lane onto another ledge, and from that
I found my way into a dark recess which gave assurance at least of
temporary safety. The sides of the cavern were a veritable maze of
boulders, sloping ledges, and narrow crevices. Nature here
scarcely seemed to have known what to do with herself.
I seated myself on a bit of projecting limestone, still wet
and shivering. I had no boots nor trousers; my feet were bruised
and swollen, and my flannel shirt and woolen underwear were but
scanty protection against the chill air, damp as they were. Also,
I seemed to feel a cold draft circling about me, and was convinced
of the fact by the flickering flames in the golden urns.
Desolate, indeed, for I gave Harry up as lost. The thought
generated no particular feeling in me; death, by force of contrast,
may even appear agreeable; and I told myself that Harry had been
favored of the gods.
And there I sat in the half-darkness, shrinking from a danger
of whose existence I was not certain, clinging miserably to the
little that was left of what the world of sunshine had known as
Paul Lamar, gentleman, scientist, and connoisseur of life;
sans philosophy, sans hope, and--sans-culotte.
But the senses remain; and suddenly I became aware of a
movement in the water of the lake. It was as though an immense
trout had leaped and split the surface. This was repeated several
times, and was followed by a rhythmic sound like the regular splash
of many oars. Then silence.
I peered intently forth from my corner in the recess, but
could see nothing, and finally gave it up.
As the minutes passed by my discomfort increased and stiffness
began to take my joints. I realized the necessity of motion, but
lacked the will, and sat in a sort of dumb, miserable apathy.
This, I should say, for an hour; then I saw something that roused
me.
I had before noticed that on the side of the cavern almost
directly opposite me, under the flaming urns, there was a ledge
some ten or twelve feet broad and easily a hundred in length. It
met the surface of the lake at an easy, gradual slope. In the
rear, exactly between the two urns, could be seen the dark mouth of
a passage, evidently leading directly away from the cavern.
Out of this passage there suddenly appeared the forms of two
Incas. In the hand of each was what appeared to be a long spear--I
had evidently been mistaken in my presumption of their ignorance of
weapons.
They walked to one end of the long ledge and dragged out into
the light an object with a flat surface some six feet square. This
they launched on the surface of the lake; then embarked on it,
placing their spears by their sides and taking up, instead, two
broad, short oars. With these they began to paddle their perilous
craft toward the center of the lake with short, careful strokes.
About a hundred feet from the shore they ceased paddling and
exchanged the oars for their spears, and stood motionless and
silent, waiting, apparently, for nothing.
I, also, remained motionless, watching them in dull curiosity.
There was little danger of being seen; for, aside from the darkness
of my corner, which probably would have been no hindrance to them,
a projecting ledge partly screened my body from view.
The wait was not a long one, and when it ended things happened
with so startling a suddenness that I scarcely grasped the details.
There was a loud splash in the water like that I had heard
before, a swift ripple on the surface of the lake, and
simultaneously the two Indians lunged with their spears, which flew
to their mark with deadly accuracy. I had not before noticed the
thongs, one end of which was fastened to the shaft of the spear and
the other about the waist of the savage.
There followed a battle royal. Whatever the thing was that
had felt the spears, it certainly lost no time in showing its
resentment. It thrashed the water into furious waves until I
momentarily expected the raft to be swamped.
One Inca stood on the farther edge of the craft desperately
plying an oar; the other tugged lustily at the spear-thongs. I
could see a black, twisting form leap from the water directly
toward the raft, and the oarsman barely drew from under before it
fell. It struck the corner of the raft, which tipped perilously.
That appeared to have been a final effort, for there the
battle ended. The oarsman made quickly for the shore, paddling
with remarkable dexterity and swiftness, while the other stood
braced, holding firmly to the spear-thongs. Another minute and
they had leaped upon the ledge, drawing the raft after them, and,
by tugging together on the lines, had landed their victim of the
deep.
It appeared to be a large black fish of a shape I had never
before seen. But it claimed little of my attention; my eye was on
the two spears which had been drawn from the still quivering body
and which now lay on the ground well away from the water's edge,
while the two Incas were dragging their catch toward the mouth of
the passage leading from the cavern.
I wanted those spears. I did not stop to ask myself what I
intended to do with them; if I had I would probably have been hard
put to it for an answer. But I wanted them, and I sat in my dark
corner gazing at them with greedy eyes.
The Incas had disappeared in the passage.
Finally I rose and began to search for an exit from the recess
in which I had hidden myself. At first there appeared to be none,
but at length I found a small crevice between two boulders in the
rear. Into this I squeezed my body with some difficulty.
The rock pressed tightly against me on both sides, and the
sharp corners bruised my body, but I wormed my way through for a
distance of fifteen or twenty feet. Then the crevice opened
abruptly, and I found myself on a broad ledge ending apparently in
space. I advanced cautiously to its edge, but intervening boulders
shut off the light, and I could see no ground below.
Throwing prudence to the winds, I let myself over the
outermost corner, hung for a moment by my hands, and dropped. My
feet touched ground almost instantly--the supposedly perilous fall
amounted to something like twelve inches.
I turned round, feeling a little foolish, and saw that from
where I stood the ledge and part of the lake were in full view. I
could see the spears still lying where they had been thrown down.
But as I looked the two Incas emerged from the passage. They
picked up the spears, walked to the raft, and again launched it and
paddled toward the center of the lake.
I thought, "Here is my chance; I must make that ledge before
they return," and I started forward so precipitately that I ran
head on into a massive boulder and got badly stunned for my pains.
Half dazed, I went on, groping my way through the semidarkness.
The trail was one to try a llama. I climbed boulders and
leaped across chasms and clung to narrow, slippery edges with my
finger-nails. Several times I narrowly escaped dumping myself into
the lake, and half the time I was in plain view of the Incas on the
raft.
My hands and feet were bruised and bleeding, and I had bumped
into walls and boulders so often that I was surprised when I took
a step without getting a blow. I wanted those spears.
I found myself finally within a few yards of my destination.
A narrow crevice led from where I stood directly to the ledge from
which the Incas had embarked. It was now necessary to wait till
they returned to the shore, and I drew back into the darkness of a
near-by corner and stood motionless.
They were still on the raft in the middle of the lake,
waiting, spear in hand. I watched them in furious impatience, on
the border of mania.
Suddenly I saw a dark, crouching form outlined against a
boulder not ten feet away from where I stood. The form was human,
but in some way unlike the Incas I had seen. I could not see its
face, but the alertness suggested by its attitude made me certain
that I had been discovered.
Vaguely I felt myself surrounded on every side; I seemed to
feel eyes gazing unseen from every direction, but I could not force
myself to search the darkness; my heart rose to my throat and
choked me, and I stood absolutely powerless to make a sound or
movement, gazing in a sort of dumb fascination at that silent,
crouching figure.
Suddenly it crouched lower still against the black background
of the boulder.
"Another second and he will be at my throat," I thought--but
I stood still, unable to move.
But the figure did not spring. Instead, it suddenly
straightened up to almost twice the height of an Inca, and I caught
a glimpse of a white face and ragged, clinging garments.
"Harry!" I whispered. I wonder yet that it was not a shout.
"Thank God!" came his voice, also in a whisper; and in another
moment he had reached my side.
A hurried word or two--there was no time for more--and I
pointed to the Incas on the raft, saying: "We want those spears."
"I was after them," he grinned. "What shall we do?"
"There's no use taking them while the Incas are away," I
replied, "because they would soon return and find them gone.
Surely we can handle two of them."
As I spoke there came a sound from the lake--a sudden loud
splash followed by a commotion in the water. I looked around the
corner of the boulder and saw that the spears again found their
mark.
"Come," I whispered, and began to pick my way toward the
ledge.
Harry followed close at my heels. It was easier here, and we
soon found ourselves close to the shore of the lake, with a smooth
stretch of rock between us and the fisherman's landing-place. The
urns, whose light was quite sufficient here, were about fifty feet
to the right and rear.
The Incas had made their kill and were paddling for the shore.
As they came near, Harry and I sank back against the boulder, which
extended to the boundary of the ledge. Soon the raft was beached
and pulled well away from the water, and the fish--I was amazed at
its size--followed.
They drew forth the spears and laid them on the ground, as
they had done formerly; and, laying hold on the immense fish, still
floundering ponderously about, began to drag it toward the mouth of
the passage.
"Now," whispered Harry, and as he stood close at my side I
could feel his body draw together for the spring.
I laid a hand on his arm.
"Not yet. Others may be waiting for them in the passage.
Wait till they return."
In a few minutes they reappeared in the light of the flaming
urns. I waited till they had advanced half-way to the water's
edge, some thirty feet away. Then I whispered to Harry: "You for
the left, me for the right," and released my hold on his arm, and
the next instant we were bounding furiously across the ledge.
Taken by surprise, the Incas offered no resistance whatever.
The momentum of our assault carried them to the ground; their heads
struck the hard granite with fearful force and they lay stunned.
Harry, kneeling over them, looked up at me with a question in
his eyes.
"The lake," said I, for it was no time for squeamishness.
Our friend the king thought us dead, and we wanted no
witnesses that we had returned to life. We laid hold of the
unconscious bodies, dragged them to the edge of the lake, and
pushed them in. The shock of the cold water brought one of them to
life, and he started to swim, and we--well, we did what had to be
done.
We had our spears. I examined them curiously.
The head appeared to be of copper and the shaft was a long,
thin rod of the same material. But when I tried it against a stone
and saw its hardness I found that it was much less soft, and
consequently more effective, than copper would have been. That
those underground savages had succeeded in combining metals was
incredible, but there was the evidence; and, besides, it may have
been a trick of nature herself.
The point was some six inches long and very sharp. It was set
on the shaft in a wedge, and bound with thin, tough strips of hide.
Altogether, a weapon not to be laughed at.
We carried the spears, the raft, and the oars behind a large
boulder to the left of the ledge with considerable difficulty. The
two latter not because we expected them to be of any service, but
in order not to leave any trace of our presence, for if any
searchers came and found nothing they could know nothing.
We expected them to arrive at any moment, and we waited for
hours. We had about given up watching from our vantage point
behind the boulder when two Incas appeared at the mouth of the
passage. But they brought only oil to fill the urns, and after
performing this duty departed, without a glance at the lake or any
exhibition of surprise at the absence of their fellows.
Every now and then there was a commotion in some part of the
lake, and we could occasionally see a black, glistening body leap
into the air and fall again into the water.
"I'm hungry," Harry announced suddenly. "I wonder if we
couldn't turn the trick on that raft ourselves?"
The same thought had occurred to me, but Harry's impulsiveness
had made me fearful of expressing it. I hesitated.
"We've got to do something," he continued.
I suggested that it might be best to wait another hour or two.
"And why? Now is as good a time as any. If we intend to find
Desiree--"
"In the name of Heaven, how can we?" I interrupted.
"You don't mean to say you don't intend to try?" he exclaimed.
"Hal, I don't know. In the first place, it's impossible. And
where could we take her and what could we do--in short, what's the
use? Why the deuce should we prolong the thing any further?
"In the world I refused to struggle because nothing tempted
me; in this infernal hole I have fought when there was nothing to
fight for. If civilization held no prize worth an effort, why
should I exert myself to preserve the life of a rat? Faugh! It's
sickening! I wondered why I wanted those spears. Now I know. I
have an idea I'm going to be coward enough to use one--or enough of
a philosopher."
"Paul, that isn't like you."
"On the contrary, it is consistent with my whole life. I have
never been overly keen about it. To end it in a hole like this--
well, that isn't exactly what I expected; but it is all one--after.
Understand me, Hal; I don't want to desert you; haven't I stuck?
And I would still if there were the slightest possible chance.
Where can we go? What can we do?"
There was a long silence; then Harry's voice came calmly:
"I can stay in the game. You call yourself a philosopher. I
won't quarrel about it, but the world would call you a quitter.
Whichever it is, it's not for me. I stay in the game. I'm going
to find Desiree if I can, and, by the Lord, some day I'm going to
cock my feet up on the fender at the Midlothian and make 'em open
their mouths and call me a liar!"
"A worthy ambition."
"My own. And, Paul, you can't--you're not a quitter."
"Personally, yes. If I were here alone, Hal"--I picked up one
of the spears and passed my palm over its sharp point--"I would
quit cold. But not--not with you. I can't share your enthusiasm,
but I'll go fifty-fifty on the rest of it, including the fender--
when we see it."
"That's the talk, old man. I knew you would."
"But understand me. I expect nothing. It's all rot. If by
any wild chance we should pull out in the end I'll admit you were
right. But I eat under compulsion, and I fight for you. You're
the leader unless you ask my advice."
"And I begin right now," said Harry with a grin. "First, to
get Desiree. What about it?"
We discussed plans all the way from the impossible to the
miraculous and arrived nowhere. One thing only we decided--that
before we tried to find our way back to the great cavern and the
royal apartments we would lay in a supply of food and cache it
among the boulders and ledges where we then were. For if ever a
place were designed for a successful defense by two men against
thousands it was that one. And we had the spears.
Still no one had appeared in the cavern, and we decided to
wait no longer. We carried the raft back to the ledge. It was
fairly light, being made of hide stretched tightly across stringers
of bone, but was exceedingly clumsy. Once Harry fell, and the
thing nearly toppled over into the lake with him on top of it; but
I caught his arm just in time.
Another trip for the oars and spears, and everything was
ready. We launched the raft awkwardly, nearly shipping it beneath;
but finally got it afloat with ourselves aboard. We had fastened
the loose ends of the spear-thongs about our waists.
I think that raft was the craziest thing that ever touched
water. It was a most excellent diver, but was in profound
ignorance of the first principle of the art of floating.
After a quarter of an hour of experimentation we found that by
standing exactly in a certain position, one on each side and
paddling with one hand, it was possible to keep fairly level. If
either of us shifted his foot a fraction of an inch the thing
ducked like a stone.
We finally got out a hundred feet or so and ceased paddling.
Then, exchanging our oars for the spears, we waited.
The surface of the lake was perfectly still, save for a barely
perceptible ripple, caused no doubt by the undercurrent which was
fed by the stream at the opposite side. The urns were so far away
that the light was very dim; no better than half darkness. The
silence was broken by the sound of the rushing stream.
Suddenly the raft swayed gently; there was a parting of the
water not a foot away toward the front, and then--well, the ensuing
events happened so quickly that their order is uncertain.
A black form arose from the water with a leap like lightning
and landed squarely on the raft, which proceeded to perform its
favorite dive. It would have done so with much less persuasion,
for the fish was a monster--it appeared to me at that moment to be
twenty feet long.
On the instant, as the raft capsized, Harry and I lunged with
our spears, tumbling forward and landing on each other and on top
of the fish. I felt my spear sinking into the soft fish almost
without resistance.
The raft slipped from under, and we found ourselves
floundering in the water.
I have said the spear-thongs were fastened about our waists.
Otherwise, we would have let the fish go; but we could hardly allow
him to take us along. That is, we didn't want to allow it; but we
soon found that we had nothing to say in the matter. Before we had
time to set ourselves to stroke we were being towed as though we
had been corks toward the opposite shore.
But it was soon over, handicapped as he was by four feet of
spears in his body. We felt the pull lessen and twisted ourselves
about, and in another minute had caught the water with a steady
dog-stroke and were holding our own. Soon we made headway, but it
was killing work.
"He weighs a thousand tons," panted Harry, and I nodded.
Pulling and puffing side by side, we gradually neared the
center of the lake, passed it, and approached the ledge. We were
well-nigh exhausted when we finally touched bottom and were able to
stand erect.
Hauling the fish onto the ledge, we no longer wondered at his
strength. He could not have been an ounce under four hundred
pounds, and was fully seven feet long. One of the spears ran
through the gills; the other was in his middle, just below the
backbone. We got them out with some difficulty and rolled him up
high and dry.
We straightened to return for the spears which we had left at
the edge of the water.
"He's got a hide like an elephant," said Harry. "What can we
skin him with?"
But I did not answer.
I was gazing straight ahead at the mouth of the passage where
stood two Incas, spear in hand, returning my gaze stolidly.
Chapter XV.
THE RESCUE.
I was quick to act, but the Incas were quicker still. I
turned to run for our spears, and was halted by a cry of warning
from Harry, who had wheeled like a flash at my quick movement. I
turned barely in time to see the Incas draw back their powerful
arms, then lunge forward, the spears shooting from their hands.
I leaped aside; something struck my leg; I stooped swiftly and
grasped the spear-thong before there was time for the Inca to
recover and jerk it out of my reach. The other end was fastened
about his waist; I had him, and giving an instant for a glance at
Harry, saw that he had adopted the same tactics as myself.
Seeing that escape was impossible, they dashed straight at us.
It wasn't much of a fight. One came at me with his head
lowered like a charging bull; I sidestepped easily and floored him
with a single blow. He scrambled to his feet, but by that time I
had recovered the spear and had it ready for him.
I waited until he was quite close, then let him have it full
in the chest. The fool literally ran himself through, hurling
himself on the sharp point in a brutal frenzy. He lay on his back,
quite still, with the spear-head buried in his chest and the shaft
sticking straight up in the air.
I turned to Harry, and in spite of myself smiled at what I
saw. He stood with his right arm upraised, holding his spear
ready. His left foot was placed well and gracefully forward, and
his body bent to one side like the classic javelin-thrower. And
ten feet in front of him the other Inca had fallen flat on his face
on the ground with arms extended in mute supplication for quarter.
"What shall I do?" asked Harry. "Let him have it?"
"Can you?"
"The fact is, no. Look at the poor beggar--scared silly. But
we can't let him go."
It was really a question. Mercy and murder were alike
impossible. We finally compromised by binding his wrists and
ankles and trussing him up behind, using a portion of one of the
spear-thongs for the purpose, and gagging him. Then we carried him
behind a large boulder some distance from the ledge and tucked him
away in a dark corner.
"And when we get back--if we ever do--we can turn him loose,"
said Harry.
"In that case I wouldn't give much for his chances of a happy
existence," I observed.
We wasted no time after that, for we wanted no more
interruptions. Some fifteen precious minutes we lost trying to
withdraw the spear I had buried in the body of the Inca, but the
thing had become wedged between two ribs and refused to come out.
Finally we gave it up and threw the corpse in the lake.
We then removed the oars and spears and raft--which had
floated so near to the ledge that we had no difficulty in
recovering it--to our hiding-place, and last we tackled our fish.
It was a task for half a dozen men, but we dared not remain on
the ledge to skin him and cut him up. After an hour of exertion
and toil that left us completely exhausted, we managed to get him
behind a large boulder to the left of the ledge, but it was
impossible to carry him to the place we had selected, which could
be reached only by passing through a narrow crevice.
The only knives we had were the points of the spears, but they
served after a fashion, and in another hour we had him skinned and
pretty well separated. He was meaty and sweet. We discovered that
with the first opportunity, for we were hungry as wolves. Nor did
we waste much time bewailing our lack of a fire, for we had lived
so long on dried stuff that the opposite extreme was rather
pleasant than otherwise.
We tore him into strips as neatly as possible, stowing them
away beneath a ledge, a spot kept cool by the water but a foot
below.
"That'll be good for a month," said Harry. "And there's more
where that came from. And now--"
I understood, and I answered simply: "I'm ready."
We had but few preparations to make. The solidest parts of
the fish which we had laid aside we now strapped together with one
of the extra spear-thongs and slung them on our backs. We secreted
the oars and raft and the extra spear as snugly as possible.
Then, having filled ourselves with raw fish and a last hearty
drink from the lake, we each took a spear and started on a search
wilder than any ever undertaken by Amadis of Gaul or Don Quixote
himself. Even the Bachelor of Salamanca, in his saddest plight,
did not present so outrageous an appearance to the eye as we. We
wore more clothing than the Incas, which is the most that can be
said for us.
We were unable to even guess at the direction we should take;
but that was settled for us when we found that there were but two
exits from the cavern. One led through the boulders and crevices
to a passage full of twists and turns and strewn with rocks, almost
impassable; the other was that through which the Incas had entered.
We chose the latter.
Fifty feet from the cavern we found ourselves in darkness. I
stopped short.
"Harry, this is impossible. We cannot mark our way."
"But what can we do?"
"Carry one of those urns."
"Likely! They'd spot us before we even got started."
"Well--let them."
"No. You're in for the finish. I know that. I want to find
Desiree. And we'll find her. After that, if nothing else is left,
I'll be with you."
"But I don't want a thousand of those brutes falling on us in
the dark. If they would end it I wouldn't care."
"Keep your spear ready."
I had given him my promise, so I pushed on at his side. I had
no stomach for it. In a fight I can avoid disgracing myself,
because it is necessary; but why seek it when there is nothing to
be gained? Thus I reflected, but I pushed on at Harry's side.
As he had said, I was in for the finish. What I feared was to
be taken again by the Incas unseen in the darkness. But that fear
was soon removed when I found that we could see easily some thirty
or forty feet ahead--enough for a warning in case of attack.
Our flannel shirts and woolen undergarments hung from us in
rags and tatters. Our feet were bare and bruised and swollen. Our
faces were covered with a thick, matted growth of hair. Placed
side by side with the Incas it is a question which of us would have
been judged the most terrifying spectacles by an impartial
observer.
I don't think either of us realized the extreme foolhardiness
of that expedition. The passage was open and unobstructed, and
since it appeared to be the only way to their fishing-ground, was
certain to be well traveled. The alarm once given, there was no
possible chance for us.
We sought the royal apartments. Those we knew to be on a
level some forty or fifty feet below the surface of the great
cavern, at the foot of the flight of steps which led to the tunnel
to the base of the column. I had counted ninety-six of those
steps, and allowing an average height of six inches, they
represented a distance of forty-eight feet.
How far the whirlpool and the stream which it fed had carried
us downward we did not know, but we estimated it at one hundred
feet. That calculation left us still fifty feet below the level of
the royal apartments.
But we soon found that in this we were mistaken. We had
advanced for perhaps a quarter of an hour without incident when the
passage came to an abrupt end. To the right was an irregular,
twisting lane that disappeared around a corner almost before it
started; to the left a wide and straight passage, sloping gently
upward. We took the latter.
We had followed this for about a hundred yards when we saw a
light ahead. Caution was useless; the passage was straight and
unbroken and only luck could save us from discovery. We pushed on,
and soon stood directly within the light which came from an
apartment adjoining the passage. It was not that which we sought,
however, and we gave it barely a glance before we turned to the
right down a cross passage, finding ourselves again in darkness.
Soon another light appeared. We approached. It came from a
doorway leading into an apartment some twenty feet square. It was
empty, and we entered.
There were two flaming urns fastened to the wall above a
granite couch. Stone seats were placed here and there about the
room. The walls were studded with spots of gold to a height of
four or five feet.
We stopped short, gazing about us.
"It looks like--" Harry whispered, and then exclaimed: "It is!
See, here is where we took the blocks from this seat!"
So it was. We were in the room where we had imprisoned the
Inca king and where we ourselves had been imprisoned with Desiree.
"She said her room was to the right of this," whispered Harry
excitedly. "What luck! If only--"
He left the sentence unfinished, but I understood his fear.
And with me there was even no doubt; I had little hope of finding
Desiree, and was sorry, for Harry's sake, that we had been so far
successful.
Again we sought the passage. A little farther on it was
crossed by another, running at right angles in both directions.
But to the right there was nothing but darkness, and we turned to
the left, where, some distance ahead, we could see a light
evidently proceeding from a doorway similar to the one we had just
left.
We went rapidly, but our feet made scarcely any sound on the
granite floor. Still we were incautious, and it was purely by luck
that I glanced ahead and discovered that which made me jerk Harry
violently back and flatten myself against the wall.
"What is it?" he whispered.
In silence I pointed with my finger to where two Incas stood
in the passage ahead of us, just without the patch of light from
the doorway, which they were facing. They made no movement; we
were as yet undiscovered. They were about a hundred feet away from
where we stood.
"Then she's here!" whispered Harry. "They are on guard."
I nodded; I had had the same thought.
There was no time to lose; at any moment that they should
chance to glance in our direction they were certain to see us. I
whispered hastily and briefly to Harry. He nodded.
The next instant we were advancing slowly and noiselessly,
hugging the wall. We carried our spears ready, though we did not
mean to use them, for a miss would have meant an alarm.
"If she is alone!" I was saying within myself, almost a
prayer, when suddenly one of the Incas turned, facing us squarely,
and gave a start of surprise. We leaped forward.
Half a dozen bounds and we were upon them, before they had had
time to realize their danger or move to escape it. With a ferocity
taught us by the Incas themselves we gripped their throats and bore
them to the floor.
No time then for the decencies; we had work to do, and we
crushed and pounded their lives out against the stone floor. There
had not been a sound. They quivered and lay still; and then,
looking up at some slight sound in the doorway, we saw Desiree.
She stood in the doorway, regarding us with an expression of
terror that I did not at first understand; then suddenly I realized
that, having seen us disappear beneath the surface of the take
after our dive from the column, she had thought us dead.
"Bon Dieu!" she exclaimed in a hollow voice of horror.
"This, too! Do you come, messieurs?"
"For you," I answered. "We are flesh and bone, Desiree,
though in ill repair. We have come for you."
"Paul! Harry, is it really you?"
Belief crept into her eyes, but nothing more, and she stood
gazing at us curiously. Harry had sprung to her side; she did not
move as he embraced her.
"Are you alone?"
"Yes."
"Good. Here, Harry--quick! Help me. Stand aside, Desiree."
We carried the bodies of the two Incas within the room and
deposited them in a corner. Then I ran and brought the spears,
which we had dropped when we attacked the Incas. Desiree stood
just within the doorway, seemingly half dazed.
"Come," I said; "there is no time to be lost. Come!"
"Where?" She did not move.
"With us. Isn't that enough? Do you want to stay here?"
She shuddered violently.
"You don't know--what has happened. I want to die. Where are
you going to take me?"
"Desiree," Harry burst out, "for Heaven's sake, come! Must we
carry you?"
He grasped her arm.
Then she moved and appeared to acquiesce. I started ahead;
Harry brought up the rear, with an arm round Desiree's shoulders.
She started once more to speak, but I wheeled sharply with a
command for silence, and she obeyed.
We reached the turn in the corridor and passed to the right,
moving as swiftly and noiselessly as possible. Ahead of us was the
light from the doorway of the room in which we had formerly been
imprisoned.
We had nearly reached it when I saw, some distance down the
corridor, moving forms. The light was very dim, but there appeared
to be a great many of them.
I turned, with a swift gesture to Harry and Desiree to follow,
and dashed forward to the light and through the doorway into the
room. Discovery was inevitable, I thought, in any event, but it
was better to meet them at the door to the room than in the open
passage. And we had our spears.
But by a rare stroke of luck we had not been seen. As we
stood within the room on either side of the doorway, out of the
line of view from the corridor, we heard the patter of many
footsteps approaching.
They neared the doorway, and I glanced at Harry, pointing to
his spear significantly. He gave me a nod of understanding. Let
them come; we would not again fall into their hands alive.
The footsteps sounded just without the doorway; I stood tense
and alert, with spear ready, expecting a rush momentarily. Then
they passed, passed altogether, and receded down the corridor in
the direction whence we had come. I wanted to glance out at their
number, but dared not. We stood still till all was again perfectly
silent.
Then Desiree spoke in a whisper:
"It is useless; we are lost. That was the king. He is going
to my room. In ten seconds he will be there and find me gone."
There was only one thing to do, and I wasted no time in
discussing it. A swift command to Harry, and we dashed from the
doorway and down the corridor to the left, each holding an arm of
Desiree. But she needed little of our assistance; the presence of
the Inca king seemed to have inspired her with a boundless terror,
and she flew, rather than ran, between us.
We reached the bend in the passage, and just beyond it the
light--the first one we had seen on our way in. I had our route
marked on my memory with complete distinctness. Soon we found
ourselves in the wide, sloping passage that carried us to the level
below, and in another five seconds had reached its end and the
beginning of the last stretch.
At the turn Harry stumbled and fell flat, dragging Desiree to
her knees. I lifted her, and he sprang to his feet unhurt.
She was panting heavily. Harry had dropped his spear in the
fall, and we wasted a precious minute searching for it in the
darkness, finally finding it where it had slid, some twenty feet
ahead. Again we dashed forward.
A light appeared ahead in the distance, dim but unmistakable
--the light of the urns in the cavern for which we were headed.
Suddenly Desiree faltered and would have fallen but for our
supporting arms.
"Courage!" I breathed. "We are near the end."
She stopped short and sank to the ground.
"It is useless," she gasped. "I hurt my ankle when I fell.
I can go no farther. Leave me!"
Harry and I with one impulse stooped over to pick her up, and
as we did so she fainted away in our arms. We were then but a few
hundred feet from our goal; the light from the urns could be
plainly seen gleaming on the broad ledge by the lake.
Suddenly the sound of many footsteps came from behind. I
turned quickly, but the passage was too dark. I could see nothing.
The sound came closer and closer; there seemed to be many of them,
advancing swiftly. I straightened and raised my spear.
Harry grasped my arm.
"Not yet!" he cried. "One more try; we can make it."
He thrust his spear into my hand, and in another instant had
thrown Desiree's unconscious body over his shoulder and was
staggering forward toward the cavern. I followed, while the sound
of the footsteps behind grew louder and louder.
We neared the end of the passage; we reached it; we were on
the ledge. Even with Desiree for a burden, Harry moved so swiftly
that I found it difficult to keep up with him. The strength of a
god was in him, which was but just, since he had his goddess in his
arms.
On the ledge, near the edge of the water, stood two Incas.
They turned at our approach and rushed at us. Unlucky for them,
for Harry's example had fired my brain and put the strength of a
giant in me.
To this day I don't know what followed--whether I used my
spear or my fists or my head. I know only that I leaped at them in
irresistible fury and left them stretched on the ground before they
had reached Harry or halted him.
We crossed the ledge and made for the boulders to the left.
The crevice which led to our hiding-place was too narrow for Harry
and his burden. I sprang forward and grasped Desiree's shoulders;
he held her ankles, and we got her through to the ledge beyond.
Then I leaped back through the crevice, and barely in time.
As I looked out a black, rushing horde emerged from the passage and
dashed across the ledge toward us. I stood at the entrance to the
narrow crevice, spear in hand.
They appeared to have no sense of the fact that my position
was impregnable, but dashed blindly at me. The crevice in which I
stood and which was the only way through to the ledge where Harry
had taken Desiree, was not more than two feet wide. With unarmed
savages for foes, one man could have held it against a million.
But they came and I met them. I stood within the crevice,
some three or four feet from its end, and when one appeared in the
opening I let him have the spear. Another rushed in and fell on
top of the first.
As I say, they appeared to be deprived of the power to reason.
In five minutes the mouth of the crevice was completely choked with
bodies, some, who were merely wounded, struggling and squirming to
extricate themselves from the bloody tangle.
I heard Harry's voice at my back:
"How about it? Want some help?"
"Not unless they find some gunpowder," I answered. "The
idiots eat death as though it were candy. We're safe; they can
never break through here."
"Are they still coming?"
"They can't; they've blocked the way with their smelly black
carcasses. How is Desiree?"
"Better; she's awake. I've been bathing her ankle with cold
water. She has a bad sprain; how the deuce she ever managed to
hobble on it even two steps is beyond me."
"A sprain? Are you sure?"
"I think so; it's badly swollen. Maybe only a twist; a few
hours will tell."
I heard him return to the ledge back of me; I dared not turn
my head.
Thinking I heard a sound above, I looked up; but there was
nothing to fear in that direction. The boulders which formed the
sides of the crevice extended straight up to the roof of the
cavern. We appeared, in fact, to be fortified against any attack.
With one exception--hunger. But there would be plenty of time
to think of that; for the present we had our fish, which was
sufficient for the three of us for a month, if we could keep it
fresh that long. And the water was at our very feet.
The bodies wedged in the mouth of the crevice began to
disappear, allowing the light from the urns to filter through; they
were removing their dead. I could see the black forms swaying and
pulling not five feet away. But I stood motionless, saving my
spear and my strength for any who might try to force an entrance.
Soon the crevice was clear, and from where I stood I commanded
a view of something like three-quarters of the ledge. It was one
mass of black forms, packed tightly together, gazing at our
retreat.
They looked particularly silly and helpless to me then,
rendered powerless as they were by a little bit of rock. Brute
force was all they had; and nature, being the biggest brute of all,
laughed at them.
But I soon found that they were not devoid of resource. For
perhaps fifteen minutes the scene remained unchanged; not one
ventured to approach the crevice. Then there was a sudden movement
and shifting in the mass; it split suddenly in the middle; they
pressed off to either side, leaving an open lane between them
leading directly toward me.
Down this lane suddenly dashed a dozen or more of the savages,
with spears aloft in their brawny arms. I was taken by surprise
and barely had time to cut and run for the ledge within.
As it was I did not entirely escape; the spears came whistling
through the crevice, and one of them lodged in my leg just below
the thigh.
I jerked it out with an oath and turned to meet the attack.
I was now clear of the crevice, standing on the ledge inside, near
Harry and Desiree. I called to them to go to one side, out of the
range of the spears that might come through. Harry took Desiree in
his arms and carried her to safety.
As I expected, the Incas came rushing through the crevice--
that narrow lane where a man could barely push through without
squeezing. The first got my spear full in the face--a blow rather
than a thrust, for I had once or twice had difficulty in retrieving
it when I had buried it deep.
As he fell I struck at the one behind. He grasped the spear
with his hand, but I jerked it free and brought it down on his
head, crushing him to the ground. It was mere butchery; they
hadn't a chance in the world to get at me. Another fell, and the
rest retreated. The crevice was again clear, save for the bodies
of the three who had fallen.
I turned to where Harry and Desiree were seated on the further
edge of the ledge. Her body rested against his; her head lay on
his shoulder.
As I looked at them, smiling, her eyes suddenly opened wide
and she sprang to her feet and started toward me.
"Paul! You are hurt! Harry, a bandage--quick; your shirt--
anything!"
I looked down at the gash on my leg, which was bleeding
somewhat freely.
"It's nothing," I declared; "a mere tear in the skin. But
your ankle! I thought it was sprained?"
She had reached my side and bent over to examine my wound; but
I raised her in my arms and held her before me.
"That," I said, "is nothing. Believe me, it isn't even
painful. I shall bandage it myself; Harry will take my place here.
But your foot?"
"That, too, is nothing," she answered with a half-smile. "I
merely twisted it; it is nearly well already. See!"
She placed her weight on the injured foot, but could not
suppress a faint grimace of pain.
Calling to Harry to watch the crevice, I took Desiree in my
arms and carried her back to her seat.
"Now sit still," I commanded. "Soon we'll have dinner; in the
mean time allow me to say that you are the bravest woman in the
world, and the best sport. And some day we'll drink to that--from
a bottle."
But facts have no respect for sentiment and fine speeches.
The last words were taken from my very mouth by a ringing cry from
Harry:
"Paul! By gad, they're coming at us from the water!"
Chapter XVI.
THE ESCAPE.
The ledge on which we rested was about forty feet square.
Back of us was a confused mass of boulders and chasms, across which
I had come when I first encircled the cavern and found Harry.
In front was the crevice, guarded by the two massive boulders.
On the right the ledge met the solid wall of the cavern, and on the
left was the lake itself, whose waters rippled gently at our very
feet.
At sound of Harry's warning cry I ran to the water's edge and
peered round the side of the boulder. He was right; but what I saw
was not very alarming.
Two rafts had been launched from the enemy's camp. Each raft
held three Incas--more would have sunk them. Two were paddling,
while the third balanced himself in the center, brandishing a spear
aloft.
Turning to Desiree, I called to her to move behind a
projecting bit of rock. Then, leaving Harry to guard the crevice
in case of a double attack, I took three of our four spears--one of
which had made the wound in my leg--and stood at the water's edge
awaiting the approach of the rafts.
They came slowly, and their appearance was certainly anything
but terrifying.
"Not much of a navy," I called to Harry; and he answered, with
a laugh: "Lucky for us! Look at our coast defense!"
One of the rafts was considerably ahead of the other, and in
another minute it had approached within fifty feet of the ledge.
The Inca in the center stood with legs spread apart and his spear
poised above his head; I made no movement, thinking that on such
precarious footing he would have difficulty to hurl the thing at
all. Wherein I underrated his skill, and it nearly cost me dear.
Suddenly, with hardly a movement of his body, his arm snapped
forward. I ducked to one side instinctively and heard the spear
whistle past my ear with the speed of a bullet, so close that the
butt of the shaft struck the side of my head a glancing blow and
toppled me over.
I sprang quickly to my feet, and barely in time, for I saw the
Inca stoop over, pick up another spear from the raft, and draw it
back above his head. At the same moment the second raft drew up
alongside, and as I fell to the ground flat on my face I heard the
two spears whistle shrewdly over me.
At that game they were my masters; it would have been folly to
have tried conclusions with them with their own weapons. As the
spears clattered on the ground thirty feet away I sprang to my feet
and ran to the farther side of the ledge, where I had before
noticed some loose stones in a corner.
With two or three of these in my hands I ran back to the
water's edge, meeting two more of the spears that came twisting at
me through the air, one of which tore the skin from my left
shoulder.
A quick glance at the crevice as I passed showed me Harry
fighting at its entrance; they were at us there, too. I heard
Desiree shout something at me, but didn't catch the words.
My first stone found its goal. The two rafts, side by side
not forty feet away, were a fair mark. The stone was nearly the
size of a man's head and very heavy; I had all I could do to get
the distance.
It struck the raft on the right fairly; the thing turned
turtle in a flash, precipitating its occupants onto the other raft.
The added weight carried that, too, under the surface, and the six
Incas were floundering about in the water.
I expected to see them turn and swim for the landing opposite;
but, instead, they headed directly toward me!
The light from the urns was but faint, and it was not easy to
distinguish their black heads against the black water; still, I
could see their approach. Two of them held spears in their hands;
I saw the copper heads flash on high.
I stood at the edge of the lake, wondering at their folly as
I waited; they were now scarcely ten feet away. Another few
strokes and the foremost stretched out his hand to grasp the
slippery ledge; my spear came down crushingly on his head and he
fell back into the water.
By that time another had crawled half onto the ledge, and
another; a blow and a quick thrust, and they, too, slipped back
beneath the surface, pawing in agony, not to rise again.
Just in time I saw that one of the remaining three had lifted
himself in the water not five feet away, with his spear aimed at my
breast. But the poor devil had no purchase for his feet and the
thing went wide.
The next instant he had received a ten-pound stone full in the
face and went down with a gurgle. At that the remaining two,
seeming to acquire a glimmering of intelligence, turned and swam
hastily away. I let them go.
Turning to Harry, I saw that the crevice also was clear. He
had left his post and started toward me, but I waved him back.
"All right here, Hal: have they given it up?"
There was an expression of the most profound disgust on his
face.
"Paul, it's rank butchery. I'm wading in blood. Will this
thing never stop?"
I looked at him and said merely: "Yes."
No need to ask when; he understood me; he sent me the glance
of a man who has become too familiar with death to fear it, and
answered:
"Another hour of this, and--I'm ready."
I told him to keep an eye on both points of attack and went
across to where Desiree sat crouched on the ground. I hadn't many
words.
"How is your foot?"
"Oh, it is better; well. But your leg--"
"Never mind that. Could you sleep?"
"Bon Dieu--no!"
"We have only raw fish. Can you eat?"
"I'll try," she answered, with a grimace.
I went to the edge of the ledge where we had the fish stowed
away near the water and took some of it both to her and Harry. We
ate, but with little relish. The stuff did not seem very fresh.
I remained on guard at the mouth of the crevice while Harry
went to the lake for a drink, having first helped Desiree to the
water and back to her seat. Her foot gave her a great deal of
pain, but instead of a sprain it appeared that there had been
merely a straining of the ligaments. After bathing it in the cold
water she was considerably relieved.
I remained on watch at the mouth of the crevice, from where I
could also obtain a pretty fair view of the lake, and commanded
Harry to rest. He demurred, but I insisted. Within two minutes he
was sleeping like a log, completely exhausted.
Several hundred of the Incas remained huddled together on the
ledge without, but they made no effort to attack us. I had been
watching perhaps three hours when they began to melt away into the
passage. Soon but a scant dozen or so remained. These squatted
along the wall just under the lighted urns, evidently in the
capacity of sentinels.
Soon I became drowsy--intolerably so; I was scarcely able to
stand. I dozed off once or twice on my feet; and, realizing the
danger, I called Harry to take my place.
Desiree also had been asleep, lying on the raft which Harry
and I had concealed along with our fish. At sound of my voice she
awoke and sat up, rubbing her eyes; then, as I assured her that all
was quiet, she fell back again on her rude bed.
I have never understood the delay of the Incas at this
juncture; possibly they took time to consult the great Pachacamac
and found his advice difficult to understand. At the time I
thought they had given up the attack and intended to starve us out,
but they were incapable of a decision so sensible.
Many hours had passed, and we had alternated on four watches.
We had plenty of rest and were really quite fit. The gash on my
leg had proven a mere trifle; I was a little stiff, but there was
no pain.
Desiree's foot was almost entirely well; she was able to walk
with ease, and had insisted on taking a turn at watch, making such
a point of it that we had humored her.
Something had to happen, and I suppose it was as well that the
Incas should start it. For we had met with a misfortune that made
us see the beginning of the end. Our fish was no longer fit to
eat, and we had been forced to throw the remainder of it in the
lake.
Then we held a council of war. The words we uttered, standing
together at the mouth of the crevice, come to me now as in a dream;
if my memory of them were not so vivid I should doubt their
reality. We discussed death with a calmness that spoke eloquently
of our experience.
Desiree's position may be given in a word--she was ready for
the end, and invited it.
I was but little behind her, but advised waiting for one more
watch--a sop to Harry. And there was one other circumstance that
moved me to delay--the hope for a sight of the Inca king and a
chance at him.
Desiree had refused to tell us her experiences between the
time of our dive from the column and our rescue of her; but she had
said enough to cause me to guess at its nature. There was a
suppressed but ever present horror in her eyes that made me long to
stand once more before the Child of the Sun; then to go, but not
alone.
Harry advised retreat. I have mentioned that when he and I
had started on our search for Desiree we had found two exits from
the cavern--the one which we had taken and another which led
through the maze of boulders and chasms back of us to a passage
full of twists and turns and choked with massive rocks, almost
impassable.
Through this he advised making our way to whatever might await
us beyond.
The question was still undecided when our argument was brought
to a halt and the decision was taken away from us. Through the
crevice I saw a band of Incas emerge from the passage opposite and
advance to the water's edge. At their head was the Inca king.
Soon the landing was completely covered with them--probably
three hundred or more--and others could be seen in the mouth of the
passage. Each one carried a spear; their heads of copper, upraised
in a veritable forest, shone dully in the light of the urns on the
wall above.
Harry and Desiree stood close behind me, looking through at
the fantastic sight. I turned to him:
"This time they mean business."
He nodded.
"But what can they do? Except get knocked on the head, and
I'm sick of it. If we had only left an hour ago!"
"For my part," I retorted, "I'm glad we didn't. Desiree, I'm
going to put you in my debt, if fortune will only show me one last
kindness and let me get within reach of him."
I pointed to where the Inca king stood in the forefront, at
the very edge of the lake.
She shuddered and grew pale.
"He is a monster," she said in a voice so low that I scarcely
heard, "and--I thank you, Paul."
Harry seemed not to have heard.
"But what can they do?" he repeated.
They did not leave us long in doubt. As he spoke there was a
sudden sharp movement in the ranks of the Incas. Those in front
leaped in the water, and others after them, until, almost before we
had time to realize their purpose, hundreds of the hairy brutes
were swimming with long, powerful strokes directly toward the ledge
on which we stood. Between his teeth each man carried his spear.
I left Harry to guard the crevice, and ran to repel the attack
at the water. Desiree stood just behind me. I called to her to go
back, but she did not move. I grasped her by the arm and led her
forcibly to a break in the rock at our rear, and pointed out a
narrow ascending lane in the direction of the other exit.
When I returned to the ledge of the water the foremost of the
Incas were but a few feet away. But I looked in vain for the one
face I wanted to see and could recognize; the king was not among
them. A hasty glance across the landing opposite discovered him
standing motionless with folded arms.
The entire surface of the lake before me was one mass of heads
and arms and spears as far as I could see. There were hundreds of
them. I saw at once that the thing was hopeless, but I grasped my
spear firmly and stood ready.
The first two or three reached the ledge. At the same instant
I heard Harry call:
"They're coming through, Paul! It's you alone!"
I did not turn my head, for I was busy. My spear was whirling
about my head like a circle of flame. Black, dusky forms swam to
the ledge and grasped its slippery surface, but they got no
farther. The shaft of the spear bent in my hand; I picked up
another, barely losing a second.
A wild and savage delight surged through me at the sight of
those struggling, writhing, slipping forms. I swung the spear in
vicious fury. Not one had found footing on the ledge.
Something suddenly struck me in the left arm and stuck there;
I shook it loose impatiently and it felt as though my arm went with
it.
I did not care to glance up even for an instant; they were
pressing me closer and closer; but I knew that they had begun to
hurl their spears at me from the water, and that the game was up.
Another struck me on the leg; soon they were falling thick about
me.
Calling to Harry to follow, I turned and ran for the opening
in the rock to which I had led Desiree. In an instant he had
joined me.
By that time scores of the Incas had scrambled out of the
water onto the ledge and started toward us, and as many more came
rushing through the crevice, finding their way no longer contested.
Harry carried three spears. I had four. We sprang up a lane
encircling the rock to the rear and at its top found Desiree.
A projecting bit of rock gave us some protection from the
spears that were being hurled at us from below, but they came
uncomfortably close, and black forms began to appear in the lane
through which we had come.
Harry shouted something which I didn't hear, and, taking
Desiree in his arms, sprang from the rock to another ledge some ten
feet below.
I followed. At the bottom he stumbled and fell, but I helped
him to his feet and then turned barely in time to beat back three
or four of the Incas who had tumbled down almost on our very heads.
Immediately in front of us was a chasm several feet across.
Harry cried to Desiree, "Can you make it?" and she shook her head,
pointing to her injured foot.
"To me!" I shouted desperately; they were coming down from
above despite my efforts to hold them back.
Then, in answer to a call from Harry, I turned and leaped
across the chasm, throwing the spears ahead of me. Harry took
Desiree in his arms and swung her far out; I braced myself for the
shock and caught her on my feet.
I set her down unhurt, and a minute later Harry had joined us
and we were scrambling up the face of a boulder nearly
perpendicular, while the spears fell thick around us.
Desiree lost her footing and fell against Harry, who rolled to
the bottom, pawing for a hold. I turned, but he shouted: "Go on;
I'll make it!" Soon he was again at my side, and in another minute
we had gained the top of the boulder, quite flat and some twenty
feet square. We commanded Desiree to lie flat on the ground to
avoid the spears from below, and paused for a breath and a survey
of the situation.
It can be described only with the word chaotic.
The light of the urns were now hidden from us, and we were in
comparative darkness, though we could see with a fair amount of
clearness. Nothing could be made of the mass of boulders, but we
knew that somewhere beyond them was the passage from the cavern
which we sought.
The Incas came leaping across the chasm to the foot of the
rock. Several of them scrambled up the steep surface, but with our
spears we pushed them back and they tumbled onto the heads of their
fellows below.
But we were too exposed for a stand there, and I shouted to
Harry to take Desiree down the other side of the rock while I
stayed behind to hold them off. He left me, and in a moment later
I heard his voice crying to me to follow. I did so, sliding down
the face of the rock feet first.
Then began a wild and desperate scramble for safety, with the
Incas ever at our heels. Without Desiree we would have made our
goal with little difficulty, but half of the time we had to carry
her.
Several times Harry hurled her bodily across a chasm or a
crevice, while I received her on the other side.
Often I covered the retreat, holding the Incas at bay while
Harry assisted Desiree up the steep face of a boulder or across a
narrow ledge. There was less danger now from their spears,
protected as we were by the maze of rocks, but I was already
bleeding in a dozen places on my legs and arms and body, and Harry
was in no better case.
Suddenly I saw ahead of us an opening which I thought I
recognized. I pointed it out to Harry.
"The exit!" he cried out, and made for it with Desiree. But
they were brought to a halt by a cliff at their very feet, no less
than twenty feet high.
I started to join them, but hearing a clatter behind, turned
just in time to see a score of Incas rush at us from the left,
through a narrow lane that led to the edge of the cliff.
I sprang toward them, calling to Harry for assistance. He was
at my side in an instant, and together we held them back.
In five minutes the mouth of the lane was choked with their
bodies; some behind attempted to scramble over the pile to get at
us, but we made them sick of their job. I saw that Harry could
hold it alone then, and calling to him to stand firm till I called,
I ran to Desiree.
I let myself over the edge of the cliff and hung by my hands,
then dropped to the ground below. It was even further than I had
thought; my legs doubled up under me and I toppled over, half
fainting.
I gritted my teeth and struggled to my feet, calling to
Desiree. She was already hanging to the edge of the cliff, many
feet above me. But there was nothing else for it, and I shouted:
"All right, come on!"
She came, and knocked me flat on my back. I had tried to
catch her, and did succeed in breaking her fall, at no little cost
to myself. I was one mass of bruises and wounds. But again I
struggled to my feet and shouted at the top of my voice:
"Harry! Come!"
He did not come alone. I suppose the instant he left the lane
unguarded the Incas poured in after him. They followed him over
the edge of the cliff, tumbling on top of each other in an
indistinguishable mass.
Some rose to their feet; their comrades, descending from
above, promptly knocked them flat on their backs.
Harry and Desiree and I were making for the exit, which was
not but a few feet away. As I have said, the thing was choked up
till it was almost impassable. We squeezed in between two rocks,
with Desiree between us. Harry was in front, and I brought up the
rear.
Once through that lane and we might hold our own.
"In Heaven's name, come on!" Harry shouted suddenly; for I had
turned and halted, gazing back at the Incas tumbling over the cliff
and rushing toward the mouth of the exit.
But I did not heed him, for, standing on the top of the cliff,
waving his arms wildly at those below, I had seen the form of the
Inca king. He was less than thirty feet away.
With cries from Harry and Desiree ringing in my ears, I braced
my feet as firmly as possible on the uneven rock and poised my
spear above my head. The Incas saw my purpose and stopped short.
The king must also have seen me, but he stood absolutely
motionless. I lunged forward; the spear left my hand and flew
straight for his breast.
But it failed to reach the mark. A shout of triumph was on my
lips, but was suddenly cut short when an Inca standing near the
king sprang forward and hurled himself in the path of the spear
just as its point was ready to take our revenge. The Inca fell to
the foot of the cliff with the spear buried deep in his side. The
king stood as he had before, without moving.
Then there was a wild rush into the mouth of the exit, and I
turned to follow Harry and Desiree. With extreme difficulty we
scrambled forward over the rocks and around them.
Desiree's breath was coming in painful gasps, and we had to
support her on either side. The Incas approached closer at our
rear; I felt one of them grasp me from behind, and in an excess of
fury I shook him off and dashed him backward against the rocks. We
were able to make little headway, or none; by taking to the exit we
appeared to have set our own death-trap.
Harry went on with Desiree, and I stayed behind in the attempt
to check the attack. They came at me from both sides. I was faint
and bleeding, and barely able to wield my spear--my last one. I
gave way by inches, retreating backward step by step, fighting with
the very end of my strength.
Suddenly Harry's voice came, shouting that they had reached
the end of the passage. I turned then and sprang desperately from
rock to rock after them, with the Incas crowding close after me.
I stumbled and nearly fell, but recovered my footing and
staggered on. And suddenly the mass of rocks ended abruptly, and
I fell forward onto flat, level ground by the side of Desiree and
Harry.
"Your spear!" I gasped. "Quick--they are upon us!"
But they grasped my arms and dragged me away from the passage
to one side. I was half fainting from exhaustion and loss of
blood, and scarcely knew what they did. They laid me on the ground
and bent over me.
"The Incas!" I gasped.
"They are gone," Harry answered.
At that I struggled to rise and rested my body on my elbows,
gazing at the mouth of the passage. It was so; the Incas were not
to be seen! Not one had issued from the passage.
It was incomprehensible to us then; later we understood. And
we had not long to wait.
Harry and Desiree were bending over me, attempting to stop the
flow of blood from a cut on my shoulder.
"We must have water," said Desiree. Harry straightened up to
look about the cavern, which was so dark that we could barely see
one another's faces but a few feet away.
Suddenly an exclamation of wonder came from his lips.
Desiree and I followed the direction of his gaze, and saw the
huge, black, indistinct form of some animal suddenly detach itself
from the wall of the cavern and move slowly toward us through the
darkness.
Chapter XVII.
THE EYES IN THE DARK.
The thing was at a considerable distance; we could barely see
that it was there and that it was moving. It was of an immense
size; so large that it appeared as though the very side of the
cavern itself had moved noiselessly from its bed in the mountain.
At the same moment I became aware of a penetrating,
disagreeable odor, nauseating and horrible. I had risen to my
knees and remained so, while Harry and Desiree stood on either side
of me.
The thing continued to move toward us, very slowly. There was
not a sound. The strength of the odor increased until it was
almost suffocating.
Still we did not move. I could not, and Harry and Desiree
seemed rooted to the spot with wonder. The thing came closer, and
we could see the outlines of its huge form looming up indistinctly
against the black background of the cavern.
I saw, or thought I saw, a grotesque and monstrous slimy head
stretched toward us from about the middle of its bulk.
That doubt became a certainty when suddenly, as though they
had been lit by a fire from within, two luminous, glowing spots
appeared about three feet apart. The creature's eyes--if eyes they
were--were turned full on us, growing more brilliant as the thing
came closer. It was now less than fifty feet away. The massive
form blocked our view of the entire cavern.
I pinched my nostrils to exclude the horrible odor which, like
the fumes of some deadly poison, choked and smothered me. It came
now in puffs, like a draft of a fetid wind, and I realized that it
was the creature's breath. I could feel it against my body, my
neck and face, and knew that if I breathed it full into my lungs I
should be overcome.
But still more terrifying were the eyes. There was something
compelling, supernaturally compelling, about their steadfast and
brilliant gaze. A mysterious power seemed to emanate from them; a
power that hypnotized the mind and deadened the senses. I closed
my eyes to avoid it, but was unable to keep them closed. They
opened despite my extreme effort, and again I met that gaze of
fire.
There was a movement at my side. I turned and saw that it
came from Desiree. Her hands were raised to her face; she was
holding them before her as though in a futile attempt to cover her
eyes.
The thing came closer and closer; it was but a few feet away,
and still we did not move, as though rooted to the spot by some
power beyond our control.
Suddenly there came a cry from Desiree's lips--a scream of
terror and wild fear. Her entire form trembled violently.
She extended her arms toward the thing, now almost upon us,
and took a step forward. Her feet dragged unwilling along the
ground, as though she were being drawn forward by some irresistible
force.
I tried to put out my hand to pull her back, but was
absolutely unable to move. Harry stood like a man of rock,
immovable.
She took another step forward, with arms outstretched in front
of her. A low moan of terror and piteous appeal came from between
her slightly parted lips.
Suddenly the eyes disappeared. The huge form ceased to
advance and stood perfectly still. Then it began to recede, so
slowly that I was barely conscious of the movement.
I was gasping and choking for air; my chest seemed swelling
with the poisonous breath. Still slowly the thing receded into the
dimness of the cavern; the eyes were no longer to be seen--merely
the huge, formless bulk. Desiree had stopped short with one foot
advanced, as though hesitating and struggling with the desire to go
forward.
The thing now could barely be seen at a distance; it would
have been impossible if we had not known it was there. Finally it
disappeared, melting away into the semi-darkness; no slightest
movement was discernible. I breathed more freely and stepped
forward.
As I did so Desiree threw her hands gropingly above her head
and fell fainting to the ground.
Harry sprang forward in time to keep her head from striking on
the rock and knelt with his arms round her shoulders. We had
nothing, not even water, with which to revive her; he called her
name aloud appealingly. Soon her eyes opened; she raised her hand
and passed it across her brow wonderingly.
"God help me!" she murmured in a low voice, eloquent of
distress and pain.
Then she pushed Harry aside and rose slowly to her feet,
refusing his assistance.
"In the name of Heaven, what is it?" Harry demanded, turning
to me.
"We have found the devil at last," I answered, with an attempt
to laugh, which sounded hollow in my own ears.
Desiree could tell us nothing, except that she had felt
herself drawn forward by some strange power that had seemed to come
from the baneful, glittering eyes. She was bewildered and stunned
and unable to talk coherently. We assisted her to the wall, and
she sat there with her back propped against it, breathing heavily
from the exhaustion of terror.
"We must find water," I said, and Harry nodded, hesitating.
I understood him. Danger could not have stayed him nor fear,
but the horror of the thing which roamed about the cavern, dark as
darkness itself and possessed of some strange power that could not
be withstood, was enough to make him pause. For myself it was
impossible; I was barely able to stand. So Harry went off alone in
search of water and I stayed with Desiree.
It was perhaps half an hour before he returned, and we were
shaken with fear for him long before he appeared. When he did so
it was with a white face and trembling limbs, in spite of his
evident effort at steadiness.
"There is water over there," said he, pointing across the
cavern. "A stream runs across the corner and disappears beneath
the wall. There is nothing to carry it in. You must come with
me."
"What has happened?" I asked, for even his voice was unsteady.
"I saw it," he replied simply, but expressing enough in those
three words to cause a shudder to run through me.
Then, speaking in a low tone that Desiree might not hear, he
told me that the thing had confronted him suddenly as he was
following the opposite wall, and that he, too, had been drawn
forward, as it were, by a spell impossible to shake off. He had
tried to cry aloud, but had been unable to utter a sound. And
suddenly, as before, the eyes had disappeared, leaving him barely
able to stand.
"No wonder the Incas wouldn't follow us in here," he finished.
"We must get out of this. I'm not a coward, but I wouldn't go
through that again for my life."
"You take Desiree," said I. "I want that water."
He led us around the wall several hundred feet. The ground
was level and clear of obstruction; but we went slowly, for I could
scarcely move. Harry kept his eyes strained intently on all sides;
his experience had left him more profoundly impressed even than he
had been willing to admit to me.
Soon we heard the low music of running water, and a minute
later we reached the stream Harry had found.
The fact that there was something to be done seemed to infuse
a new spirit into Desiree, and soon her deft fingers were bathing
my wounds and bandaging them as well as her poor material would
allow.
The cold water took the heat from my pumping veins and left me
almost comfortable. Harry had come off much easier than I, since
I had so often sent him ahead with Desiree, and myself brought up
the rear and withstood the brunt of the attack.
As Harry had said, the stream cut across a corner of the
cavern, disappearing beneath the opposite wall, forming a triangle
bound by two sides of the cavern and the stream itself. I saw
plainly that it would be impossible for me to move any distance for
at least a few days, and that triangle appeared to offer the safest
and most comfortable retreat.
I spoke to Harry, and he waded across the stream to try its
depth. From the other side he called that the water was at no
point more than waist-high, and Desiree and I started to cross; but
about the middle I felt the current about to sweep me off my feet.
Harry waded in and helped me ashore.
On that hard rock we lay for many weary hours. We had no
food; but for that I would soon have been myself again, for, though
my wounds were numerous, they were little more than scratches, with
the exception of the gash on my shoulder. Weakened as I was by
loss of blood, and lacking nourishment, I improved but slowly, and
only the cold water kept the fever from me.
Twice Harry went out in search of food and of an exit from the
cavern. The first time he was away for several hours, and returned
exhausted and empty-handed and without having found any exit other
than the one by which we had entered.
He had ventured through that far enough to see a group of
Incas on watch at the other end. They had seen him and sprung
after him, but he had returned without injury, and at the entrance
into the cavern where we lay they had halted abruptly.
The second time he was gone out more than half an hour, and
the instant I saw his face when he returned I knew what had
happened.
But I was not in the best of humor; his terror appeared to me
to be ridiculously childish, and I said so in no uncertain terms.
But he was too profoundly agitated to show any anger.
"You don't know, you don't know," was all he said in answer to
me; then he added; "I can't stand this any longer. I tell you
we've got to get out of here. You don't know how awful--"
"Yes," said Desiree, looking at me.
"But I can scarcely walk," I objected.
"True," said Harry. "I know. But we can help you. There
must be another exit, and we'll start now."
"Very well," I said quite calmly; and I picked up one of the
spears which we had carried with us, and, rising to my knees,
placed the butt of the shaft against the wall near which I lay.
But Harry saw my purpose, and was too quick for me. He sprang
across and snatched the spear from my hand and threw it on the
ground a dozen feet away.
"Are you crazy?" he shouted angrily.
"No," I answered; "but I am little better, and I doubt if I
shall be. Come--why not? I hinder you and become bored with
myself."
"You blame me," he said bitterly; "but I tell you you don't
know. Very well--we stay. You must give me your promise not to
act the fool."
"In any event, you must go soon," I answered, "or starve to
death. Perhaps in another twenty-four hours I shall be stronger.
Come, Desiree; will that satisfy you?"
She did not answer; her back was turned to us as she stood
gazing across the stream into the depths of the cavern. There was
a curious tenseness in her attitude that made me follow her gaze,
and what I saw left me with no wonder at it--a huge, black,
indistinct form that moved slowly toward us through the darkness.
Harry caught sight of it at the same moment as myself, and on
the instant he turned about, covering his face with his hands, and
called to Desiree and me to do likewise.
Desiree obeyed; I had risen to my knees and remained so,
gazing straight ahead, ready for a combat if it were not a physical
one. I will not say that a certain feeling of dread did not rise
in my heart, but I intended to show Desiree and Harry the
childishness of their terror.
Nothing could be seen but the uncertain outline of the immense
bulk; but the same penetrating, sickening odor that had before all
but suffocated me came faintly across the surface of the stream,
growing stronger with each second that passed. Suddenly the eyes
appeared--two glowing orbs of fire that caught my gaze and held it
as with a chain.
I did not attempt to avoid it, but returned the gaze with
another as steadfast. I was telling myself: "Let us see this trick
and play one stronger." My nerves centered throbbingly back of my
eyes, and I gave them the whole force of my will.
The thing came closer and the eyes seemed to burn into my very
brain. With a great effort I brought myself back to control,
dropping to my hands and knees and gripping the ground for
strength.
"This is nothing, this is nothing," I kept saying to myself
aloud--until I realized suddenly that my voice had risen almost to
a scream, and I locked my teeth tight on my lip.
I no longer returned the gaze from my own power; it held me of
itself. I felt my brain grow curiously numb and every muscle in my
body contracted with a pain almost unbearable. Still the thing
came closer and closer, and it seemed to me, half dazed as I was,
that it advanced much faster than before.
Then suddenly I felt a sensation of cold and moisture on my
arms and legs and a pressure against my body, and I realized, as in
a dream, that I had entered the stream of water!
I was crawling toward the thing on my hands and knees, without
having even been conscious that I had moved.
That brought despair and a last supreme struggle to resist
whatever mysterious power it was that dragged me forward.
Cold beads of sweat rolled from my forehead. Beneath the
surface of the water my hands gripped the rocks as in a vise. My
teeth had sunk deep into my lower lip and covered my chin with
blood, though I did not know that till afterward.
But I was pulled loose from my hold, and forward. I bent the
whole force of my will to the effort not to move, but my hand left
the rock and crept forward. I was fully conscious of what I was
doing. I knew that if I could once draw my eyes away from that
compelling gaze the spell would be broken, but the power to do so
was not in me.
The thing had halted on the farther bank of the stream. Still
I moved forward. The water now lapped against my chest; soon it
was about my shoulders.
I was fully conscious of the fact that in another ten feet the
surface would close over my head, and that I had not the strength
to swim or fight the current; but still I went forward. I tried to
cry out, but could force no sound through my lips.
Then suddenly the eyes began to disappear. But that at least
was comprehensible, for I could distinctly see the black and heavy
lids closing over them, like the curtain on a stage. They fell
slowly.
The eyes became half moons, then narrowed to a thin slit. I
rose, panting like a man exhausted with extreme and prolonged
physical exertion.
The eyes were gone.
A mad impulse rushed into my brain to dash forward and touch
the monster, to see if that dim, black form were really a thing of
flesh and blood or some contrivance of the devil. I smile at that
phrase as I write it now in my study, but I did not smile then. I
was standing above my knees in the water, trembling from head to
foot, divided between the impulse to go forward and the inclination
to flee in terror.
I did neither; I stood still. I could see the thing with a
fair amount of distinctness and forced my brain to take the record
of my eyes. But I could make nothing of it.
I guessed at rather than saw a hideous head rolling from side
to side at the end of a long and sinuous neck, and writhing,
reptilian coils lashing the rock at the edge of the water, like the
tentacles of an octopus, only many times larger. The body itself
was larger than that of any animal I had ever seen, and blacker
even than the darkness.
Suddenly the huge mass began to move slowly backward. The
sharpness of the odor had ceased with the opening of the eyes,
which did not reappear. I could dimly see its huge legs slowly
rise and recede and again meet the ground. Soon the thing was
barely discernible.
I took a step forward as though to follow; but the strength of
the current warned me of the danger of proceeding farther, and,
besides, I feared every moment to see the lids again raised from
the terrible eyes. The thought attacked my brain with horror, and
I turned and fled in a sudden panic to the rear, calling to Harry
and Desiree.
They met me at the edge of the stream, and their eyes told me
that they read in my face what had happened, though they had seen
nothing.
"You--you saw it--" Harry stammered.
I nodded, scarcely able to speak.
"Then--perhaps now--"
"Yes," I interposed. "Let's get out of here. It's horrible.
And yet how can we go? I can hardly stand."
But Harry was now the one who argued for delay, saying that
our retreat was the safest place we could find, and that we should
wait at least until I had had time to recover from the strain of
the last half-hour. Realizing that in my weakened condition I
would be a hindrance to them rather than a help, I consented.
Besides, if the thing reappeared I could avoid it as Harry and
Desiree had done.
"What is it?" Harry asked presently.
We were sitting side by side, well up against the wall. It
was an abrupt question, with no apparent pertinence, but I
understood.
"Heaven knows!" I answered shortly. I was none too pleased
with myself.
"But it must be something. Is it an animal?"
"Do you remember," I asked by way of answer, "a treatise of
Aristotle concerning which we had a discussion one day? Its
subject was the hypnotic power possessed by the eyes of certain
reptiles. I laughed the idea to scorn; you maintained that it was
possible. Well, I agree with you; and I'd like to have about a
dozen of our modern skeptical scientists in this cave with me for
about five minutes."
"But what is it? A reptile!" Harry exclaimed. "The thing is
as big as a house!"
"Well, and why not? I should guess that it is about thirty
feet in height and forty or fifty in length. There have been
species, now extinct, several times as large."
"Then you think it is just--just an animal?" put in Desiree.
"What did you think it was?" I nearly smiled. "An infernal
machine?"
"I don't know. Only I have never before known what it was to
fear."
A discussion which led us nowhere, but at least gave us the
sound of one another's voices.
We passed many hours in that manner. Utterly blank and
wearisome, and all but hopeless. I have often wondered at the
strange tenacity with which we clung to life in conditions that
made of it a burden almost insupportable; and with what chance of
relief?
The instinct of self-preservation, it is called by the
learned, but it needs a stronger name. It is more than an
instinct. It is the very essence of life itself.
But soon we were impelled to action by something besides the
desire to escape from the cavern: the pangs of hunger. It had been
many hours since we had eaten; I think we had fasted not less than
three or four days.
Desiree began to complain of a dizziness in her temples, and
to weaken with every hour that passed. My own strength did not
increase, and I saw that it would not unless I could obtain
nourishment. Harry did not complain, but only because he would
not.
"It is useless to wait longer," I declared finally. "I grow
weaker instead of stronger."
We had little enough with which to burden ourselves. There
were three spears, two of which Harry had brought, and myself the
other. Harry and I wore only our woolen undergarments, so ragged
and torn that they were but sorry covering.
Desiree's single garment, made from some soft hide, was held
about her waist by a girdle of the same material. The upper half
of her body was bare. Her hair hung in a tangled mass over her
shoulders and down her back. None of us had any covering for our
feet.
We crossed the stream, using the spears as staffs; but instead
of advancing across the middle of the cavern we turned to the left,
hugging the wall. Harry urged us on, saying that he had already
searched carefully for an exit on that side, but we went slowly,
feeling for a break in the wall. It was absolutely smooth, which
led me to believe that the cavern had at one time been filled with
water.
We reached the farther wall and, turning to the right, were
about to follow it.
"This is senseless," said Harry impatiently. "I tell you I
have examined this side, too; every inch of it."
"And the one ahead of us, at right angles to this?" I asked.
"That too, " he answered.
"And the other--the one to the right of the stream?"
"No. I--I didn't go there."
"Why didn't you say so?" I demanded.
"Because I didn't want to," he returned sullenly. "You can go
there if you care to; I don't. It was from there that--it came."
I did not answer, but pushed forward, not, however, leaving
the wall. Perhaps it was cowardly; you are welcome to the word if
you care to use it. Myself, I know.
Another half-hour and we reached the end of the lane by which
we had first entered the cavern. We stood gazing at it with eyes
of desire, but we knew how little chance there was of the thing
being unguarded at the farther end. We knew then, of course, and
only too well, why the Incas had not followed us into the cavern.
"Perhaps they are gone," said Harry. "They can't stay there
forever. I'm going to find out."
He sprang on the edge of a boulder at the mouth of the passage
and disappeared on the other side. In fifteen minutes he returned,
and I saw by the expression on his face that there was no chance of
escape in that direction.
"They're at the other end," he said gloomily; "a dozen of 'em.
I looked from behind a rock; they didn't see me. But we could
never get through."
We turned then, and proceeded to the third wall and followed
it. But we really had no hope of finding an exit since Harry had
said that he had previously explored it. We were possessed, I
know, by the same thought: should we venture to follow the fourth
wall? Alone, none of us would have dared; but the presence of the
others lessened the fear of each.
Finally we reached it. The corner was a sharp right angle,
and there were rifts and crevices in the rock.
"This is limestone," I said, "and if we find an exit anywhere
it will be here."
I turned to the right and proceeded slowly along the wall,
feeling its surface with my hand.
We had advanced in this manner several hundred yards when
Desiree suddenly sprang forward to my side.
"See!" she cried, pointing ahead with her spear.
I followed the direction with my eye, and saw what appeared to
be a sharp break in the wall.
It was some fifty feet away. We reached it in another moment,
and I think none of us would have been able to express the
immeasurable relief we felt when we saw before us a broad and clear
passage leading directly away from the cavern. It was very dark,
but we entered it almost at a run.
I think we had not known the extent of our fear of that thing
in the cavern until we found the means of escape from it.
We had gone about a hundred feet when we came to a turn to the
left. Harry stumbled against the corner, and we halted for an
instant to wait for him.
Then we made the turn, side by side--and then we came to a
sudden and abrupt stop, and a simultaneous gasp of terror burst
from our lips.
Not three feet in front of us, blocking the passage
completely, stood the thing we thought we had escaped!
The terrible, fiery eyes rolled from side to side as they
stared straight into our own.
Chapter XVIII.
A VICTORY AND A CONVERSATION.
We stood for a long moment rooted to the spot, unable to move.
Then, calling to Harry and grasping Desiree by the arm, I started
to turn.
But too late. For Desiree, inspired by a boundless terror,
suddenly raised her spear high above her head and hurled it
straight at the glowing, flashing eyes.
The point struck squarely between then with such force that it
must have sunk clear to the shaft. The head of the monster rolled
for an instant from side to side, and then, before I was aware of
what had happened, so rapid was the movement, a long, snakelike
coil had reached out through the air and twisted itself about
Desiree's body.
As she felt the thing tighten about her waist and legs she
gave a scream of terror and twisted her face round toward me. The
next instant the snaky tentacle had dragged her along the ground
and lifted her to the head of the monster, where her white body
could be seen in sharp outline sprawling over its black form,
between the terrible eyes.
Harry and I sprang forward.
As we did so the eyes closed and the reptile began to move
backward with incredible swiftness, lashing about on the ground
before us with other tentacles similar to the one that had captured
Desiree.
I cried out to Harry to avoid them. He did not answer, but
rushed blindly forward.
Desiree's agonized shrieks rose to the pitch of madness.
The eyes were closed, leaving but a vague mark for our spears,
and besides, there was the danger of striking Desiree. We were
barely able to keep pace with the thing as it receded swiftly down
the broad passage. Desiree had twisted her body half round, and
her face was turned toward us, shadowy as a ghost. Then her head
fell forward and hung loosely and her lips were silent. She had
fainted.
The thing moved swifter than ever; we were barely able to keep
up with it. Harry made a desperate leap forward.
I cried out a warning, but one of the writhing tentacles swept
against him and knocked him to the ground. He was up again on the
instant and came rushing up from behind.
Suddenly the passage broadened until the walls were no longer
visible; we had entered another cavern. I heard the sound of
running water somewhere ahead of us. The pace of the reptile had
not slackened for an instant.
Harry had again caught up with us, and as he ran at my side I
saw him raise his spear aloft; but I caught his arm and held it.
"Desiree!" I panted.
Her body covered the only part of the thing that presented a
fair mark. Harry swore, but his arm fell.
"To the side!" he gasped. "We can't get at it here!"
I saw his meaning and followed at his heels as he swerved
suddenly to the right and sprang forward in an attempt to get past
the reptile's head.
But in our eagerness we forgot caution and went too close. I
felt one of the snaky tentacles wrap itself round my legs and body,
and raised my voice in a warning to Harry, but too late. He, too,
was ensnared, and a moment later we had both been lifted bodily
from the ground and swung through the air to the side of Desiree.
She was still unconscious.
I writhed and twisted desperately, but that muscular coil held
me firmly as a band of steel, tight against the huge and hideous
head.
Harry was on the other side of Desiree, not three feet from
me. I could see his muscles strain and pull in his violent efforts
to tear himself free. I had given it up.
But suddenly, quite near my shoulder, I saw the lid suddenly
begin to raise itself from one of the terrible eyes. I was almost
on top of the thing and a little above it. I turned my head aside
and called to Harry.
"The eye!" I gasped. "To your right! The spear! Are your
arms free?"
Then as I saw he understood, I turned a quarter of the way
round--as far as I could get--and raised my spear the full extent
of my arm, and brought it down with every ounce of my strength into
the very center of the glowing eye beneath me.
At the same moment I saw Harry's arm descend and the flash of
his spear. The point of my own had sunk until the copper head was
completely buried.
I grasped the shaft and pulled and twisted it about until it
finally was jerked forth. From the opening it had made there
issued a black stream.
Suddenly the body of the reptile quivered convulsively. The
head rolled from side to side. There was a quick tightening of the
tentacle round my body until my bones felt as though they were
being crushed into shapelessness; and as suddenly it loosened.
Other tentacles lashed and beat on the ground furiously. The
reptile's swift backward movement halted jerkily. I made a
desperate effort to tear myself free. The tentacle quivered and
throbbed violently, and suddenly flew apart like a released spring,
and I fell to the ground.
In an instant Harry was at my side, and we both leaped forward
with our spears, slashing at the tentacle which still held Desiree
in its grasp. Others writhed on the ground about our feet, but
feebly. There came a sudden cry from Harry, and his spear
clattered on the ground as he opened his arms to receive Desiree's
unconscious body, which came tumbling down with the severed coil
still wrapped about it.
But there was life in the reptile's immense body. It
staggered and swayed from side to side in drunken agony. Its
monstrous head rolled about, sweeping the air in a prodigious
circle. The poison of its breath came to us in great puffs. There
was something supremely horrible about the thing in its very
helplessness, and I was shuddering violently as I stooped to help
Harry lift Desiree from the ground and carry her away.
We did not go far, for we were barely able to carry her. We
laid her on the hard rock with her head in Harry's lap. Her body
was limp as a rag.
For many minutes we worked over her, rubbing her temples and
wrists, and pressing the nerve centers at the back of the neck, but
without effect.
"She is dead," said Harry with a curious calm.
I shook my head.
"She has a pulse--see! But we must find that water. I think
she isn't injured; it is her weakened condition from the lack of
food that keeps her so. Wait for me."
I started out across the cavern in the direction from which
the sound of the water appeared to come, bearing off to the right
from the huge, quivering form of the monster whose gigantic body
rose and fell on the ground with a force that seemed to shake the
very walls of the cavern.
I found the stream with little difficulty, not far away, and
returned to Harry. Together we carried Desiree to its edge. The
blood was stubborn, and for a long time refused to move, but the
cold water at length revived her; her eyes slowly opened, and she
raised her hand to her head with a faltering gesture.
But she was extremely weak, and we saw that the end was near
unless nourishment could be found for her.
I stayed by her side, with my arms round her shoulders, and
Harry set out with one of the spears. He bore off to the left,
toward the spot where the body of the immense reptile lay; I was
too far away to see it in the darkness.
"It isn't possible that the thing is fit to eat," I had
objected, and he had answered me with a look which I understood,
and was silenced.
Soon a sound as of a scuffle on the rocks came through the
darkness from the direction he had taken. I called out to ask if
he needed me, but there was no answer. Ten minutes longer I
waited, while the sound continued unabated. Once I heard the
clatter of his spear on the rock.
I was just rising to my feet to run to the scene when suddenly
he appeared in the semidarkness. He was coming slowly, and was
dragging along the ground what appeared to be the form of some
animal. Another minute and he stood at my side as I sat holding
Desiree.
"A peccary!" I cried, bending over the body of the four-footed
creature that lay at his feet. "How the deuce did it ever get down
here?"
"Peccary--my aunt!" observed Harry, bending down to look at
Desiree. "Do peccaries live in the water? Do they have snouts
like catfish? This animal is my own invention. There's about ten
million more of 'em over there making a gorgeous banquet off our
late lamented friend. And now, let's see."
He knelt down by the still warm body and with the point of his
spear ripped it open from neck to rump. Desiree stirred about in
my arms.
"Gad, that smells good!" cried Harry.
I shuddered.
He dragged the thing a few feet away, and I heard him slashing
away at it with his spear. A minute later he came running over to
us with his hands full of something.
That was not exactly a pretty meal. How Desiree, in her
frightfully weakened condition, ever managed to get the stuff down
and keep it there is beyond me. But she did, and I was not behind
her. And, after all, it was fresh. Harry said it was "sweet."
Well, perhaps it was.
We bathed Desiree's hands and face and gave her water to
drink, and soon after she passed into a seemingly healthy sleep.
There was about ten pounds of meat left. Harry washed it in the
stream and stowed it away on a rock beneath the surface of the
water. Then he announced his intention of going back for more.
"I'm going with you," I declared. "Here--help me fix
Desiree."
"Hardly," said Harry. "Didn't I say there are millions of
those things over there? Anyway, there are hundreds. If they
should happen to scatter in this direction and find her, she
wouldn't stand a chance. You take the other spear and stay here."
So I sat still, with Desiree's body in my arms, and waited
for him. My sensations were not unpleasant. I could actually feel
the blood quicken in my veins.
Civilization places the temple of life in the soul or the
heart, as she speaks through the mouth of the preacher or the poet;
but let civilization go for four or five days without anything to
eat and see what happens. The organ is vulgar, but its voice is
loud. I need not name it
In five minutes Harry returned, dragging two more of the
creatures at his heels. In half an hour there were a dozen of them
lying in a heap at the edge of the water.
"That's all," he announced, panting heavily from his
exertions. "The rest have taken to the woods, which, I imagine, is
quite a journey from here. You ought to see our friend--the one
who couldn't make his eyes behave. They've eaten him full of
holes. He's the most awful mess--sickening beast. He didn't have
a bone in him--all crumpled up like an accordion. Utterly
spineless."
"And who, in the name of goodness, do you think is going to
eat all that?" I demanded, pointing to the heap of bodies.
Harry grinned.
"I don't know. I was so excited at the very idea of a square
meal that I didn't know when to stop. I'd give five fingers for a
fire and some salt. Just a nickel's worth of salt. Now, you lie
down and sleep while I cut these things up, and then I'll take a
turn at it myself?"
He brought me one of the hides for a pillow, and I lay back as
gently as possible that I might not awaken Desiree. Her head and
shoulders rested against my body as she lay peacefully sleeping.
I was awakened by Harry's hand tugging at my arm. Rising on
my elbows, I demanded to know how long I had slept.
"Six or seven hours," said Harry. "I waited as long as I
could. Keep a lookout."
Desiree stirred uneasily, but seemed to be still asleep. I
sat up, rubbing my eyes. The heap of bodies had disappeared; no
wonder Harry was tired! I reproached myself for having slept so
long.
Harry had arranged himself a bed that was really comfortable
with the skins of his kill.
"That is great stuff," I heard him murmur wearily; then all
was still.
I sat motionless, stiff and numb, but afraid to move for fear
of disturbing Desiree.
Presently she stirred again, and, bending over her, I saw her
eyes slowly open. They met my own with a curious, steadfast
gaze--she was still half asleep.
"Is that you, Paul?" she murmured.
"Yes."
"I am glad. I seem to feel--what is it?"
"I don't know, Desiree. What do you mean?"
"Nothing--nothing. Oh. it feels so good--good--to have you
hold me like this."
"Yes?" I smiled.
"But, yes. Where is Harry?"
"Asleep. Are you hungry?"
"Yes--no. Not now. I don't know why. I want to talk. What
has happened?"
I told her of everything that had occurred since she had
swooned; she shuddered as memory returned, but forgot herself in my
attempt at a humorous description of Harry's valor as a hunter of
food.
"You don't need to turn up your nose," I retorted to her
expressive grimace; "you ate some of the stuff yourself."
There was a silence; then suddenly Desiree's voice came:
"Paul--" She hesitated and stopped.
"Yes."
"What do you think of me?"
"Do you want a lengthy review?" I smiled.
What a woman she was! Under those circumstances, and amid
those surroundings, she was still Desiree Le Mire.
"Don't laugh at me," she said. "I want to know. I have never
spoken of what I did that time in the cavern--you know what I mean.
I am sorry now. I suppose you despise me."
"But you did nothing," I objected. "And you wouldn't. You
were merely amusing yourself."
She turned on me quickly with a flash of her old fire.
"Don't play with me!" she burst out. "My friend, you have
never yet given me a serious word."
"Nor any one else," I answered. "My dear Desiree, do you not
know that I am incapable of seriousness? Nothing in the world is
worth it."
"At least, you need not pretend," she retorted. "I meant once
for you to die. You know it. And since you pretend not to
understand me, I ask you--these are strange words from my lips--
will you forgive me?"
"There is nothing to forgive."
"My friend, you are becoming dull. An evasive answer should
always be a witty one. Must I ask you again?"
"That--depends," I answered, hardly knowing what to say.
"On--"
"On whether or not you were serious, once upon a time, when
you made a--shall we call it a confession? If you were, I offended
you in my own conceit, but let us be frank. I thought you were
acting, and I played my role. I do not yet believe that you were;
I am not conceited enough to think it possible."
"I do not say," Desiree began; then she stopped and added
hastily: "But that is past. I shall not tell you that again.
Perhaps I forgot myself. Perhaps it was a pretty play. You have
not answered me."
I looked at her. Strange and terrible as her experiences and
sufferings had been, she had lost little of her beauty. Her face
was rendered only the more delicate by its pallor. Her white and
perfect body, only half seen in the half-darkness, conveyed a sense
of the purest beauty with no hint of immodesty.
But I was moved not by what I saw, but by what I knew. I had
admired her always as Le Mire; but her bravery, her hardihood, her
sympathy for others under circumstances when any other woman would
have been thinking only of herself--had these awakened in my breast
a feeling stronger than admiration?
I did not know. But my voice trembled a little as I said: "I
need not answer you, Desiree. I repeat that there is nothing to
forgive. You sought revenge, then sacrificed it; but still revenge
is yours."
She looked at me for a moment in silence, then said slowly: "I
do not understand you."
For reply I took her hand in my own from where it lay idly on
my knee, and, carrying it to my lips, pressed a long kiss on the
top of each of the slender white fingers. Then I held the hand
tight between both of mine as I asked simply, looking into her
eyes:
"Do you understand me now?"
Another silence.
"My revenge," she breathed.
I nodded and again pressed her hand to my lips.
"Yes, Desiree. We are not children. I think we know what we
mean. But you have not told me. Did you mean what you said that
day on the mountain?"
"Ah, I thought that was a play!" she murmured.
"Tell me! Did you mean it?"
"I never confess the same sin twice, my friend."
"Desiree, did you mean it?"
Then suddenly, with the rapidity of lightning, her manner
changed. She bent toward me with parted lips and looked straight
into my eyes. There was passion in the gaze; but when she spoke
her voice was quite even and so low I scarcely heard.
"Paul," she said, "I shall not again say I love you. Such
words should not be wasted. Not now, perhaps; but that is because
we are where we are. And if we should return?
"You have said that nothing is worth a serious word to you;
and you are right. You are too cynical; things are bitter in your
mouth, and doubly so when they leave it. Just now you are amusing
yourself by pretending to care for me. Perhaps you do not know it,
but you are. Search your heart, my friend, and tell me--do you
want my love?"
Well, there was no need to search my heart, she had laid it
open. I hated myself then; and I turned away, unable to meet her
eyes, as I said:
"Bon Dieu!" she cried. "That is an ugly speech,
monsieur!" And she laughed aloud.
"But we must not awaken Harry," she continued with sudden
softness. "What a boy he is--and what a man! Ah, he knows what it
is to love!"
That topic suited me little better, but I followed her. We
talked of Harry, Le Mire with an amount of enthusiasm that
surprised me. Suddenly she stopped abruptly and announced that she
was hungry.
I found Harry's pantry after a few minutes' search and took
some of its contents to Desiree. Then I returned to the edge of
the water and ate my portion alone. That meal was one scarcely
calculated for the pleasures of companionship or conviviality.
It was several hours after that before Harry awoke, the
greater part of which Desiree and I were silent.
I would have given something to have known her thoughts; my
own were not very pleasant. It is always a disagreeable thing to
discover that some one else knows you better than you know
yourself. And Desiree had cut deep. At the time I thought her
unjust; time alone could have told which of us was right. If she
were here with me now--but she is not.
Finally Harry awoke. He was delighted to find Desiree awake
and comparatively well, and demonstrated the fact with a degree of
effusion that prompted me to leave them alone together. But I did
not go far; a hundred paces made me sit down to rest before
returning, so weak was I from wounds and fasting.
Harry's spirits were high, for no apparent reason other than
that we were still alive, for that was the best that could be said
for us. So I told him; he retorted with a hearty clap on the back
that sent me sprawling to the ground.
"What the deuce!" he exclaimed, stooping to help me up. "Are
you as weak as that? Gad, I'm sorry!"
"That is the second fall he has had," said Desiree, with a
meaning smile.
Indeed, she was having her revenge!
But my strength was not long in returning. Over a long
stretch our diet would hardly have been conducive to health, but it
was exactly what I needed to put blood and strength in me. And
Harry and Desiree, too, for that matter.
Again I had to withstand Harry's eager demands for action. He
began within two hours to insist on exploring the cave, and would
hardly take a refusal.
"I won't stir a foot until I am able to knock you down," I
declared finally and flatly. "Never again will I attempt to
perform the feats of a Hercules when I am fit only for an invalid's
chair." And he was forced to wait.
As I say, however, my strength was not long in returning, and
when it started it came with a rush. My wounds were healing
perfectly; only one remained open. Harry, with his usual
phenomenal luck, had got nothing but the merest scratches.
Desiree improved very slowly. The strain of those four days
in the cavern had been severe, and her nerves required more
pleasant surroundings than a dark and damp cavern and more
agreeable diet than raw meat, to adjust themselves.
Thus it was that when Harry and I found ourselves ready to
start out to explore the cavern and, if possible, find an exit on
the opposite side from the one where we had entered, we left
Desiree behind, seated on a pile of skins, with a spear on the
ground at her side.
"We'll be back in an hour," said Harry, stooping to kiss her;
and the phrase, which might have come from the lips of a worthy
Harlem husband leaving for a little sojourn with friends on the
corner, brought a smile to my face.
We went first toward the spot where lay the remains of "our
friend with the eyes," as Harry called him, and we were guided
straight by our noses, for the odor of the thing was beginning to
be--to use another phrase of Harry's--most awful vile."
There was little to see except a massive pile of crumpled hide
and sinking flesh. As we approached, several hundred of the
animals with which Harry had filled our larder scampered away
toward the water.
"They're not fighters," I observed, turning to watch them
disappear in the darkness.
"No," Harry agreed. "See here," he added suddenly, holding up
a piece of the hide of the reptile; "this stuff is an inch thick
and tough as rats. It ought to be good for something."
But by that time I was pinching my nostrils with my fingers,
and I pulled him away.
Several hundred yards farther on we came to the wall of the
cavern. We followed it, turning to the right; but though it was
uneven and marked by projecting boulders and deep crevices, we
found no exit. We had gone at least half a mile, I think, when we
came to the end. There it turned in a wide circle to the right,
and we took the new direction, which was toward the spot where we
had left Desiree, only considerably to the left.
Another five minutes found us at the edge of the stream, which
at that point was much swifter than it was farther up. We waded in
and discovered that the cause was its extreme narrowness.
"But where does the thing go to?" asked Harry, taking the
words from my mouth.
We soon found out. Proceeding along the bank to the left,
within fifty feet we came to the wall. There the stream entered
and disappeared. But, unlike the others we had seen, above this
there was a wide and high arch, which made it appear as though the
stream were passing under a massive bridge. The current was swift
but not turbulent, and there was something about the surface of
that stream flowing straight through the mountain ahead of us--
Harry and I glanced at each other quickly, moved by the same
thought. There was an electric thrill in that glance.
But we did not speak--then.
For suddenly, startlingly, a voice sounded throughout the
cavern--Desiree's voice, raised in a shrill cry of terror.
It was repeated twice before our startled senses found
themselves; then we turned with one impulse and raced into the
darkness toward her.
Chapter XIX.
AFLOAT.
As we ran swiftly, following the edge of the stream, the cries
continued, filling the cavern with racing echoes. They could not
quicken our step; we were already straining every muscle as we
bounded over the rock. Luckily, the way was clear, for in the
darkness we could see but a few feet ahead. Desiree's voice was
sufficient guide for us.
Finally we reached her. I don't know what I expected to see,
but certainly not that which met our eyes.
"Your spear!" cried Harry, dashing off to the right, away from
the stream.
My spear was ready. I followed.
Desiree was standing exactly in the spot where we had left
her, screaming at the top of her voice.
Around her, on every side, was a struggling, pushing mass of
the animals we had frightened away from the carcass of the reptile.
There were hundreds of them packed tightly together, crowding
toward her, some leaping on the backs of others, some trampled to
the ground beneath the feet of their fellows. They did not appear
to be actually attacking her, but we could not see distinctly.
This we saw in a flash and an instant later had dashed forward
into the mass with whirling spears. It was a farce, rather than a
fight.
We brought our spears down on the swarm of heads and backs
without even troubling to take aim. They pressed against our legs;
we waded through as though it were a current of water. Those we
hit either fell or ran; they waited for no second blow.
Desiree had ceased her cries.
"They won't hurt you!" Harry had shouted. "Where's your
spear?"
"Gone. They came on me before I had time to get it."
"Then kick 'em, push 'em--anything. They're nothing but
pigs."
They had the senseless stubbornness of pigs, at least. They
seemed absolutely unable to realize that their presence was not
desired till they actually felt the spear--utterly devoid even of
instinct.
"So this is what you captured for us at the risk of your
life!" I shouted to Harry in disgust. "They haven't even sense
enough to squeal."
We finally reached Desiree's side and cleared a space round
her. But it took us another fifteen minutes of pushing and
thrusting and indiscriminate massacre before we routed the brutes.
When they did decide to go they lost no time, but scampered away
toward the water with a sliding, tumbling rush.
"Gad!" exclaimed Harry, resting on his spear. "And here's a
pretty job. Look at that! I wish they'd carry off the dead ones."
"Ugh! The nasty brutes! I was never so frightened in my
life," said Desiree.
"You frightened us, all right," Harry retorted. "Utterly
fungoed. I never ran so fast in my life. And all you had to do
was shake your spear at 'em and say boo! I thought it was the
roommate of our friend with the eyes."
"Have I been eating those things?" Desiree demanded.
Harry grinned.
"Yes, and that isn't all. You'll continue to eat 'em as long
as I'm the cook. Come on, Paul; it's a day's work."
We dragged the bodies down to the edge of the stream and
tossed them into the current, saving three or four for the
replenishment of the larder.
I then first tried my hand at the task of skinning and
cleaning them, and by the time I had finished was thoroughly
disgusted with it and myself. Harry had become hardened to it; he
whistled over the job as though he had been born in a butcher's
shop.
"I'd rather go hungry," I declared, washing my hands and arms
in the cool water.
"Oh, sure," said Harry; "my efforts are never appreciated.
I've fed you up till you've finally graduated from the skeleton
class, and you immediately begin to criticize the table. I know
now what it means to run a boarding-house. Why don't you change
your hotel?"
By the time we had finished we were pretty well tired out, but
Harry wouldn't hear of rest. I was eager myself for another look
at the exit of that stream. So, again taking up our spears, we set
out across the cavern, this time with Desiree between us. She
swallowed Harry's ridicule of her fear and refused to stay behind.
Again we stood at the point where the stream left the cavern
through the broad arch of a tunnel.
"There's a chance there," said Harry, turning to me. "It
looks good."
"Yes, if we had a boat," I agreed. "But that's a ten-mile
current, and probably deep."
I waded out some twenty feet and was nearly swept beneath the
surface as the water circled about my shoulders.
"We couldn't follow that on our feet," I declared, returning
to the shore. "But it does look promising. At ten miles an hour
we'd reach the western slope in four hours. Four hours to
sunshine--but it might as well be four hundred. It's impossible."
We turned then and retraced our steps to our camp, if I may
give it so dignified a title. I hated to give up the idea of
following the bed of the stream, for it was certain that somewhere
it found the surface of the earth, and I revolved in my brain every
conceivable means to do so. The same thought was in Harry's mind,
for he turned to me suddenly:
"If we only had something for stringers, I could make a raft
that would carry us to the Pacific and across it. The hide of that
thing over yonder would be just the stuff, and we could get a piece
as big as we wanted."
I shook my head.
"I thought of that. But we have absolutely nothing to hold
it. There wasn't a bone in his body; you know that."
But the idea was peculiarly tempting, and we spent an hour
discussing it. Desiree was asleep on her pile of skins. We sat
side by side on the ground some distance away, talking in low
tones.
Suddenly there was a loud splash in the stream, which was
quite close to us.
"By gad!" exclaimed Harry, springing to his feet. "Did you
hear that? It sounded like--remember the fish we pulled in from
the Inca's raft?"
"Which has nothing to do with this," I answered. "It's
nothing but the water-pigs. I've heard 'em a thousand times in the
last few days. And the Lord knows we have enough of them."
But Harry protested that the splash was much too loud to have
been caused by any water-pig and waded into the stream to
investigate. I rose to my feet and followed him leisurely, for no
reason in particular, but was suddenly startled by an excited cry
from his lips:
"Paul--the spear! Quick! It's a whale!"
I ran as swiftly as I could to the shore and returned with our
spears, but when I reached Harry he greeted me with an oath of
disappointment and the information that the "whale" had
disappeared. He was greatly excited.
"I tell you he was twenty feet long! A big black devil, with
a head like a cow."
"You're sure it wasn't like a pig?" I asked skeptically.
Harry looked at me.
"I have drunk nothing but water for a month," he said dryly.
"It was a fish, and some fish."
"Well, there's probably more like him," I observed. "But they
can wait. Come on and get some sleep, and then--we'll see."
Some hours afterward, having filled ourselves with sleep and
food (I had decided, after mature deliberation, not to change my
hotel), we started out, armed with our spears. Desiree accompanied
us. Harry told her bluntly that she would be in the way, but she
refused to stay behind.
We turned upstream, thinking our chances better in that
direction than toward the swifter current, and were surprised to
find that the cavern was much larger than any we had before seen.
In something over a mile we had not yet reached the farther wall,
for we walked at a brisk pace for a quarter of an hour or more.
At this point the stream was considerably wider than it was
below, and there was very little current. Desiree stood on the
bank while Harry and I waded out above our waists.
There was a long and weary wait before anything occurred. The
water was cold, and my limbs became stiff and numb; I called to
Harry that it was useless to wait longer, and was turning toward
the shore when there was a sudden commotion in the water not far
from where he stood.
I turned and saw Harry plunge forward with his spear.
"I've got him!" he yelled. "Come on!"
I went. But I soon saw that Harry didn't have him. He had
Harry. They were all of ten yards away from me, and by the time I
reached the spot there was nothing to be seen but flying water
thrashed into foam and fury.
I caught a glimpse of Harry being jerked through the air; he
was holding on for dear life with both hands to the shaft of his
spear. The water was over my head there; I was swimming with all
the strength I had.
"I've got him--through the belly," Harry gasped as I fought my
way through the spray to his side. "His head! Find his head!"
I finally succeeded in getting my hand on Harry's spear-shaft
near where it entered the body of the fish; but the next instant it
was jerked from me, dragging me beneath the surface. I came up
puffing and made another try, but missed it by several feet.
Harry kept shouting: "His head! Get him in the head!"
For that I was saving my spear. But I could make nothing of
either head or tail as the immense fish leaped furiously about in
the water, first this way, then that.
Once he came down exactly on top of me and carried me far
under; I felt his slippery, smooth body glide over me, and the tail
struck me a heavy blow in the face as it passed. Blinded and half
choked, I fought my way back to the surface and saw that they had
got fifty feet away.
I swam to them, breathing hard and nearly exhausted. The
water foamed less furiously about them now. As I came near the
fish leaped half out of the water and came down flat on his side;
I saw his ugly black head pointed directly toward me.
"He's about gone!" Harry gasped.
He was still clinging to the spear.
I set myself firmly against the water and waited. Soon it
parted violently not ten feet in front of me, and again the head
appeared; he was coming straight for me. I could see the dull
beady eyes on either side, and I let him have the spear right
between them.
There was little force to the blow, but the fish himself
furnished that; he was coming like lightning. I hurled my body
aside with a great effort and felt him sweep past me.
I turned to swim after them and heard Harry's great shout:
"You got him!"
By the time I reached him the fish had turned over on his back
and was floating on the surface, motionless.
We had still to get him ashore, and, exhausted as we were, it
was no easy task. But there was very little current, and after
half an hour of pulling and shoving we got him into shallow water,
where we could find the bottom with our feet. Then it was easier.
Desiree waded out to us and lent a hand, and in another ten minutes
we had him high and dry on the rock.
He was even larger than I had thought. No wonder Harry had
called him--or one like him--a whale. It was all of fifteen feet
from his snout to the tip of his tail. The skin was dead black on
top and mottled irregularly on the belly.
As we sat sharpening the points of our spears on the rock,
preparatory to skinning him, Desiree stood regarding the fish with
unqualified approval. She turned to us:
"Well, I'd rather eat that than those other nasty things."
"Oh, that isn't what we want him for," said Harry, rubbing his
finger against the edge of his spear-point. "He's probably not fit
to eat."
"Then why all this trouble?" asked Desiree.
"Dear lady, we expect to ride him home," said Harry, rising to
his feet.
Then he explained our purpose, and you may believe that
Desiree was the most excited of the lot as we ripped down the body
of the fish from tail to snout and began to peel off the tough
skin.
"If you succeed you may choose the new hangings for my
boudoir," she said, with an attempt at lightness not altogether
successful.
"As for me," I declared, "I shall eat fish every day of my
life out of pure gratitude."
"You'll do it out of pure necessity," Harry put in, "if you
don't get busy."
It took us three hours of whacking and slashing and tearing to
pull the fish to pieces, but we worked with a purpose and a will.
When we had finished, this is what we had to show: A long strip of
bone, four inches thick and twelve feet long, and tough as hickory,
from either side of which the smaller bones projected at right
angles. They were about an inch in thickness and two inches apart.
The lower end of the backbone, near the tail, we had broken off.
We examined it and lifted it and bent it half double.
"Absolutely perfect!" Harry cried in jubilation. "Three more
like this and we'll sail down the coast to Callao."
"If we can get 'em," I observed. "But two would do. We could
make it a triangle."
Harry looked at me.
"Paul, you're an absolute genius. But would it be big enough
to hold us?"
We discussed that question on our way back to camp, whither we
carried the backbone of our fish, together with some of the meat.
Then, after a hearty meal, we slept. After seven hours of the
hardest kind of work we were ready for it.
That was our program for the time that followed--time that
stretched into many weary hours, for, once started, we worked
feverishly, so impatient had we become by dint of that faint
glimmer of hope. We were going to try to build a raft, on which we
were going to try to embark on the stream, by which we were going
to try to find our way out of the mountain. The prospect made us
positively hilarious, so slender is the thread by which hope jerks
us about.
The first part of our task was the most strenuous. We waited
and waded round many hours before another fish appeared, and then
he got away from us. Another attempt was crowned with success
after a hard fight. The second one was even larger than the first.
The next two were too small to be of use in the raft, but we
saved them for another purpose. Then, after another long search,
lasting many hours, we ran into half a dozen of them at once.
By that time we were fairly expert with our spears, besides
having discovered their vulnerable spot--the throat, just forward
from the gills. To this day I don't know whether or not they were
man-eaters. Their jaws were roomy and strong as those of any
shark; but they never closed on us.
Thus we had four of the large backbones and two smaller ones.
Next we wanted a covering, and for that purpose we visited the
remains of the reptile which had first led us into the cavern.
Its hide was half an inch thick and tough as the toughest
leather. There was no difficulty in loosening it, for by that time
the flesh was so decayed and sunken that it literally fell off.
That job was the worst of all.
Time and again, after cutting away with the points of our
spears--our only tools--until we could stand it no longer, we
staggered off to the stream like drunken men, sick and faint with
the sight and smell of the mess.
But that, too, came to an end, and finally we marched off to
the camp, which we had removed a half-mile upstream, dragging after
us a piece of the hide about thirty feet long and half as wide. It
was not as heavy as we had thought, which made it all the better
for our purpose.
The remainder of our task, though tedious, was not unpleasant.
We first made the larger bones, which were to serve as the
beams of our raft, exactly the same length by filing off the ends
of the longer ones with rough bits of granite. I have said it was
tedious. Then we filed off each of the smaller bones projecting
from the neural arch until they were of equal length.
They extended on either side about ten inches, which, allowing
four inches for the width of the larger bone and one inch for the
covering, would make our raft slightly over a foot in depth.
To make the cylindrical column rigid, we bound each of the
vertebrae to the one in direct juxtaposition on either side firmly
with strips of hide, several hundred feet of which we had prepared.
This gave us four beams held straight and true, without any
play in either direction, with only a slight flexibility resulting
from the cartilages within the center cord.
With these four beams we formed a square, placing them on
their edges, end to end. At each corner of the square we lashed
the ends together firmly with strips of hide. It was both firm and
flexible after we had lashed the corners over and over with the
strips, that there might be no play under the strain of the
current.
Over this framework we stretched the large piece of hide so
that the ends met on top, near the middle. The bottom was thus
absolutely watertight. We folded the corners in and caught them up
with strips over the top. Then, with longer strips, we fastened up
the sides, passing the strips back and forth across the top, from
side to side, having first similarly secured the two ends. As a
final precaution, we passed broader strips around both top and
bottom, lashing them together in the center of the top. And there
was our raft, twelve feet square, over a foot deep, water-tight as
a town drunkard, and weighing not more than a hundred pounds. It
has taken me two minutes to tell it; it took us two weeks to do it.
But we discovered immediately that the four beams on the sides
and ends were not enough, for Desiree's weight alone caused the
skin to sag clear through in the center, though we had stretched it
as tightly as possible. We were forced to unlash all the strips
running from side to side and insert supports, made of smaller
bones, across the middle each way. These we reinforced on their
ends with the thickest hide we could find, that they might not
puncture the bottom. After that it was fairly firm; though its
sea-worthiness was not improved, it was much easier to navigate
than it would have been before.
For oars we took the lower ends of the backbones of the two
smaller fish and covered them with hide. They were about five feet
long and quite heavy; but we intended to use them more for the
purpose of steering than for propulsion. The current of the stream
would attend to that for us.
Near the center of the raft we arranged a pile of the skins of
the water-pigs for Desiree; a seat by no means uncomfortable. The
strips which ran back and forth across the top afforded a hold as
security against the tossing of the craft; but for her feet we
arranged two other strips to pass over her ankles what time she
rested. This was an extreme precaution, for we did not expect the
journey to be a long one.
Finally we loaded on our provisions--about thirty pounds of
the meat of the fish and water-pigs, wrapping it securely in two or
three of the skins and strapping them firmly to the top.
"And now," said I, testing the strips on the corners for the
last time, "all we need is a name for her and a bottle of wine."
"And a homeward-bound pennant," put in Harry.
"The name is easy enough," said Desiree. "I hereby christen
her Clarte du Soleil."
"Which means?" asked Harry, whose French came only in spots.
"Sunshine," I told him. "Presumably after the glorious King
of the Incas, who calls himself the Child of the Sun. But it's a
good name. May Heaven grant that it takes us there!"
"I think we ought to take more grub," said Harry--an
observation which he had made not less than fifty times in the
preceding fifty minutes. He received no support and grumbled to
himself something about the horrible waste of leaving so much
behind.
Why it was I don't know, but we were fully persuaded that we
were about to say good-by forever to this underground world and its
dangers. Somehow, we had coaxed ourselves into the belief that
success was certain; it was as though we had seen the sunlight
streaming in from the farther end of the arched tunnel into which
the stream disappeared. There was an assurance about the words of
each that strengthened this feeling in the others, and hope had
shut out all thought of failure as we prepared to launch our craft.
It took us some time to get it to the edge of the water,
though it was close by, for we handled it with extreme care, that
it might not be torn on the rocks. Altogether, with the
provisions, it weighed close to one hundred and fifty pounds.
We were by no means sure that the thing would carry us, and
when once we had reached the water we forgot caution in our haste
to try it. We held it at the edge while Desiree arranged herself
on the pile of skins. The spears lay across at her feet, strapped
down for security.
Harry stepped across to the farther edge of the raft.
"Ready!" he called, and I shoved off, wading behind. When the
water was up to my knees I climbed aboard and picked up my oar.
"By all the nine gods, look at her!" cried Harry in huge
delight. "She takes about three inches! Man, she'd carry an
army!"
"Allons!" cried Desiree, with gay laughter. "C'est
Perfection!"
"Couldn't be better," I agreed; "but watch yourself, Hal.
When we get into the current things are going to begin to happen.
If it weren't for the beastly darkness 'twould be easy enough. As
it is, one little rock the size of your head could send us to the
bottom."
We were still near the bank, working our way out slowly.
Harry and I had to maintain positions equidistant from the center
in order to keep the raft balanced; hence I had to push her out
alone.
Considering her bulk, she answered to the oar very well.
Another five minutes and we were near the middle of the
stream. At that point there was but little current and we drifted
slowly. Harry went to the bow, while I took up a position on the
stern--if I may use such terms for such a craft--directly behind
Desiree. We figured that we were then about a mile from the Point
where the stream left the cavern.
Gradually, as the stream narrowed, the strength of the current
increased. Still it was smooth, and the raft sailed along without
a tremor. Once or twice, caught by some trick of the current, she
turned half round, poking her nose ahead, but she soon righted
herself.
The water began to curl up on the sides as we were carried
more and more swiftly onward, with a low murmur that was music to
us. The stream became so narrow that we could see the bank on
either side, though dimly, and I knew we were approaching the exit.
I called to Harry: "Keep her off to the right as we make the
turn!" and he answered: "Aye, aye, sir!" with a wave of the hand.
This, at least, was action with a purpose.
Another minute and we saw the arch directly ahead of us, round
a bend in the stream. The strength of the current carried us
toward the off bank, but we plied our oars desperately and well,
and managed to keep fairly well in to the end of the curve.
We missed the wall of the tunnel--black, grim rock that would
have dashed out our brains--by about ten feet, and were swept
forward under the arch, on our way--so we thought--to the land of
sunshine.
Chapter XX.
AN INCA SPEAR.
Here I might most appropriately insert a paragraph on the
vanity of human wishes and endeavor. But events, they say, speak
for themselves; and still, for my own part, I prefer the
philosopher to the historian. Mental digestion is a wearisome
task; you are welcome to it.
To the story. As I have said, we missed the wall of the
tunnel by a scant ten feet, and we kept on missing it. Once under
the arch, our raft developed a most stubborn inclination to bump up
against the rocky banks instead of staying properly in the middle
of the current, as it should.
First to one side, then to the other, it swung, while Harry
and I kept it off with our oars, often missing a collision by
inches. But at least the banks were smooth and level, and as long
as the stream itself remained clear of obstruction there was but
little real danger.
The current was not nearly so swift as I had expected it would
be. In the semidarkness it was difficult to calculate our rate of
speed, but I judged that we were moving at about six or seven miles
an hour.
We had gone perhaps three miles when we came to a sharp bend
in the stream, to the left, almost at a right angle. Harry, at the
bow, was supposed to be on the lookout, but he failed to see it
until we were already caught in its whirl.
Then he gave a cry of alarm, and together we swung the raft to
the left, avoiding the right bank of the curve by less than a foot.
Once safely past, I sent Harry to the stern and took the bow
myself, which brought down upon him a deal of keen banter from
Desiree.
There the tunnel widened, and the raft began to glide easily
onward, without any of its sudden dashes to right or left. I
rested on my oar, gazing intently ahead; at the best I could make
out the walls a hundred yards ahead, and but dimly. All was
silence, save the gentle swish of the water against the sides of
the raft and the patter of Harry's oar dipping idly on one side or
the other.
Suddenly Desiree's voice came through the silence, soft
and very low:
"Pendant une anne' toute entiere,
Le regiment na Pas r'paru.
Au Ministere de la Guerre
On le r'porta comme perdu.
"On se r'noncait a r'trouver sa trace,
Quand un matin subitement,
On le vit r'paraitre sur la place,
L'Colonel toujours en avant."
I waited until the last note had died away in the darkness.
"Are those your thoughts?" I asked then, half turning.
"No," said Desiree, "but I want to kill my thoughts. As for
them--"
She hesitated, and after a short pause her voice again broke
into melody:
"Fresh as the first beam glittering on a sail
That brings our friends up from the underworld;
Sad as the last which reddens over one
That sinks with all we love below the verge;
So sad, so fresh, the days that are no more."
Her voice, subdued and low, breathed a sweetness that seemed
almost to be of another world. My ear quivered with the
vibrations, and long after she was silent the last mellow note
floated through my brain.
Suddenly I became conscious of another sound, scarcely less
musical. It, too, was low; so low and faint that at first I
thought my ear deceived me, or that some distant echo was returning
Desiree's song down the dark tunnel.
Gradually, very gradually, it became louder and clearer, until
at length I recognized it. It was the rush of water, unbroken,
still low and at a great distance. I turned to remark on it to
Harry, but Desiree took the words from my mouth.
"I seem to hear something--like the surf," she said. "That
isn't possible, is it?"
I could have smiled but for the deep note of hope in her voice.
"Hardly," I answered. "I have heard it for several minutes.
It is probably some shallows. We must look sharp."
Another fifteen minutes, and I began to notice that the speed
of the current was increasing. The sound of the rushing water,
too, was quite distinct. Still the raft moved more and more
swiftly, till I began to feel alarmed. I turned to Harry:
"That begins to sound like rapids. See that the spears are
fastened securely, and stand ready with your oar. Sit tight,
Desiree."
One thing was certain: there was nothing to do but go ahead.
On both sides the walls of the tunnel rose straight up from the
surface of the water; there was nowhere room for a landing-place
--not even a foot for a purchase to stay our flight. To go back
was impossible; at the rate the current was now carrying us we
could not have held the raft even for a moment without oars.
Soon we were gliding forward so swiftly that the raft trembled
under us; from the darkness ahead came the sound of the rapids, now
increased to a roar that filled the tunnel and deafened us. I
heard Harry shouting something, but could not make out the words;
we were shooting forward with the speed of an express train and the
air about us was full of flying water.
The roar of the rapids became louder and louder. I turned for
an instant, shouting at the top of my voice: "Flat on your faces,
and hold on for dear life!" Then I dropped down with my oar under
me, passing my feet under two of the straps and clinging to two
others with my hands.
Another few seconds passed that seemed an hour. The raft was
swaying and lurching with the mad force of the current. I called
out again to Harry and Desiree, but my words were completely
drowned by the deafening, stunning roar of the water. All was
darkness and confusion. I kept asking myself: "Why doesn't it
come?" It seemed an age since I had thrown myself on my face.
Suddenly the raft leaped up under me and away. It seemed as
though some giant hand had grasped it from beneath and jerked it
down with tremendous force. The air was filled with water, lashing
my face and body furiously. The raft whirled about like a cork.
I gripped the straps with all the strength that was in me. Down,
down we went into the darkness; my breath was gone and my brain
whirled dizzily.
There was a sudden sharp lurch, a jerk upward, and I felt the
surface of the water close over me. Blinded and dazed, I clung to
my hold desperately, struggling with the instinct to free myself.
For several seconds the roar of the cataract sounded in my ears
with a furious faintness, as though it were at a great distance;
then I felt the air again and a sudden cessation of motion.
I opened my eyes, choking and sputtering. For a time I could
see nothing; then I made out Desiree's form, and Harry's, stretched
behind me on the raft. At the same instant Harry's voice came:
"Paul! Ah, Desiree!"
In another moment we were at her side. Her hands held to the
straps on each side with a grip as of death; we had to pry off each
of her fingers separately to loosen them. Then we bent her over
Harry's knee and worked her arms up and down, and soon her chest
heaved convulsively and her lungs freed themselves of the water
they had taken. Presently she turned about; her eyes opened and
she pressed her hands to her head.
"Don't say 'Where am I?'" said Harry, "because we don't know.
How do you feel?"
"I don't know," she answered, still gasping for breath. "What
was it? What did we do?"
I left them then, turning to survey the extent of our damage.
There was absolutely none; we were as intact as when we started.
The provisions and spears remained under their straps; my oar lay
where I had fallen on it. The raft appeared to be floating easily
as before, without a scratch.
The water about us was churned into foam, though we had
already been carried so far from the cataract that it was lost
behind us in the darkness; only its roar reached our ears. To this
day I haven't the faintest idea of its height; it may have been ten
feet or two hundred. Harry says a thousand.
We were moving slowly along on the surface of what appeared to
be a lake, still carried forward by the force of the falls behind
us. For my part, I found its roar bewildering and confusing, and
I picked up my oar and commenced to paddle away from it; at least,
so I judged.
Harry's voice came from behind:
"In the name of goodness, where did you get that oar?"
I turned.
"Young man, a good sailor never loses an oar. How do you
feel, Desiree?"
"Like a drowned rat," she answered, but with a laugh in her
voice. "I'm faint and sick and wet, and my throat is ready to
burst, but I wouldn't have missed that for anything. It was
glorious! I'd like to do it again."
"Yes, you would," said Harry skeptically. "You're welcome,
thank you. But what I want to know is, where did that oar come
from?"
I explained that I had taken the precaution to fall on it.
"Do you never lose your head?" asked Desiree.
"No, merely my heart."
"Oh, as for that," she retorted, with a lightness that still
had a sting, "my good friend, you never had any."
Whereupon I returned to my paddling in haste.
Soon I discovered that though, as I have said, we appeared to
be in a lake--for I could see no bank on either side--there was
still a current. We drifted slowly, but our movement was plainly
perceptible, and I rested on my oar.
Presently a wall loomed up ahead of us and I saw that the
stream again narrowed down as it entered the tunnel, much lower
than the one above the cataract. The current became swifter as we
were carried toward its mouth, and I called to Harry to get his
spear to keep us off from the walls if it should prove necessary.
But we entered exactly in the center and were swept forward with a
rush.
The ceiling of the tunnel was so low that we could not stand
upright on the raft, and the stream was not more than forty feet
wide. That was anything but promising; if the stream really ran
through to the western slope, its volume of water should have been
increasing instead of diminishing. I said nothing of that to Harry
or Desiree.
We had sailed along thus without incident for upward of half
an hour, when my carelessness, or the darkness, nearly brought us
to grief. Suddenly, without warning, there was a violent jar and
the raft rebounded with a force that all but threw us into the
water. Coming to a bend in the stream, the current had dashed us
against the other bank.
But, owing to the flexibility of its sides, the raft escaped
damage. I had my oar against the wall instantly, shoving off, and
we swung round and caught the current again round the curve.
But that bend was to the left, as the other had been, which
meant that we were now going in exactly the opposite direction of
that in which we had started! Which, in turn, meant the death of
hope; we were merely winding in and out in a circle and getting
nowhere. Harry and Desiree had apparently not noticed the fact,
and I said nothing of it. Time enough when they should find out
for themselves; and besides, there was still a chance, though a
slim one.
Soon the bed of the stream became nearly level, for we barely
moved. The roof of the tunnel was very low--but a scant foot above
our heads as we sat or crouched on the raft. It was necessary to
keep a sharp lookout ahead; a rock projecting from above would have
swept us into the water.
The air, too, was close and foul; our breath became labored
and difficult; and Desiree, half stifled and drowsy, passed into a
fitful and broken sleep, stirring restlessly and panting for air.
Harry had taken the bow and I lay across the stern. Suddenly his
voice came, announcing that we had left the tunnel.
I sat up quickly and looked round. The walls were no longer
to be seen; we had evidently entered a cavern similar to the one in
which we had embarked.
"Shall we lay off? I asked, stepping across to Harry's side.
He assented, and I took the oar and worked the raft over to
the left. There was but little current and she went well in. In a
few minutes we were in shallow water, and Harry and I jumped off
and shoved her to the bank.
Desiree sat up, rubbing her eyes.
"Where are we?" she asked.
Harry explained while we beached the raft. Then we broke out
our provisions and partook of them.
"But why do we stop?" asked Desiree.
The words "Because we are not getting anywhere" rose to my
lips, but I kept them back.
"For a rest and some air," I answered.
Desiree exclaimed: "But I want to go on!"
So as soon as we had eaten our fill we loaded the stuff again
and prepared to shove off. By that time I think Harry, too, had
realized the hopelessness of our expedition, for he had lost all
his enthusiasm; but he said nothing, nor did I. We secured Desiree
on her pile of skins and again pushed out into the current.
The cavern was not large, for we had been under way but a few
minutes when its wall loomed up ahead and the stream again entered
a tunnel, so low and narrow that I hesitated about entering at all.
I consulted Harry.
"Take a chance," he advised. "Why not? As well that as
anything."
We slipped through the entrance.
The current was extremely sluggish, and we barely seemed to
move. Still we went forward.
"If we only had a little speed we could stand it," Harry
grumbled.
Which shows that a man does not always appreciate a blessing.
It was not long before we were offering up thanks that our speed
had been so slight.
To be exact, about an hour, as well as I could measure time,
which passed slowly; for not only were the minutes tedious, but the
foulness of the air made them also extremely uncomfortable.
Desiree was again lying down, half-unconscious but not asleep, for
now and then she spoke drowsily. Harry complained of a dizziness
in the head, and my own seemed ready to burst through my temples.
The soroche of the mountains was agreeable compared to that.
Suddenly the swiftness of the current increased appreciably on
the instant; there was a swift jerk as we were carried forward. I
rose to my knees--the tunnel was too low to permit of standing--and
gazed intently ahead. I could see nothing save that the stream had
narrowed to half its former width, and was still becoming narrower.
We went faster and faster, and the stream narrowed until the
bank was but a few feet away on either side.
"Watch the stern!" I called to Harry. "Keep her off with your
spear!"
Then a wall loomed up directly ahead. I thought it meant
another bend in the stream, and I strained my eyes intently in the
effort to discover its direction, but I could see nothing save the
black wall. We approached closer; I shouted to Harry and Desiree
to brace themselves for a shock, praying that the raft would meet
the rock squarely and not on a corner.
I had barely had time to set myself and grasp the straps
behind when we struck with terrific force. The raft rebounded
several feet, trembling and shaking violently. The water was
rushing past us with noisy impetuosity.
There was a cry from Desiree, and from Harry, "All right!" I
crawled to the bow. Along the top the hide covering had been split
open for several feet, but the water did not quite reach the
opening.
And we had reached the end of our ambitious journey. For that
black wall marked the finish of the tunnel; the stream entered it
through a narrow hole, which accounted for the sudden, swift rush
of the current. Above the upper rim of the hole the surface of the
water whirled about in a widening circle; to this had we been led
by the stream that was to have carried us to the land of sunshine.
When I told Desiree she stared at me in silence! I had not
realized before the strength of her hope. Speechless with
disappointment, she merely sat and stared straight ahead at the
black, unyielding rock. Harry knelt beside her with his arm across
her shoulders.
I roused him with a jerk of the arm.
"Come--get busy! A few hours in this hole and we'd suffocate.
Do you realize that we've got to pull this raft back against the
current?"
First it was necessary to repair the rent in the hide
covering. This we did with strips of hide; and barely in time, for
it was becoming wider every minute, and the water was beginning to
creep in over the edge. But we soon had the ends sewed firmly
together and turned our hands to the main task.
It appeared to be not only difficult, but actually impossible
to force the raft back up-stream against the swift current. We
were jammed against the rock with all the force of many tons of
water. The oar was useless.
Getting a purchase on the wall with our hands, we shoved the
raft to one side; but as soon as we got to the wall on the left the
whirling stream turned us around again, and we found ourselves back
in our original position, only with a different side of the raft
against the rock. That happened three times.
Then we tried working to the right instead of the left, but
with no better success. The force of the current, coming with all
its speed against the unwieldy raft, was irresistible. Time and
again we shoved round and started upstream, after incredible labor,
only to be dashed back again against the rock.
We tried our spears, but their shafts were so slender that
they were useless. We took the oar and, placing its end against
the wall, shoved with all our strength. The oar snapped in two and
we fell forward against the wall. We tore off some of the strips
of hide from the raft and tried to fasten them to the wall on
either side, but there was no protuberance that would hold them.
Nothing remained to be done.
Harry and I held a consultation then and agreed on the only
possible means of escape. I turned to Desiree:
"Can you swim?"
"Parfaitement," she replied. "But against that"--
pointing to the whirling water--"I do not know. I can try."
I, who remember the black fury of that stream as it swept past
us, can appreciate the courage of her.
We lost no time, for the foulness of the air was weakening us
with every breath we took. Our preparations were few.
The two spears and about half of the provisions we strapped to
our backs--an inconsiderable load which would hamper us but little.
We discarded all our clothing, which was very little. I took the
heavy skin which Desiree had worn and began to strap it also on top
of my bundle, but she refused to allow it.
"I will not permit you to be handicapped with my modesty," she
observed.
Then, with Desiree between us, we stepped to the edge of the
raft and dived off together.
Driven as we were by necessity, we would have hesitated longer
if we had known the full force of the undercurrent that seized us
from beneath. Desiree would have disappeared without a struggle if
it had not been for the support which Harry and I rendered her on
either side.
But we kept on top--most of the time--and fought our way
forward by inches. The black walls frowning at us from either side
appeared to me to remain exactly the same, stationary, after a long
and desperate struggle; but when I gave a quick glance behind I saw
that we had pulled so far away from the raft that it was no longer
in sight. That gave me renewed strength, and, shouting assurance
to Harry and Desiree, I redoubled my efforts. Desiree was by now
almost able to hold her own, but we still supported her.
Every stroke made the next one easier, carrying us away from
the whirlpool, and soon we swam smoothly. Less and less strong
became the resistance of the current, until finally it was possible
to float easily on our backs and rest.
"How far is it to the cavern?" Harry panted.
"Somewhere between one and ten miles," was my answer. "How
the deuce should I know? But we'll make it now, I think. Can you
hold out, Desiree?"
"Easily," she answered. "If only I could get some air! Just
one good, long breath."
There was the danger, and on that account no time was to be
lost. Again we struck out into the blackness ahead. I felt myself
no longer fresh, and began to doubt seriously if we should reach
our goal.
But we reached it. No need to recount our struggles, which
toward the end were inspired by suffering amounting to agony as we
choked and gasped for sufficient air to keep us up.
Another hundred yards would have been too much for us; but it
is enough that finally we staggered onto the bank at the entrance
to the cavern in which we had previously rested, panting, dizzy,
and completely exhausted.
But an hour in the cavern, with its supply of air, revived us;
and then we sat up and asked ourselves: "What for?"
"And all that brings us--to this," said Harry, with a sweeping
gesture round the cavern.
"At least, it is a better tomb," I retorted. "And it was a
good fight. We still have something in us. Desiree, a good man
was lost in you."
Harry rose to his feet.
"I'm going to look round," he announced. "We've got to do
something. Gad, and it took us a month to build that raft!"
"The vanity of human endeavor," said I, loosening the strap
round my shoulders and dropping my bundle to the ground. "Wait a
minute; I'm going with you. Are you coming, Desiree?"
But she was too tired to rise to her feet, and we left her
behind, arranging what few skins we had as well as possible to
protect her from the hard rock.
"Rest your weary bones," said Harry, stooping to kiss her.
"There's meat here if you want it. We'll be back soon."
So we left her, with her white body stretched out at its full
length on the rude mat.
Bearing off to the left, we soon discovered that we would have
no difficulty to leave the cavern; we had only to choose our way.
There was scarcely any wall at all, so broken was it by lanes and
passages leading in all directions.
We followed some of them for a distance, but found none that
gave any particular promise. Most of them were choked with rocks
and boulders through which it was difficult to force a passage. We
spent an hour or more in these futile explorations, then followed
the wall some distance to the right.
Gradually the exits became less numerous. High on a boulder
near the entrance of one we saw the head of some animal peering
down at us. We hurled our spears at it, but missed; then were
forced to climb up the steep side of the boulder to recover our
weapons.
"We'd better go back to Desiree," said Harry when we reached
the ground again. "She'll wonder what's become of us. We've been
gone nearly two hours."
After fifteen minutes' search we found the stream, and
followed it to the left. We had gone farther than we thought, and
we were looking for the end, where we had left Desiree, long before
we reached it. Several times we called her name, but there was no
answer.
"She's probably asleep," said Harry. And a minute later:
"There's the wall at last! But where is she?"
My foot struck something on the ground, and I stooped over to
examine it.
It was the pile of skins on which Desiree had lain!
I called to Harry, and at the same instant heard his shout of
consternation as he came running toward me, holding something in
his hand.
"They've got her! Look! Look at this! I found it on the
ground over there."
He held the thing in his hand out before me.
It was an Inca spear.
Chapter XXI.
THE MIDST OF THE ENEMY.
Harry and I stood gazing at each other blankly in the
semidarkness of the cavern.
"But it isn't possible," I objected finally to my own
thoughts. "She would have cried out and we would have heard her.
The spear may have been there before."
Then I raised my voice, calling her name many times at the top
of my lungs. There was no answer.
"They've got her," said Harry, "and that's all there is to it.
The cursed brutes crept up on her in the dark--much chance she had
of crying out when they got their hands on her. I know it. Why
did we leave her?"
"Where did you find the spear?" I asked.
Harry pointed toward the wall, away from the stream.
"On the ground?"
"Yes."
"Is there an exit from the cavern on that side?"
"I don't know."
"Well, that's our only chance. Come on!"
We found the exit, and another, and a third. Which to take?
They were very similar to one another, except that the one in the
middle sloped upward at a gentle incline, while the others were
level.
"One is as good as another," I observed, and entered the one
on the left.
Once started, we advanced with a rush. The passage was
straight and narrow, clear of obstruction, and we kept at a steady
run.
"They may have an hour's start of us," came Harry's voice at
my side.
"Or five minutes," I returned. "We have no way of knowing.
But I'm afraid we're on the wrong trail."
Still as I had said, one chance was as good as another, and we
did not slacken our pace. The passage went straight forward,
without a bend. The roof was low, just allowing us to pass without
stooping, and the walls were rough and rugged.
It was not long before we found that we had taken the wrong
chance, having covered, I think, some two or three miles when a
wall loomed up directly in our path.
"At last, a turn!" panted Harry.
But it was not a turn. It was the end of the passage. We had
been following a blind alley.
Harry let out a string of oaths, and I seconded him. Twenty
minutes wasted, and another twenty to return!
There was nothing else for it. We shouldered our spears and
started to retrace our steps.
"No use running now," I declared. "We can't keep it up
forever, and we may as well save our strength. We'll never catch
up with 'em, but we may find 'em."
Harry, striding ahead two or three paces in front, did not
answer.
Finally we reached the cavern from which we had started.
"And now what?" asked Harry in a tone of the most utter
dejection.
I pointed to the exit in the middle. "That! We should have
taken it in the first place. On the raft we probably descended
altogether something like five hundred feet from the level where we
started--possibly twice that distance. And this passage which
slopes upward will probably take us back."
"At least, it's as good as the other," Harry agreed; and we
entered it.
We had not proceeded far before we found ourselves in
difficulties. The gentle slope became a steep incline. Great
rocks loomed up in our path.
In spots the passage was so narrow that two men could hardly
have walked abreast through it, and its walls were rough and
irregular, with sharp points projecting unexpectedly into our very
faces.
Still we went forward and upward, scrambling over, under,
round, between. At one point, when Harry was a few yards in front
of me, he suddenly disappeared from sight as though swallowed by
the mountain.
Rushing forward, I saw him scrambling to his feet at the
bottom of a chasm some ten feet below. Luckily he had escaped
serious injury, and climbed up on the other side, while I leaped
across--a distance of about six feet.
"They could never have brought her through this," he declared,
rubbing a bruised knee.
"Do you want to go back?" I asked.
But he said that would be useless, and I agreed with him. So
we struggled onward, painfully and laboriously. The sharp corners
of the rocks cut our feet and hands, and I had an ugly bruise on my
left shoulder, besides many lesser ones. Harry's injured knee
caused him to limp and thus further retarded our progress.
At times the passage broadened out until the wall on either
side was barely visible, only to narrow down again till it was
scarcely more than a crevice between the giant boulders. The
variation of the incline was no less, being at times very nearly
level, and at others mounting upward at an angle whose ascent was
all but impossible. Somehow we crawled up, like flies on a wall.
When we came to a stream of water rushing directly across our
path at the foot of a towering rock Harry gave a cry of joy and ran
forward. I had not known until then how badly his knee was hurt,
and when I came up to where he was bathing it in the stream and saw
how black and swollen it was, I insisted that he give it a rest.
But he absolutely refused, and after we had quenched our thirst
and gotten an easy breath or two we struggled to our feet and on.
After another hour of scrambling and failing and hanging on by
our finger nails, the way began to be easier. We came to level,
clear stretches with only an occasional boulder or ravine, and the
rock became less cruel to our bleeding feet. The relief came
almost too late, for by that time every movement was painful, and
we made but slow progress.
Soon we faced another difficulty when we came to a point where
a split in the passage showed a lane on either side. One led
straight ahead; the other branched off to the right. They were
very similar, but somehow the one on the right looked more
promising to us, and we took it.
We had followed this but a short distance when it broadened
out to such an extent that the walls on either side could be seen
but dimly. It still sloped upward, but at a very slight angle, and
we had little difficulty in making our way. Another half-hour and
it narrowed down again to a mere lane.
We were proceeding at a fairly rapid gait, keeping our eyes
strained ahead, when there appeared an opening in the right wall at
a distance of a hundred feet or so. Not having seen or heard
anything to recommend caution, we advanced without slackening our
pace until we had reached it.
I said aloud to Harry, "Probably a cross-passage," and then
jerked him back quickly against the opposite wall as I saw the real
nature of the opening.
It led to a small room, with a low ceiling and rough walls,
dark as the passage in which we stood, for it contained no light.
We could see its interior dimly, but well enough to discover
the form of an Inca standing just within the doorway. His back was
toward us, and he appeared to be fastening something to the ceiling
with strips of hide.
It was evident that we had not been seen, and I started to
move on, grasping Harry's arm. It was then that I became aware of
the fact that the wall leading away in front of us--that is, the
one on the right--was marked as far as the eye could reach with a
succession of similar openings.
They were quite close together; from where we stood I could
see thirty or forty of them. I guessed that they, too, led to
rooms similar to the one in front of us, probably likewise
occupied; but it was necessary to go on in spite of the danger, and
I pulled again at Harry's arm.
Then, seeing by his face that something had happened, I turned
my eyes again on the Inca in the room. He had turned about,
squarely facing us. As we stood motionless he took a hasty step
forward; we had been discovered.
There was but one thing to do, and we didn't hesitate about
doing it. We leaped forward together, crossing the intervening
space in a single bound, and bore the Inca to the floor under us.
My fingers were round his throat, Harry sat on him. In a
trice we had him securely bound and gagged, using some strips of
hide which we found suspended from the ceiling.
"By gad!" exclaimed Harry in a whisper. "Look at him! He's
a woman!"
It was quite evident--disgustingly so. Her eyes, dull and
sunken, appeared as two large, black holes set back in her skull.
Her hair, matted about her forehead and shoulders, was thick and
coarse, and blacker than night. Her body was innocent of any
attempt at covering.
Altogether, not a very pleasant sight; and we bundled her into
a corner and proceeded to look round the room, being careful to
remain out of the range of view from the corridor as far as
possible.
The room was not luxuriously furnished. There were two seats
of stone, and a couch of the same material covered with thick
hides. In one corner was a pile of copper vessels; in another two
or three of stone, rudely carved. Some torn hides lay in a heap
near the center of the room. From the ceiling were suspended other
hides and some strips of dried fish.
Some of the latter we cut down with the points of our spears
and retired with it to a corner.
"Ought we to ask our hostess to join us?" Harry grinned.
"This tastes good, after the other," I remarked.
Hungry as we were, we made sad havoc with the lady's pantry.
Then we found some water in a basin in the corner and drank--not
without misgivings. But we were too thirsty to be particular.
Then Harry became impatient to go on, and though I had no
liking for the appearance of that long row of open doorways, I did
not demur. Taking up our spears, we stepped out into the corridor
and turned to the right.
We found ourselves running a gantlet wherein discovery seemed
certain. The right wall was one unbroken series of open doorways,
and in each of the rooms, whose interiors we could plainly see,
were one or more of the Inca Women; and sometimes children rolled
about on the stony floor.
In one of them a man stood; I could have sworn that he was
gazing straight at us, and I gathered myself together for a spring;
but he made no movement of any kind and we passed swiftly by.
Once a little black ball of flesh--a boy it was, perhaps five
or six years old--tumbled out into the corridor under our very
feet. We strode over him and went swiftly on.
We had passed about a hundred of the open doorways, and were
beginning to entertain the hope that we might, after all, get
through without being discovered, when Harry suddenly stopped
short, pulling at my arm. At the same instant I saw, far down the
corridor, a crowd of black forms moving toward us.
Even at that distance something about their appearance and
gait told us that they were not women. Their number was so great
that as they advanced they filled the passage from wall to wall.
There was but one way to escape certain discovery; and
distasteful as it was, we did not hesitate to employ it. In a
glance I saw that we were directly opposite an open doorway; with
a whispered word to Harry I sprang across the corridor and within
the room. He followed.
Inside were a woman and two children. As we entered they
looked up, startled, and stood gazing at us in terror. For an
instant we held back, but there was nothing else for it; and in
another minute we had overpowered and bound and gagged them and
carried them to a corner.
The children were ugly little devils and the woman very little
above a brute; still we handled them as tenderly as possible. Then
we crouched against the wall where we could not be seen from the
corridor, and waited.
Soon the patter of many footsteps reached our ears. They
passed; others came, and still others. For many minutes the sound
continued steadily, unbroken, while we sat huddled up against the
wall, scarcely daring to breathe.
Immediately in front of me lay the forms of the woman and the
children; I could see their dull eyes, unblinking, looking up at me
in abject terror. Still the patter of footsteps sounded from
without, with now and then an interval of quiet.
Struck by a sudden thought, I signaled to Harry; and when he
had moved further back into his corner I sprang across the room in
one bound to his side. A word or two of whispering, and he nodded
to show that he understood. We crouched together flat against the
wall.
My thought had come just in time, for scarcely another minute
had passed when there suddenly appeared in the doorway the form of
an Inca. He moved a step inside, and I saw that there was another
behind him. I had not counted on two of them! In the arms of each
was a great copper vessel, evidently very heavy, for their effort
was apparent as they stooped to place the vessels on the ground
just within the doorway.
As they straightened up and saw that the room before them was
empty, their faces filled with surprise. At the same moment a
movement came from the woman in the corner; the two men glanced at
them with a start of wonder; and as I had foreseen, they ran across
and bent over the prostrate forms.
The next instant they, too, were prone on the floor, with
Harry and me on top of them. They did not succumb without a
struggle, and the one I had chosen proved nearly too much for me.
The great muscles of his chest and legs strained under me with
a power that made me doubtful for a moment of the outcome; but the
Incas themselves had taught us how to conquer a man when you attack
him from behind, and I grasped his throat with all the strength
there was in my fingers.
With a desperate effort he got to his knees and grasped my
wrists in his powerful black hands and tore my own grip loose. He
was half-way to his feet, and far more powerful than I; I changed
my tactics. Wrenching myself loose, I fell back a step; then, as
he twisted round to get at me, I lunged forward and let him have my
fist squarely between the eyes.
The blow nearly broke my hand, but he dropped to the floor.
The next instant I was joined by Harry, who had overcome the other
Inca with little difficulty, and in a trice we had them both bound
and gagged along with the remainder of the family in the corner.
Owing to my strategy in withholding our attack until the Incas
had got well within the room and to one side, we had not been seen
by those constantly passing up and down in the corridor without; at
least, none of them had entered. We seemed by this stroke to have
assured our safety so long as we remained in the room.
But it was still necessary to remain against the wall, for the
soft patter of footsteps could still be heard in the corridor.
They now came at irregular intervals, and there were not many
of them. Otherwise the silence was unbroken.
"What does it all mean?" Harry whispered.
"The Incas are coming home to their women," I guessed.
"Though, after seeing the women, it is little wonder if they spend
most of their time away from them. He is welcome to his repose in
the bosom of his family."
There passed an uneventful hour. Long before it ended the
sound of footsteps had entirely ceased; but we thought it best to
take no chances, and waited for the last minute our impatience
would allow us. Then, uncomfortable and stiff from the long period
of immobility and silence, we rose to our feet and made ready to
start.
Harry was for appropriating some of the strips of dried fish
we saw suspended from the ceiling, but I objected that our danger
lay in any direction other than that of hunger, and we set out with
only our spears.
The corridor was deserted. One quick glance in either
direction assured us of that; then we turned to the right and set
out at a rapid pace, down the long passage past a succession of
rooms exactly similar to the one we had just left--scores, hundreds
of them.
Each one was occupied by from one to ten of the Incas lying on
the couch which each contained, or stretched on hides on the floor.
No one was stirring. Everywhere was silence save the patter of our
own feet, which we let fall as noiselessly as possible.
"Will it never end?" whispered Harry at length, after we had
traversed upward of a mile without any sign of a cross-passage or
a termination.
"Forward, and silence!" I breathed for a reply.
The end--at least, of the silence--came sooner than we had
expected. Hardly were the last words out of my mouth when a
whirring noise sounded behind us. We glanced over our shoulders as
we ran, and at the same instant an Inca spear flew by not two
inches from my head and struck the ground in front.
Not a hundred feet to the rear we saw a group of Incas rushing
along the passage toward us. Harry wheeled about, raising his
spear, but I grasped him by the arm, crying, "Run; it's our only
chance!" The next moment we were leaping forward side by side down
the passage.
It would have fared ill with any who appeared to block our way
in that mad dash; but it remained clear. The corridor led straight
ahead, with never a turn. We were running as we had never run
before; the black walls flashed past us an indistinguishable blur,
and the open doorways were blended into one.
Glancing back over my shoulder, I saw that the small group of
Incas was no longer small. Away to the rear the corridor was
filled with rushing black forms. But I saw plainly that we were
gaining on them; the distance that separated us was twice as great
as when we had first started to run.
"How about it?" I panted. "Can you hold out?"
"If it weren't for this knee," Harry returned between breaths
and through clenched teeth. "But--I'm with you." He was limping
painfully, and I slackened my pace a little, but he urged me
forward with an oath, and himself sprang to the front. His knee
must have been causing him the keenest agony; his face was white as
death.
Then I uttered a cry of joy as I saw a bend in the passage
ahead. We reached it, and wheeled to the right. There was solid
wall on either side; the series of doors was ended.
"We'll shake 'em off now," I panted.
Harry nodded.
A short distance ahead we came to another cross-passage, and
turned to the left. Glancing over my shoulder, I saw that our
pursuers had not yet reached the first turn. Harry kept in the
lead, and was giving me all I could do to keep up with him.
We found ourselves now in a veritable maze of lanes and
cross-passages, and we turned to one side or the other at every
opportunity. At length I grasped Harry by the arm and stopped him.
We stood for two full minutes listening intently. There was
absolutely no sound of any kind.
"Thank Heaven!" Harry breathed, and would have fallen to the
ground if I had not supported him.
We started out then in search of water, moving slowly and
cautiously. But we found none, and soon Harry declared that he
could go no further. We sat down with our backs against the wall
of the passage, still breathing heavily and all but exhausted.
In that darkness and silence the minutes passed into hours.
We talked but little, and then only in whispers. Finally Harry
fell into a restless sleep, if it may be called that, and several
times I dozed off and was awakened by my head nodding against the
stone wall.
At length, finding Harry awake, I urged him to his feet. His
knee barely supported his weight, but he gritted his teeth and told
me to lead on.
"We can wait--" I began; but he broke in savagely:
"No! I want to find her, that's all--and end it. Just one
more chance!"
We searched for an hour before we found the stream of water we
sought. After Harry had bathed his knee and drunk his fill he felt
more fit, and we pushed on more rapidly, but still quite at random.
We turned first one way, then another, in the never-ending
labyrinth, always in darkness and silence. We seemed to get
nowhere; and I for one was about to give up the disheartening task
when suddenly a sound smote our ears that caused us first to start
violently, then stop and gaze at each other in comprehension and
eager surprise.
"The bell!" cried Harry. "They are being summoned to the
great cavern!"
It was the same sound we had heard twice before; a sound as of
a great, deep-toned bell ringing sonorously throughout the passages
and caverns with a roar that was deafening. And it seemed to be
close--quite close.
"It came from the left," said Harry; but I disagreed with him
and was so sure of myself that we started off to the right. The
echoes of the bell were still floating from wall to wall as we went
rapidly forward. I do not know what we expected to find, and the
Lord knows what we intended to do after we found it.
A short distance ahead we came to another passage, crossing at
right angles, broad and straight, and somehow familiar. As with
one impulse we took it, turning to the left, and then flattened
ourselves back against the wall as we saw a group of Incas passing
at its farther end, some two hundred yards away.
There we stood, motionless and scarcely breathing, while group
after group of the savages passed in the corridor ahead. Their
number swelled to a continuous stream, which in turn gradually
became thinner and thinner until only a few stragglers were seen
trotting behind. Finally they, too, ceased to appear; the corridor
was deserted.
We waited a while longer, then as no more appeared we started
forward and soon had reached the corridor down which they had
passed. We followed in the direction they had taken, turning to
the right.
We had no sooner turned than we saw that which caused us to
glance quickly at each other and hasten our step, while I smothered
the ejaculation that rose to my lips. The corridor in which we now
found ourselves stretched straight ahead for a distance, then
turned to one side; and the corner thus formed was flooded with a
brilliant blaze of light!
There was no longer any doubt of it: we were on our way to the
great cavern. For a moment I hesitated, asking myself for what
purpose we hastened on thus into the very arms of our enemies;
then, propelled by instinct or premonition--I know not what--I took
a firmer grasp on my spear and followed Harry without word,
throwing caution to the winds.
Yet we avoided foolhardiness, for as we approached the last
turn we proceeded slowly, keeping an eye on the rear. But all the
Incas appeared to have assembled within, for the corridor remained
deserted.
We crept silently to the corner, avoiding the circle of light
as far as possible, and, crouching side by side on the rock, looked
out together on a scene none the less striking because we had seen
it twice before.
It was the great cavern. We saw it from a different viewpoint
than before; the alcove which held the golden throne was far off to
our left, nearly half-way round the vast circumference. On the
throne was seated the king, surrounded by guards and attendants.
As before, the stone seats which surrounded the amphitheater
on every side were filled with the Incas, crouching motionless and
silent. The flames in the massive urns mounted in steady tongues,
casting their blinding glare in every direction.
All this I saw in a flash, when suddenly Harry's fingers sank
into the flesh of my arm with such force that I all but cried out
in actual pain. And then, glancing at him and following the
direction of his gaze, I saw Desiree.
She was standing on the top of the lofty column in the center
of the lake.
Her white body, uncovered, was outlined sharply against the
black background of the cavern above.
Chapter XXII.
THE BEGINNING OF THE END.
Neither Harry nor I spoke; our eyes were concentrated on the
scene before us, trying to comprehend its meaning.
It was something indefinable in Desiree's attitude that told
me the truth--what, I cannot tell. Her profile was toward us; it
could not have been her eyes or any expression of her face; but
there was a tenseness about her pose, a stiffening of the muscles
of her body, an air of lofty scorn and supreme triumph coming
somehow from every line of her motionless figure, that flashed
certainty into my brain.
And on the instant I turned to Harry.
"Follow me," I whispered; and he must have read the force of
my knowledge in my eyes, for he obeyed without a word. Back down
the passage we ran, halting at its end. Harry opened his lips to
speak, but I took the words from his mouth; seconds were precious.
"They have fired the column--you remember. Follow me; keep
your spear ready; not a sound, if you love her."
I saw that he understood, and saw too, by the expression that
shot into his face, that it would go ill with any Incas who tried
to stop us then.
We rushed forward side by side, guessing at our way, seeking
the entrance to the tunnel that led to the foot of the column. A
prayer was on my lips that we might not be too late; Harry's lips
were compressed together tightly as a vise. Death we did not fear,
even for Desiree; but we remembered the horror of our own
experience on the top of that column, and shuddered as we ran.
As I have said, we had entered the great cavern at a point
almost directly opposite the alcove, and therefore at a distance
from the entrance we sought. It was necessary to half encircle the
cavern, and the passages were so often crossed by other passages
that many times we had to guess at the proper road.
But not for an instant did we hesitate; we flew rather than
ran. I felt within me the strength and resolve of ten men, and I
knew then that there was something I must do and would do before I
died, though a thousand devils stood in my way.
I do not know what led us; whether a remorseful Providence,
who suddenly decided that we had been played with long enough, or
the mere animal instinct of direction, or blind luck. But so fast
did we go that it seemed to me we had left the great cavern
scarcely a minute behind us when I suddenly saw the steps of a
steep stairway leading down from an opening on our right.
How my heart leaped then! Harry uttered a hoarse cry of
exultation. The next instant we were dashing headlong down the
steps, avoiding a fall by I know not what miracle. And there
before us was the entrance to the tunnel.
I held Harry back, almost shouting: "You stay here; guard the
entrance. I'll get her."
"No," he cried, pushing forward. "I can't stay."
"Fool!" I cried, dashing him back. "We would be caught like
rats in a trap. Defend that entrance--with your life!"
I saw him hesitate, and, knowing that he would obey, I dashed
forward into the tunnel. When nearly to its end I made a misstep
on the uneven ground and precipitated myself against the wall. A
sharp pain shot through my left shoulder, but at the time I was
scarcely conscious of it as I picked myself up and leaped forward.
The end was in sight.
Just as I reached the foot of the spiral stairway I saw a
black form descending from it. That Inca never knew what hit him.
I did not use my spear; time was too precious. He disappeared in
the whirlpool beneath the base of the column through which Harry
and I had once miraculously escaped.
But despair filled my heart as, with my feet on the first step
of the spiral stairway, I cast a quick glance upward. The upper
half of the inside of the column was a raging furnace of fire. How
or from what it came I did not stop to inquire; I bounded up the
stairway in desperate fury.
I did not know then that the stone steps were baking and
blistering my feet; I did not know, as I came level with the base
of the flames, that every hair was being singed from my head and
body--I only knew that I must reach the top of the column.
Then I saw the source of the flames as I reached them. Huge
vats of oil--six, a dozen, twenty--I know not how many--were ranged
in a circle on a ledge of stone encircling the column, and from
their tops the fire leaped upward to a great height. I saw what
must be done; how I did it God only knows; I shut my eyes now as I
remember it.
Hooking the rim of the vat nearest me with the point of my
spear, I sent it tumbling down the length of the column into the
whirlpool, many feet below. Then another, and another, and
another, until the ledge was empty.
Some of the burning oil, flying from the overturned vats,
alighted on the stairway, casting weird patches of light up and
down the whole length of the column. Some of it landed on my body,
my face, my hands. It was a very hell of heat; my lungs, all the
inside of me, was on fire.
My brain sang and whirled. My eyes felt as though they were
being burned from their sockets with red-hot irons. I bounded
upward.
A few more steps--I could not see, I could hardly feel--and my
head bumped against the stone at the top of the column. I put out
my hand, groping around half crazily, and by some wild chance it
came in contact with the slide that moved the stone stab. I
pushed, hardly knowing what I did, and the stone flew to one side.
I stuck my head through the opening and saw Desiree.
Her back was toward me. As I emerged from the opening the
Incas seated round the vast amphitheater and the king, seated on
the golden throne in the alcove, rose involuntarily from their
seats in astonished wonder.
Desiree saw the movement and, turning, caught sight of me. A
sudden cry of amazement burst from her lips; she made a hasty step
forward and fell fainting into my arms.
I shook her violently, but she remained unconscious, and this
added catastrophe all but unnerved me. For a moment I stood on the
upper step with the upper half of my body, swaying from side to
side, extending beyond the top of the column; then I turned and
began to descend with Desiree in my arms.
Every step of that descent was unspeakable agony. Feeling was
hardly in me; my whole body was an engine of pain. Somehow, I
staggered and stumbled downward; at every step I expected to fall
headlong to the bottom with my burden. Desiree's form remained
limp and lifeless in my arms.
I reached the ledge on which the vats had been placed and
passed it; air entered my burning lungs like a breeze from the
mountains. Every step now made the next one easier. I began to
think that I might, after all, reach the bottom in safety. Another
twenty steps and I could see the beginning of the tunnel below.
Desiree's form stirred slightly in my arms. A glance showed
me her eyes looking up into mine as her head lay back on my
shoulder.
"Why?" she moaned. "In the name of Heaven above us, why?" I
had no time for answer; my lips were locked tightly together as I
sought the step below with a foot that had no feeling even for the
stone. We were nearly to the bottom; we reached it.
I placed Desiree on her feet.
"Can you stand?" I gasped; and the words were torn from my
throat with a great effort.
"But you!" she cried, and I saw that her eyes were filled with
horror. No doubt I was a pitiful thing to look at.
But there was no time to be lost, and, seeing that her feet
supported her, I grasped her arm and started down the tunnel just
as Harry's voice, raised in a great shout, came to us from its
farther end.
"No!" cried Desiree, shrinking back in terror. "Paul--" I
dragged her forward.
Then, as Harry's cry was repeated, she seemed to understand
and sprang forward beside me.
Another second wasted and we would have been too late. Just
as we reached Harry's side, at the end of the tunnel, the Incas,
warned by my appearance at the top of the column, appeared above on
the stairway, at the foot of which Harry had made his stand.
At the sight of Desiree Harry uttered a cry of joy, then gazed
in astonishment as I appeared behind her.
"Run for your lives!" he shouted, pointing down the passage
leading to the apartments beyond. As he spoke a shower of spears
descended from above, rattling on the steps and on the ground
beside us. I stooped to pick up two of them, and as Desiree and I
darted forward into the passage, with Harry bringing up the rear,
the Incas dashed down the stairway after us.
We found ourselves at once in the maze of lanes and passages
leading to the royal apartments. That, I thought, was as good a
goal as any; and, besides, the way led to the cavern where we had
once before successfully withstood our enemies. But the way was
not so easy to find.
Turn and twist about as we would, we could not shake off our
pursuers. Harry kept urging me forward, but I was using every
ounce of strength that was left to me. Desiree, too, was becoming
weaker at every step, and I could hear Harry's cry of despair as
she perceptibly faltered and slackened her pace.
I soon realized that we were no longer in the passage or group
of passages that led to the royal apartments and the cavern beyond.
But there was no time to seek our way; well enough if we went
forward. We found ourselves in a narrow lane, strewn with rocks,
crooked and winding.
Desiree stumbled and would have fallen but for my outstretched
arm. A spear from behind whistled past my ear as we again bounded
forward. Harry was shouting to us that the Incas were upon us.
I caught Desiree's arm and pulled her on with a last great
effort. The lane became narrower still; we brushed the wall on
either side, and I pushed Desiree ahead of me and followed behind.
Suddenly she stopped short, turning to face me so suddenly that I
was thrown against her, nearly knocking her down.
"Your spear!" she cried desperately. "I can go no farther,"
and she sank to the ground.
At the same moment there came a cry from Harry in the rear--a
cry that held joy and wonder--and I turned to see him standing some
distance away, gazing down the lane through which we had come.
"They've given up!" he called. "They're gone!"
And I saw that it was true. No sound came, and no Inca was to
be seen.
Then, seeing Desiree on the ground, Harry ran to us and sprang
to her side. "Desiree!" he cried, lifting her in his arms. She
opened her eyes and smiled at him, and he kissed her many
times--her hair, her lips, her eyes. Then he placed her gently on
her feet, and, supporting her with his arm, moved forward slowly.
I led the way.
The lane ahead of us was scarcely more than a crevice between
the rocks; I squeezed my way through with difficulty. Then the
walls ended abruptly, just when I had begun to think we could go no
farther, and we found ourselves at the entrance to a cavern so
large that no wall was to be seen on any side save the one behind
us.
On the instant I guessed at the reason why the Incas had
ceased their pursuit so abruptly, and I turned to Harry:
"I'm afraid we've jumped from the frying-pan into the fire.
If this cavern holds anything like that other--you remember--"
"If it does, we shall see," he replied.
Supporting Desiree on either side, we struck out directly
across the cavern, halting every few steps to listen for a sound,
either of the Incas, which we feared, or of running water, which we
desired. We heard neither. All was blackness and the most
complete silence.
Then I became aware, for the first time, of intolerable pains
shooting up through my legs into my body. The danger past, reason
returned and feeling. I could not suppress a low cry, wrung
inexorably from my chest, and I halted, leaning my whole weight on
Desiree's shoulder.
"What is it?" she cried, and for answer--though I strained
every atom of my will and strength to prevent it--I toppled to the
ground, dragging her with me.
What followed came to me as in a dream, though I was not
wholly unconscious. I was aware that Harry and Desiree were
bending over me; then I felt my head and shoulders being lifted
from the ground, and a soft, warm arm supporting me.
A minute passed, or an hour--I did not know--and I felt hot
drops of moisture fall on my cheek. I struggled to open my eyes,
and saw Desiree's face quite near my own; my head was resting on
her shoulder. She was weeping silently, and great tears rolled
down her cheeks unrestrained.
To have seen the sun or stars shining down upon me would not
have astonished me more. I gazed at her a long moment in silence;
she saw that I did so, but made no effort to turn her head or avoid
my gaze. Finally I found my tongue.
"Where is Harry?" I asked.
"He is gone to look for water," she replied; and, curiously
enough, her voice was quite steady.
I smiled.
"It is useless. I am done for!"
"That isn't true," she denied, in a voice almost of anger.
"You will get well. You are--injured badly--" After a short pause
she added, "for me."
There was a long silence--I thought it hardly worth while to
contradict her--and then I said simply, "Why are you crying,
Desiree?"
She looked at me as though she had not heard; then, after
another silence, her voice came, so low that it barely reached my
ears:
"For this--and for what might have been, my friend."
"But you have said--"
"I know! Would you make me doubt again? Do not! Ah"--she
passed her hand gently over my forehead and touched the tips of her
fingers to my burning eyes--"you must have cared for me in that
other world. I will not doubt it; unless you speak, and you must
not. Nothing would have been too high for us. We could have
opened any door--even the door to happiness."
"But you said once--forgive me if I remind you of it now--you
said that you are--you called yourself 'La Marana.'"
She shrank back, exclaiming: "Paul! Indeed, I need to forgive
you!"
"Still, it is true," I persisted, turning to look at her. The
movement caused me to halt, closing my eyes, while a great wave of
pain swept over me from head to foot. Then I went on: "Could you
expect to confine your heart? You say we could have opened any
door--well, tell me, what could we have done, you and I?"
"But that is what I do not think of!" cried Desiree
impatiently. "I would perhaps have placed my hand on your heart,
as I do now; you would perhaps have fought for me, as you have
done. I might even--" She hesitated, while the ghost of a smile
that had died before it reached the light appeared on her lips, as
her head was lowered close, quite close, to mine.
A long moment, and then, "Must I ask for it?" I breathed.
She jerked her head up sharply.
"You do not want it," she said dryly.
I raised my hand, groping for her fingers, but could not find
them. She saw, and slowly, very slowly, her hand crept to mine and
was caught and held there.
"Desiree--I want it," I said half fiercely, and I forgot my
pain and our danger--forgot everything but her white face in dim
outline above me, and her eyes, glowing and tender against her
wish, and her hand that nestled in my hand. "Be merciful to me--I
want it as I have never wanted anything in my life. Desiree, I
love you."
At that I felt her hand move quickly, as for freedom, but I
held it fast. And then slowly her head was lowered. I waited
breathlessly. I felt her quick breath on my face, and the next
moment her lips had found my lips, hot and dry, and remained there.
Then she raised her head, saying tremulously:
"That was my soul, and it is the first time it has ever
escaped me."
At the same instant we were startled by the sound of Harry's
voice in the darkness:
"Desiree! Where are you?"
I waited for her to answer, but she was silent, and I called
out to him our direction. A moment later his form appeared at a
distance, and soon he had joined us.
"How about it, old man?" he asked, bending over me.
Then he told us that he had found no water. He had explored
two sides of the cavern, one at a distance of half a mile or more,
and was crossing to find the third when he had called to us.
"But there is little use," he finished gloomily. "The place
is silent as the grave. If there were water we would hear it.
I can't even find an exit except the crevice that let us in."
Desiree's hand was still in mine.
"It may be--perhaps I can go with you," I suggested. But he
would not hear of it, and set out again alone in the opposite
direction to that which he had taken previously.
In a few minutes he returned, reporting no better success than
before. On that side, he said, the wall of the cavern was quite
close. There was no sign anywhere of water; but to the left there
were several narrow lanes leading at angles whose sides were nearly
parallel to each other, and some distance to the right there was a
broad and clear passage sloping downward directly away from the
cavern.
"Is the passage straight?" I asked, struck with a sudden idea.
"Could you see far within?"
"A hundred feet or so," was the answer. "Why? Shall we
follow it? Can you walk?"
"I think so," I answered. "At any rate, I must find some
water soon or quit the game. But that isn't why I asked. Perhaps
it explains the sudden disappearance of the Incas. They knew they
couldn't follow us through that narrow crevice; what if they have
made for the passage?"
Harry grumbled that we had enough trouble without trying to
borrow more.
We decided to wait a little longer before starting out from
the cavern; Harry helped me to my feet to give them a trial, and
though I was able to stand it was only by a tremendous effort and
exertion of the will.
"Not yet," I murmured between clenched teeth, and again
Desiree sat on the hard rock and supported my head and shoulders in
her arms, despite my earnest remonstrances. Harry stood before us,
leaning on his spear.
Soon he left us again, departing in the direction of the
crevice by which we had entered; I detected his uneasiness in the
tone with which he directed us to keep a lookout around in every
direction.
"We could move to the wall," I had suggested; but he shook his
head, saying that where we were we at least had room to turn.
When he had gone Desiree and I sat silent for many minutes.
Then I tried to rise, insisting that she must be exhausted with the
long strain she had undergone, but she denied it vehemently, and
refused to allow me to move.
"It is little enough," she said; and though I but half
understood her, I made no answer.
I myself was convinced that we were at last near the end. It
was certain that the Incas had merely delayed, not abandoned, the
pursuit, and our powers and means of resistance had been worn to
nothing.
Our curious apathy and half indifference spoke for itself; it
was as though we had at length recognized the hand of fate and seen
the futility of further struggle. For, weak and injured as I was,
I still had strength in me; it was a listlessness of the brain and
hopelessness of the heart that made me content to lie and wait for
whatever might come.
The state of my feelings toward Desiree were even then
elusive; they are more so now. I had told her I loved her; well,
I had told many women that. But Desiree had moved me; with her it
was not the same--that I felt. I had never so admired a woman, and
the thrill of that kiss is in me yet; I can recall it and tremble
under its power by merely closing my eyes.
Her warm hand, pressed tightly in my own, seemed to send an
electric communication to every nerve in my body and eased my
suffering and stilled my pain. That, I know, is not love; and
perhaps I was mistaken when I imagined that it was there.
"Are you asleep?" she asked presently, after I had lain
perfectly quiet for many minutes. Her voice was so low that it
entered my ear as the faintest breath.
"Hardly," I answered. "To tell the truth, I expect never to
sleep again--I suppose you understand me. I can't say why--I feel
it."
Desiree nodded.
"Do you remember, Paul, what I said that evening on the
mountain?" Then--I suppose my face must have betrayed my
thought--she added quickly: "Oh, I didn't mean that--other thing.
I said this mountain would be my grave, do you remember? You see,
I knew."
I started to reply, but was interrupted by Harry, calling to
ask where we were. I answered, and soon he had joined us and
seated himself beside Desiree on the ground.
"I found nothing," was all he said, wearily, and he lay back
and closed his eyes, resting his head on his hands.
The minutes passed slowly. Desiree and I talked in low tones;
Harry moved about uneasily on his hard bed, saying nothing.
Finally, despite Desiree's energetic protests, I rose to my knees
and insisted that she rest herself. We seemed none of us to be
scarcely aware of what we were doing; our movements had a curious
purposelessness about them that gave the thing an appearance of
unreality--I know not what; it comes to my memory as some
indistinct and haunting nightmare.
Suddenly, as I sat gazing dully into the semidarkness of the
cavern, I saw that which drove the apathy from my brain with a
sudden shock, at the same time paralyzing my senses. I strained my
eyes ahead; there could be no doubt of it; that black, slowly
moving line was a band of Incas creeping toward us silently, on
their knees, through the darkness. Glancing to either side I saw
that the line extended completely around us, to the right and left.
The sight seemed to paralyze me. I tried to call to Harry--no
sound came from my eager lips. I tried to put out my hand to rouse
him and to pick up my spear; my arms remained motionless at my
side.
Desiree lay close beside me; I could not even turn my head to
see if she, too, saw, but kept my eyes, as though fascinated, on
that silent black line approaching through the darkness.
"Will they leap now--now--now?" I asked myself with every beat
of my pulse.
It could not be much longer--they were now so close that each
black, tense form was in clear outline not fifty feet away.
Chapter XXIII.
WE ARE TWO.
Whether I would have been able to rouse myself to action
before the shock of the assault was actually upon us, I shall never
know.
It was not fear that held me, for I felt none; I think that
dimly and half unconsciously I saw in that black line, silently
creeping upon us, the final and inexorable approach of the
remorseless fate that had pursued us ever since we had dashed after
Desiree into the cave of the devil, rendering our every effort
futile, our most desperate struggles the laughing-stock of the
gods.
I was not even conscious of danger. I sat as in a stupor.
But action came, though not from me, so suddenly that I
scarcely knew what had happened. There was a cry from Desiree.
Harry sprang to his feet. The Incas leaped forward.
I felt myself jerked violently from the ground, and a spear
was thrust into my hand. Harry's form flashed past me, shouting to
me to follow. Desiree was at his heels; but I saw her halt and
turn to me, and I, too, sprang forward.
Harry's spear whirled about his head, leaving a gap in the
black line that was now upon us. Through it we plunged. The Incas
turned and came at us from behind; one whose hands were upon
Desiree got my spear in his throat and sank to the ground.
"Cross to the left!" Harry yelled. He was fighting them off
from every direction at once.
I turned, calling to Desiree to follow, and dashed across the
cavern. We saw the wall just ahead, broken and rugged. Again
turning I called to Harry, but could not see him for the black
forms on every side, and I was starting to his rescue when I saw
him plunge toward us, cutting his way through the solid mass of
Incas as though they had been stalks of corn. He was not a man,
but a demon possessed.
"Go on," he shouted. "I'll make it!"
Then I turned and ran with Desiree to the wall. We followed
it a short distance before we reached one of the lanes of which
Harry had spoken; at its entrance he joined us, still bidding us to
leave him to cover our retreat.
Once within the narrow lane his task was easier. Boulders and
projecting rocks obstructed our progress, but they were even
greater obstacles to those who pursued us. Still they rushed
forward, only to be hurled back by the point of Harry's spear.
Once, turning, I saw him pick one of them up bodily and toss him
whirling through the air into the very faces of his comrades.
I had all I could do with Desiree and myself. Many times I
scrambled up the steep face of some boulder and, after pulling her
up safely after me, let her down again on the other side. Then I
returned to see that Harry got over safely, and often he made it
barely by inches, while flying spears struck the rock on every
side.
It is a wonder to me now that I was able even to stand, after
my experience on the spiral stairway in the column. The soles of
my feet and the palms of my hands were baked black as the Incas
themselves. Blisters covered my body from head to foot, swelling,
indescribably painful.
Every step I took made me clench my teeth to keep from sinking
in a faint to the ground; I expected always that the next would be
my last--but somehow I struggled onward. It was the thought of
Desiree, I think, that held me up, and Harry.
Suddenly a shout came from Harry that the Incas had abandoned
the pursuit. It struck me almost as a matter of indifference; nor
was I affected when almost immediately afterward he called that he
had been mistaken and that they had rushed forward with renewed
fury and in greater numbers.
"It is only a matter of time now," I said to Desiree, and she
nodded.
Still we went forward. The land had carried us straight away
from the cavern, without a turn. Its walls were the roughest I had
seen, and often a boulder which lay across our path presented a
serrated face that looked as though it had but just been broken
from the wall above. Still the stone was comparatively soft--time
had not yet worked its leveling finger on the surfaces that
surrounded us.
We were standing on one of these boulders when Harry came
running toward us.
"They're stopped," he cried gleefully, "at least for a little.
A piece of rock as big as a house gently slid from above onto their
precious heads. It may have blocked them off completely."
We hurried forward then; Harry helped Desiree, while I
painfully brought up the rear. At every few steps they were forced
to halt and wait for me, though I did my utmost to keep us with
them. Harry had taken my spear that I might have both hands to
help me over the rocks.
Climbing, sliding, jumping, we left the Incas behind; no sound
came from the rear. I began to think that they had really been
completely shut off, and several times opened my mouth to call to
Harry to ask him if it would not be safe to halt; for every
movement I made was torture. But each time I choked back the cry;
he thought it was necessary to go on and I followed.
This lasted I know not how long; I was staggering and reeling
forward like a drunken man, so little aware of what I was doing
that when Harry and Desiree finally stopped at the beginning of a
level, unbroken stretch in the lane, I stumbled directly against
them before I knew they had halted.
"Go on!" I gasped, struggling to my feet in a mania.
Harry stooped over to assist me and set me with my back
resting against the wall. Desiree supported herself near by,
scarcely able to stand.
"We can go no farther," said Harry. "If they come--"
As he spoke I became aware of a curious movement in the wall
opposite--a movement as of the wall itself. At first I thought it
a delusion produced by my disordered brain, but when I saw
Desiree's astonished gaze following mine, and heard Harry's cry of
wonder as he turned and saw it also, I knew the thing was real.
A great portion of the wall, the entire side of the passage
for a length of a hundred feet or more, was sliding slowly
downward. Glancing above I saw a space of several feet where the
rock had departed from its bed. The only noise audible was a low,
grating sound like the slow grinding of a gigantic millstone.
None of us moved--if there were danger we would seem to have
welcomed it. Suddenly the great mass of rock appeared to halt in
its downward movement and hang as though suspended; then with a
sudden jerk it seemed to free itself, swaying ponderously toward
us; and the next moment it had fallen straight down into some abyss
below, thundering, tumbling, sliding with terrific velocity.
There was a deafening roar under our feet, the ground rocked
as from an earthquake, and it seemed as though the wall against
which we stood was about to fall in upon us. Dust and fragments of
rock filled the air on every side, and one huge boulder, detached
from the roof above, came tumbling at our feet, missing us by
inches.
We were completely stunned by the cataclysm, but in a moment
Harry had recovered and run to the edge of the chasm opposite thus
suddenly formed. Desiree and I followed.
There was nothing to be seen save the blackness of space.
Immediately before us was an apparently bottomless abyss, black and
terrifying; the side descended straight down from our feet.
Looking across we could see dimly a wall some distance away, smooth
and with a faint whiteness. On either side of us other walls
extended to meet the farther wall, smooth and polished as glass.
"The Incas didn't do that, I hope," said Harry, turning to me.
"Hardly," I answered; and in my absorbing interest in the
phenomenon before me I half forgot my pain.
I moved to the edge of one of the walls extending at right
angles to the passage, but there was little to be made of it. It
was of soft limestone, and most probably the portion that had
disappeared was granite, carried away by the force of its own
weight.
"We are like to be buried," I observed, returning to Harry and
Desiree. "Though for that matter, even that can hardly frighten us
now."
"For my part," said Harry, with a curious gravity beneath the
apparent lightness of his words, "I have always admired the death
of Porthos. Let it come, and welcome."
"Are we to go further?" put in Desiree.
Just as Harry opened his mouth to reply a more decisive answer
came from another source. The rock that had fallen, obstructing
the path of the Incas, must have left an opening that Harry had
missed; or they had removed it--what matter?
In some way they had forced a passage, for as Desiree spoke a
dozen spears whistled through the air past our heads and we looked
up to see a swarm of Incas climbing and tumbling down the face of
a boulder over which we had passed to reach our resting-place.
I have said that we had halted in a level, unbroken stretch
that still led some distance ahead of us. At its farther end could
be seen a group of rocks and boulders completely choking the lane,
Beyond, other rocks arose to a still greater height--the way
appeared to be impassable.
But there was no time for deliberation or the weighing of
chances, and we turned and made for the pile of rocks, with the
Incas rushing after us.
There Desiree and I halted in despair, but with a great oath
Harry brushed us aside and leaped upon a rock higher than his head
with incredible agility. Then, lying flat on his face and
extending his arms downward over the edge, he pulled first Desiree,
then myself, up after him. The whole performance had occupied a
scant two seconds, and, waiting only to pick up the three spears he
had thrown up the sloping surface of the rock to another yet higher
and steeper.
"Why don't we hold them here?" I demanded. "They could never
come up that rock with us on top."
Harry looked at me.
"Spears," he said briefly; and, of course, he was right. They
would have picked us off like birds on a limb.
We scaled the second rock with extreme difficulty, Harry
assisting both Desiree and me; and as we stood upright on its top
I saw the Incas scrambling over the edge of the one below. Two or
three of them had already started to cross; many more were coming
up from behind; and one, as he made the top and arose to his feet,
braced himself on the sloping rock and raised a spear high above
his head.
At sight of him I started, crying to Harry and Desiree. They
turned.
"The king!" I shouted; and I saw a shudder of terror run over
Desiree's face as she, too, recognized the black form below. At
the same instant the spear darted forward from the hand of the
Child of the Sun, but it landed harmlessly against the rock several
feet away.
The next moment the Inca king had bounded across the rock
toward us, followed by a score of others.
I was minded to try my luck with his own weapon, but we had no
spears to waste, and Harry was dragging Desiree forward and
shouting to me to follow. I turned and ran after them, and just as
we let ourselves down into a narrow crevice below the Incas
appeared over the edge of the rock behind.
Somehow we scrambled forward, with the Incas at our heels.
Sharp corners of projecting rocks bruised our faces and bodies;
once my leg bent double under me as I fell from a ledge onto a
boulder below, and I thought it was broken; but Harry jerked me to
my feet and I struggled on.
Harry seemed possessed of the strength of ten men and the
heart of a thousand. He pulled Desiree and me up and over boulders
and rocks as though we had been feathers; the Lord knows how he got
there himself! Half of the time he carried Desiree; the other half
he supported me. His energy and exertions were titanic; even in
the desperate excitement of our retreat I found time to marvel at
it.
We did not gain an inch; our pursuers kept close behind us;
but we held our own. Now and then a stray spear came hurtling
through the air or struck the rock near us, but they were
infrequent and we were not hit.
One, flying past my head, stuck in a crevice of the rock and
I grasped the shaft to pull it out, but abandoned my effort when I
heard Harry shouting to me from the front to come to his aid.
He and Desiree were standing on the rim of a ledge that stood
high above the ground of the passage. At its foot began a level
stretch leading straight ahead as far as we could see.
"We must lift her down," Harry was saying.
He let himself over the ledge, hung by his hands, and dropped.
"All right!" he called from below; and I lay flat on the rock while
Desiree scrambled over the edge, holding to my hands. For a moment
I held her suspended in my outstretched arms; then, at a word from
Harry, I let her drop. Another moment and I was over myself,
knocking Harry to the ground and tumbling on top of him as he stood
beneath to break my fall.
By then the Incas had reached the top of the ledge above us,
and we turned and raced down the long stretch ahead. I was in
front; Harry came behind with Desiree.
Suddenly, as I ran, I felt a curious trembling of the ground
beneath my feet, similar to the vibrations of a bridge at the
passing of a heavy load.
Then the ground actually swayed beneath me; and, realizing the
danger, I sent a desperate shout to Harry over my shoulder and
bounded forward. He was at my side on the instant, with Desiree in
his arms.
The ground rocked beneath our feet like a ship in a storm;
and, just as I thought we were gone, my foot touched firm rock as
I passed a yawning crevice a foot wide under me.
One more leap to safety, and we turned just in time to see the
floor of the passage which we had traversed disappear into some
abyss beneath with a shattering roar.
We stood at the very edge of the chasm thus suddenly formed,
gazing at each other in silent wonder and awe.
"The beggars are stopped now," said Harry finally. "That
break in the game is ours."
Looking back across the chasm, we saw the Incas tumbling by
twos and threes over the boulder on the other side. As they saw
the yawning abyss that separated them from their prey they stopped
short and gazed across in profound astonishment.
Others came to join them, until there were several hundred of
the black, ugly forms huddled together on the opposite rim of the
chasm, a hundred feet away.
I ran over the group with a keen eye, seeking the figure of
the Inca king, and soon my search was successful. He stood a step
in front of the others, a little to the right. I pointed him out
to Harry and Desiree.
"It's up to him to walk right out again," said Harry.
Desiree shivered, and proceeded to send her last invitation to
the devil.
Turning suddenly, she grasped Harry's spear and tore it from
his hand. Before we realized her purpose, she stepped forward
until her foot rested on the very edge of the chasm, and had hurled
the spear across straight at the Inca king.
It missed him, but struck another Inca standing near full in
the breast. Quick as lightning the king turned, grasped the shaft
of the spear, and pulled it forth, and with his white teeth
gleaming in a snarl of furious hate, sent it whistling through the
air straight at Desiree.
Harry and I sprang forward with a shout of warning; Desiree
stood motionless as a statue. We grasped her frantically and
pulled her back, but too late.
She came, but only to fall lifeless into our arms with the
spear buried deep in her white throat.
We laid her on the ground and knelt beside her for a moment,
then Harry arose to his feet with a face white as death; and I
uttered a silent and vengeful prayer as I saw him level a spear at
the Inca king across the chasm. But it went wide of its mark,
striking the ground at his feet.
"There was another!" cried Harry, and soon he had found it
where it lay on the ground and sent it, too, hurtling across.
This time he missed by inches. The spear flew just past the
shoulder of the king and caught one who stood behind him full in
the face. The stricken savage threw his arms spasmodically above
his head, reeling forward against the king.
There was a startled movement along the black line; hands were
outstretched in a vain effort at rescue; a savage cry burst from
Harry's lips, and the next instant the king had toppled over the
edge of the chasm and fallen into the bottomless pit below.
Harry turned, quivering from head to foot.
"Little enough," he said between his teeth, and again he knelt
beside the body of Desiree and took her in his arms.
But her fate spoke eloquently of our own danger, and I roused
him to action. Together we picked up the form of our dead comrade
and carried it to the rear. I hesitated to pull forth the barbed
head of the spear, and instead broke off the shaft, leaving the
point buried in the soft throat, from which a crimson line extended
over the white shoulder.
A short distance ahead we came to a projecting boulder, and
behind that we gently laid her on the hard rock. Neither of us had
spoken a word. Harry's lips were locked tightly together; a lump
rose in my throat, choking all utterance and filling my eyes with
tears.
Harry knelt beside the white form and, gathering it gently in
his arms, held it against his breast. I stood at his side, gazing
down at him in mute sympathy and sorrow.
For a long minute there was silence--a most intense silence
throughout the cavern, during which the painful throbbing of my
heart was plainly audible; then Harry murmured, in a voice of the
utmost tenderness: "Desiree!" And again, "Desiree! Desiree!"
until I half expected the very strength and sweetness of his
emotion to bring our comrade back to life.
Suddenly, with a quick, impulsive movement, he raised his head
to glance at me.
"She loved you," he said; and though there was neither
jealousy nor anger in his voice, somehow I could not meet his gaze.
"She loved you," he repeated in a tone half of wonder. "And
you--you--"
I answered his eyes.
"She was yours," I said, with a touch of bitterness that
persuaded him of the truth. "All her beauty, all her loveliness,
all her charm, to be buried--Ah! God help us--"
My voice broke, and I knelt on the ground beside Harry and
pressed my lips to the white forehead and golden hair of what had
been Le Mire.
Thus we remained for a long time.
It was hard to believe that death had in reality taken
possession of the still form stretched as in repose before us. Her
body, still warm, seemed quivering with the instinct of life; but
the eyes were not the eyes of Desiree. I closed them, and arranged
the tangled mass of hair as well as possible over her shoulders.
As I did so the air, set in motion by my hand, caused some of the
golden strands to tremble gently across her lips; and Harry bent
forward with a painful eagerness, thinking that she had breathed.
"Dearest," he murmured, "dearest, speak to me!"
His hand sought her swelling bosom gropingly; and his eyes, as
they looked pleadingly even into mine, shot into my heart and
unnerved me.
I rose to my feet, scarcely able to stand, and moved away.
But the fate that had finally intervened for us--too late,
alas! for one--did not leave us long with our dead. Even now I do
not know what happened; at the time I knew even less. Harry told
me afterward that the first shock came at the instant he had taken
Desiree in his arms and pressed his lips to hers.
I had crossed to the other side of the passage and was gazing
back toward the chasm at the Incas on the other side, when again I
felt the ground, absolutely without warning, tremble violently
under my feet. At the same moment there was a low, curious rumble
as of the thundering of distant cannon.
I sprang toward Harry with a cry of alarm, and had crossed
about to the middle of the passage, when a deafening roar smote my
ear, and the entire wall of the cavern appeared to be failing in
upon us. At the same time the ground seemed to sink directly away
beneath my feet with an easy, rocking motion as of a wave of the
ocean. Then I felt myself plunging downward with a velocity that
stunned my senses and took away my breath; and then all was
confusion and chaos--and oblivion.
When I awoke I was lying flat on my back, and Harry was
kneeling at my side. I opened my eyes, and felt that it would be
impossible to make a greater exertion.
"Paul!" cried Harry. "Speak to me! Not you, too--I shall go
mad!"
He told me afterward that I had lain unconscious for many
hours, but that appeared to be all that he knew. How far we had
fallen, or how he had found me, or how he himself had escaped being
crushed to pieces by the falling rock, he was unable to say; and I
concluded that he, too, had been rendered unconscious by the fall,
and for some time dazed and bewildered by the shock.
Well! We were alive--that was all.
For we were weak and faint from hunger and fatigue, and one
mass of bruises and blisters from head to foot. And we had had no
water for something like twenty-four hours. Heaven only knows
where we found the energy to rise and go in search of it; it is
incredible that any creatures in such a pitiable and miserable
condition as we were could have been propelled by hope, unless it
is indeed immortal.
Half walking, half crawling, we went forward.
The place where we had found ourselves was a jumbled mass of
boulders and broken rock, but we soon discovered a passage, level
and straight as any tunnel built by man.
Down this we made our way. Every few feet we stopped to rest.
Neither of us spoke a word. I really had no sense of any purpose
in our progress; I crept on exactly as some animals, wounded to
death, move on and on until there is no longer strength for another
step, when they lie down for the final breath.
We saw no water nor promise of any; nothing save the long
stretch of dim vista ahead and the grim, black walls on either
side. That, I think, for hours; it seemed to me then for years.
I dragged one leg after the other with infinite effort and
pain; Harry was ahead, and sometimes, glancing back over his
shoulder to find me at some distance behind, he would turn over and
lie on his back till I approached. Then again to his knees and
again forward. Neither of us spoke.
Suddenly, at a great distance down the passage, much further
than I had been able to see before, I saw what appeared to be a
white wall extending directly across our path.
I called to Harry and pointed it out to him. He nodded
vaguely, as though in wonder that I should have troubled him about
so slight an object of interest, and crawled on.
But the white wall became whiter still, and soon I saw that it
was not a wall. A wild hope surged through me; I felt the blood
mount dizzily to my head, and I stilled the clamor that beat at my
temples by an extreme effort of the will. "It can't be," I said to
myself aloud, over and over; "it can't be, it can't be."
Harry turned, and his face was as white as when he had knelt
by the body of Desiree, and his eye was wild.
"You fool," he roared, "it is!"
We went faster then. Another hundred yards, and the thing was
certain; there it was before us. We scrambled to our feet and
tried to run; I reeled and fell, then picked myself up again and
followed Harry, who had not even halted as I had fallen. The mouth
of the passage was now but a few feet away; I reached Harry's side,
blinking and stunned with amazement and the incredible wonder of
it.
I tried to shout, to cry aloud to the heavens, but a great
lump in my throat choked me and my head was singing dizzily.
Harry, at my side, was crying like a child, with great tears
streaming down his face, as together we staggered forth from the
mouth of the passage into the bright and dazzling sunshine of the
Andes.
Chapter XXIV.
CONCLUSION.
Never, I believe, were misery and joy so curiously mingled in
the human breast as when Harry and I stood--barely able to
stand--gazing speechlessly at the world that had so long been
hidden from us.
We had found the light, but had lost Desiree. We were alive,
but so near to death that our first breath of the mountain air was
like to be our last.
The details of our painful journey down the mountain, over the
rocks and crags, and through rushing torrents that more than once
swept us from our feet, cannot be written, for I do not know them.
The memory of the thing is but an indistinct nightmare of
suffering. But the blind luck that seemed to have fallen over our
shoulders as a protecting mantle at the death of Desiree stayed
with us; and after endless hours of incredible toil and labor, we
came to a narrow pass leading at right angles to our course.
Night was ready to fall over the bleak and barren mountain as
we entered it. Darkness had long since overtaken us, when we saw
at a distance a large clearing, in the middle of which lights shone
from the windows of a large house whose dim and shadowy outline
appeared to us surrounded by a halo of peace.
But we were nearly forced to fight for it. The proprietor of
the hacienda himself answered our none too gentle knock at
the door, and he had no sooner caught sight of us than he let out
a yell as though he had seen the devil in person, and slammed the
door violently in our faces. Indeed, we were hardly recognizable
as men.
Naked, black, bruised, and bleeding, covered with hair on our
faces and parts of our bodies--mine, of recent growth, stubby and
stiff--our appearance would have justified almost any suspicion.
But we hammered again on the door, and I set forth our
pedigree and plight in as few words as possible. Reassured,
perhaps, by my excellent Spanish--which could not, of course, be
the tongue of the devil--and convinced by our pitiable condition of
our inability to do him any harm, he at length reopened the door
and gave us admittance.
When we had succeeded in allaying his suspicions concerning
our identity--though I was careful not to alarm his superstitions
by mentioning the cave of the devil, which, I thought, was probably
well known to him--he lost no time in displaying his humanity.
Calling in some hombres from the rear of the
hacienda, he gave them ample instructions, with medicine and
food, and an hour later Harry and I were lying side by side in his
own bed--a rude affair, but infinitely better than granite--
refreshed, bandaged, and as comfortable as their kindly
ministrations could make us.
The old Spaniard was a direct descendant of the good Samaritan
--despite the slight difference in nationality. For many weeks he
nursed us and fed us and coaxed back the spark of life in our
exhausted and wounded bodies.
Our last ounce of strength seemed to have been used up in our
desperate struggle down the side of the mountain; for many days we
lay on our backs absolutely unable to move a muscle and barely
conscious of life.
But the spark revived and fluttered. The day came when we
could hobble, with his assistance, to the door of the
hacienda and sit for hours in the invigorating sunshine; and
thenceforward our convalescence proceeded rapidly. Color came to
our cheeks and light to our eyes; and one sunny afternoon it was
decided that we should set out for Cerro de Pasco on the following
day.
Harry proposed a postponement of our departure for two days,
saying that he wished to make an excursion up the mountain. I
understood him at once.
"It would be useless," I declared. "You would find nothing."
"But she was with us when we fell," he persisted, not
bothering to pretend that he did not understand me. "She came--it
must be near where we landed."
"That isn't it," I explained. "Have you forgotten that we
have been here for over a month? You would find nothing." As he
grasped my thought his face went white and he was silent. So on
the following morning we departed.
Our host furnished us with food, clothing, mules, and an
arriero, not to mention a sorrowful farewell and a hearty
blessing. From the door of the hacienda he waved his
sombrero as we disappeared around a bend in the mountain-pass; we
had, perhaps, been a welcome interruption in the monotony of his
lonely existence.
We were led upward for many miles until we found ourselves
again in the region of perpetual snow. There we set our faces to
the south. From the arriero we tried to learn how far we
then were from the cave of the devil, but to our surprise were
informed that he had never heard of the thing.
We could see that the question made him more than a little
suspicious of us; often, when he thought himself unobserved, I
caught him eyeing us askance with something nearly approaching
terror.
We journeyed southward for eleven days; on the morning of the
twelfth we saw below us our goal. Six hours later we had entered
the same street of Cerro de Pasco through which we had passed
formerly with light hearts; and the heart which had been gayest of
all we had left behind us, stilled forever, somewhere beneath the
mountain of stone which she had herself chosen for her tomb.
Almost the first person we saw was none other than Felipe, the
arriero. He sat on the steps of the hotel portico as we
rode up on our mules. Dismounting, I caught sight of his white
face and staring eyes as he rose slowly to his feet, gazing at us
as though fascinated.
I opened my mouth to call to him, but before the words left my
lips he had let out an ear-splitting yell of terror and bounded
down the steps and past us, with arms flying in every direction,
running like one possessed. Nor did he return during the few hours
that we remained at the hotel.
Two days later found us boarding the yacht at Callao. When I
had discovered, to my profound astonishment, at the
hacienda, that another year had taken us as far as the tenth
day of March, I had greatly doubted if we should find Captain
Harris still waiting for us. But there he was; and he had not even
put himself to the trouble of becoming uneasy about us.
As he himself put it that night in the cabin, over a bottle of
wine, he "didn't know but what the senora had decided to
take the Andes home for a mantel ornament, and was engaged in the
little matter of transportation."
But when I informed him that "the senora" was no more,
his face grew sober with genuine regret and sorrow. He had many
good things to say of her then; it appeared that she had really
touched his salty old heart.
"She was a gentle lady," said the worthy captain; and I smiled
to think how Desiree herself would have smiled at such a
characterization of the great Le Mire.
We at once made for San Francisco. There, at a loss, I
disposed of the remainder of the term of the lease on the yacht,
and we took the first train for the East.
Four days later we were in New York, after a journey saddened
by thoughts of the one who had left us to return alone.
It was, in fact, many months before the shadow of Desiree
ceased to hover about the dark old mansion on lower Fifth Avenue,
incongruous enough among the ancient halls and portraits of Lamars
dead and gone in a day when La Marana herself had darted like a
meteor into the hearts of their contemporaries.
That is, I suppose, properly the end of the story; but I
cannot refrain from the opportunity to record a curious incident
that has just befallen me. Some twenty minutes ago, as I was
writing the last paragraph--I am seated in the library before a
massive mahogany table, close to a window through which the
September sun sends its golden rays--twenty minutes ago, as I say,
Harry sauntered into the room and threw himself lazily into a large
armchair on the other side of the table.
I looked up with a nod of greeting, while he sat and eyed me
impatiently for some seconds.
"Aren't you coming with me down to Southampton?" he asked
finally.
"What time do you leave?" I inquired, without looking up.
"Eleven-thirty."
"What's on?"
"Freddie Marston's Crocodiles and the Blues. It's going to be
some polo."
I considered a moment. "Why, I guess I'll run down with you.
I'm about through here."
"Good enough!" Harry arose to his feet and began idly
fingering some of the sheets on the table before me. "What is all
this silly rot, anyway?"
"My dear boy," I smiled, "you'll be sorry you called it silly
rot when I tell you that it is a plain and honest tale of our own
experiences."
"Must be deuced interesting," he observed. "More silly rot
than ever."
"Others may not think so," I retorted, a little exasperated by
his manner. "It surely will be sufficiently exciting to read of
how we were buried with Desiree Le Mire under the Andes, and our
encounters with the Incas, and our final escape, and--"
"Desiree what?" Harry interrupted.
"Desiree Le Mire," I replied very distinctly. "The great
French dancer."
"Never heard of her," said Harry, looking at me as if he
doubted my sanity.
"Never heard of Desiree, the woman you loved?" I almost
shouted at him.
"The woman I--piffle! I say I never heard of her."
I gazed at him, trembling with high indignation. "I suppose,"
I observed with infinite sarcasm, "that you will tell me next that
you have never been in Peru?"
"Guilty," said Harry. "I never have."
"And that you never climbed Pike's Peak to see the sunrise?"
"Rahway, New Jersey, is my farthest west."
"And that you never dived with me from the top of a column one
hundred feet high?"
"Not I. I retain a smattering of common sense."
"And that you did not avenge the death of Desiree by causing
that of the Inca king?"
"So far as that Desiree woman is concerned," said Harry, and
his tone began to show impatience, "I can only repeat that I have
never heard of the creature. And"--he continued--"if you're trying
to bamboozle a gullible world by concocting a tale as silly as your
remarks to me would seem to indicate, I will say that as a cheap
author you are taking undue liberties with your family, meaning
myself. And what is more, if you dare to print the stuff I'll let
the world know it's a rank fake."
This threat, delivered with the most awful resolution and
sincerity, unnerved me completely, and I fell back in my chair in
a swoon.
When I recovered Harry had gone to his polo game, leaving me
behind, whereupon I seized my pen and hastened to set down in black
and white that most remarkable conversation, that the reader may
judge for himself between us.
For my part, I do swear that the story is true, on my word of
honor as a cynic and a philosopher.

Comments: Post a Comment



<< Home

This page is powered by Blogger. Isn't yours?